08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.

book Page 1 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

7KHÀUVWFKRLFHLQSRUWDEOHPHDVXUHPHQWVRIWZDUH

SEPTEMBER 2011
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 2 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 3 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

©FARO Technologies Inc., 1999-2011. All rights reserved.

No part of this publication may be reproduced, or transmitted in any form or by
any means without written permission of FARO Technologies, Inc.
FARO TECHNOLOGIES, INC. MAKES NO WARRANTY, EITHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, REGARDING THE FAROARM, FARO LASER
TRACKER AND ANY MATERIALS, AND MAKES SUCH MATERIALS
AVAILABLE SOLELY ON AN “AS-IS” BASIS.
IN NO EVENT SHALL FARO TECHNOLOGIES INC. BE LIABLE TO
ANYONE FOR SPECIAL, COLLATERAL, INCIDENTAL, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN CONNECTION WITH OR ARISING
OUT OF THE PURCHASE OR USE OF THE FAROARM, FARO LASER
TRACKER OR ITS MATERIALS. THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE LIABILITY
TO FARO TECHNOLOGIES, INC., REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF
ACTION, SHALL NOT EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE
MATERIALS DESCRIBED HEREIN.
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL IS SUBJECT TO
CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE AND DOES NOT REPRESENT A
COMMITMENT ON THE PART OF FARO TECHNOLOGIES INC.
ACCEPTANCE OF THIS DOCUMENT BY THE CUSTOMER
CONSTITUTES ACKNOWLEDGMENT THAT IF ANY INCONSISTENCY
EXISTS BETWEEN THE ENGLISH AND NON-ENGLISH VERSIONS, THE
ENGLISH VERSION TAKES PRECEDENCE.
® ®
FaroArm and CAM2 are registered trademarks of FARO Technologies Inc.
Windows®, Vista® and Excel® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Inc.
®
Acrobat is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Inc.
®
CATIA is a registered trademark of Dassault Systemes.
Unigraphics®, Parasolid® and Solid Edge® are registered trademarks of Siemens Product Lifecycle
Management Software Inc.
SolidWorks® is a registered trademark of Dassault Systèmes SolidWorks Corp.
® ® ® ®
iPhone , iPod , iPad , iTunes are registered trademarks of Apple Inc.

FARO Technologies Inc. Internal Control File Locations:

F:\CONTROL\REFERENC\08PRODUC\ENGLISH\Prdpub53\08m53e00 - CAM2 Measure - September 2011.pdf
F:\CONTROL\RECORDS\05MANUFA\PARTSPEC\14445-001.pdf
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 4 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page i Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Table of Contents
Chapter 1: Introduction to CAM2® Measure
System Requirements ...................................................... 3
Installing CAM2 Measure ................................................ 5
Licensing CAM2 Measure............................................... 5
Directory and File Locations........................................... 7
Getting Started ................................................................ 7
Starting CAM2 Measure.................................................................. 8
Screen Layout ................................................................................ 10
Ribbon............................................................................. 10
Default Tabs ................................................................................... 12
Quick Access Toolbar ................................................... 16
Open ............................................................................................... 16
Save ................................................................................................ 16
Measure and Template Mode..................................................... 16
Coordinate Format........................................................................ 17
Unit Format ..................................................................................... 18
Quick Launch Toolbar................................................... 18
Template Mode ............................................................................. 18
Clear Readings .............................................................................. 18
Measure All..................................................................................... 19
Remeasure ..................................................................................... 19
Add Readings ................................................................................ 19
Select Measurement Device ....................................................... 20
Select Projection Plane................................................................. 20
Select Coordinate System ............................................................ 20
Select Alignment ........................................................................... 21
Navigation Window ...................................................... 21
Control Panels................................................................ 21
Messages ........................................................................................ 23
Feature Creator ............................................................................. 23
Readings......................................................................................... 24
Feature Information....................................................................... 24
Controlling the View...................................................... 24
Features .......................................................................... 25
Device-controlled Mouse............................................. 25
Help ................................................................................. 26
i
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page ii Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Electronic Manual ......................................................... 27

What is New ................................................................... 28

Chapter 2: Navigation Window

Features .......................................................................... 31
CAD................................................................................. 35
Reports ............................................................................ 35
Reporting Overview ...................................................................... 36
Report Templates .......................................................................... 36
Logo Customization ....................................................................37
Document Properties..................................................................37
Reporting Interface ....................................................................... 38
Report Lists ...................................................................................... 38
Standard Report Window Commands ....................................... 40
E-mailing/Saving a Report ............................................................ 40
Printing a Report ............................................................................ 40
Selecting a Report Template ....................................................... 40
Saving Report Data ....................................................................... 40
Image Creator ............................................................... 41
Adding Pictures.............................................................................. 41
Creating QuickTools Pictures........................................................ 42
Survey.............................................................................. 43
Active Survey ................................................................................. 43
Types of Survey .............................................................................. 43
Survey Setup................................................................................... 44
Performing a Survey ...................................................................... 45
Moving Device Position With a Survey ........................................ 46
Reporting Survey Results ............................................................... 47

Chapter 3: File
Open............................................................................... 49
Save ................................................................................ 49
Save As ........................................................................... 49
New ................................................................................. 50
Translate CAD ................................................................ 50
Send Document ............................................................ 51
Recent ............................................................................ 51
Import Export.................................................................. 52

ii
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page iii Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Import.............................................................................................. 52
CAD ..............................................................................................52
Points.............................................................................................52
Tube ..............................................................................................53
Alignment.....................................................................................53
Tolerance Preferences................................................................53
QuickTools From Learn Files........................................................53
Shortcut ........................................................................................53
Export .............................................................................................. 53
Points.............................................................................................53
Measurement Data to Text File..................................................54
Measurement Data to CAD File ................................................54
CAD to XGL..................................................................................54
Tolerance Preferences................................................................54
Tube ..............................................................................................54
Help ................................................................................. 55
Preferences .................................................................... 55
File ................................................................................................... 56
Display............................................................................................. 57
Panels.............................................................................................. 62
Measurement................................................................................. 64
Construction................................................................................... 72
CAD................................................................................................. 73
Tolerance........................................................................................ 74
Report ............................................................................................. 77
Exit ................................................................................... 78

Chapter 4: Home
General........................................................................... 79
Repeat ............................................................................................ 79
Properties........................................................................................ 79
Preferences .................................................................................... 80
Document Header Information ................................................... 80
CAD................................................................................. 81
Import CAD .................................................................................... 81
Part Properties ................................................................................ 81
Feature............................................................................ 82
Show-Hide ...................................................................................... 82
Clear Readings .............................................................................. 83
Flip Vector ...................................................................................... 83

iii
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page iv Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Mirror Nominal................................................................................ 83
Tolerances ...................................................................... 84
GD&T ............................................................................................... 84
Tolerance Preferences.................................................................. 84
Copy Tolerances ........................................................................... 85
Paste Tolerances............................................................................ 85

Chapter 5: View
Window........................................................................... 87
Full Screen ...................................................................................... 87
Show Feature Window .................................................................. 87
View Closed Panels ....................................................................... 88
3D View........................................................................... 88
Shading Mode ............................................................................... 88
Layers .............................................................................................. 89
Point Size ......................................................................................... 89
Whisker Scale ................................................................................. 89
Show-Hide Grid .............................................................................. 90
Export View As Image ................................................................... 90
Preset Views ................................................................... 90
+X/-X View ...................................................................................... 90
+Y/-Y View ...................................................................................... 91
+Z/-Z View ....................................................................................... 91
Isometric SE..................................................................................... 91
Isometric SW ................................................................................... 91
Isometric NE.................................................................................... 91
Isometric NW .................................................................................. 91
Reset View ...................................................................................... 92
Recenter View ............................................................................... 92
Zoom ............................................................................... 92
Zoom To Area................................................................................. 92
Zoom In ........................................................................................... 93
Zoom Out........................................................................................ 93
Reset Zoom..................................................................................... 93
Labels .............................................................................. 93
Panels.............................................................................. 95
Feature Readings .......................................................... 97

iv
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page v Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Chapter 6: Devices
General........................................................................... 99
Hardware Configuration............................................................... 99
Manage Devices ......................................................................... 101
Move Device................................................................................ 102
Device Position ............................................................................ 102
Moving Device Position .............................................................. 103
Export and Import Device Position ............................................ 104
Save and Load Device Setup.................................................... 104
Tracker .......................................................................... 105
Aim ................................................................................................ 105
Reset ............................................................................................. 106
Search........................................................................................... 106
Change Adapter......................................................................... 106
Manage Reset Points .................................................................. 106
Measure Level.............................................................................. 106
Set Backsight ................................................................................ 107
Drive Beam ................................................................................... 107
Bundle Adjustment ...................................................................... 107
Motor On Off ................................................................................ 108
Enable Stable Point Trigger......................................................... 108

Chapter 7: Automation
QuickTools .................................................................... 109
QuickTools Programs ................................................................... 109
Recording QuickTools Programs..............................................110
Importing QuickTools From Learn Files ....................................111
Editing QuickTools Programs ....................................................111
Playing QuickTools Programs ...................................................111
Automating QuickTools Programs ...........................................112
Locking QuickTools Programs ..................................................113
Deleting QuickTools Programs .................................................113
QuickTools Tools.........................................................................113
QuickTools Program Commands.............................................114
QuickTools in Measure Mode..................................................... 117
QuickTools in Template Mode ................................................... 117
Shortcuts ....................................................................... 117
Creating a Shortcut..................................................................... 118
Editing a Shortcut ........................................................................ 118

v
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page vi Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Deleting a Shortcut ..................................................................... 118
Importing a Shortcut ................................................................... 118
Exporting a Shortcut .................................................................... 118

Chapter 8: Measure
Features ........................................................................ 121
Measuring a Plane ...................................................................... 121
Measuring a 2D Line.................................................................... 122
Measuring a Point........................................................................ 123
Measuring an Inspect Surface Point ......................................... 124
Measuring a Circle ...................................................................... 125
Measuring a Sphere .................................................................... 126
Measuring a Cylinder .................................................................. 127
Measuring a Torus........................................................................ 128
Measuring a Tube........................................................................ 129
Measuring a Cone....................................................................... 131
Measuring a Round Slot.............................................................. 132
Measuring a Rectangular Slot.................................................... 133
Measuring an Ellipse .................................................................... 134
Measuring a 3D Line.................................................................... 135
Measuring a Planar Point............................................................ 135
Measuring a Home In Point ........................................................ 136
Measuring a High/Low Point ...................................................... 138
Measuring a Surface Point ......................................................... 139
Measuring a Surface Edge Point ............................................... 140
Measuring a Vector Point........................................................... 140
Measuring a Compensate Axis Point ........................................ 141
Measuring a Point Cloud ............................................................ 142
Measuring a Polyline ................................................................... 143
Measuring a Polyline Group ....................................................... 144
Measuring a Single Point Circle ................................................. 147
Measuring a Paraboloid ............................................................. 148
Options ......................................................................... 148
Measure on CAD Side................................................................. 149
Feature Properties ....................................................... 149
Laser Probe Measurement ......................................... 153
Automatic Feature Recognition................................ 154
Measurement Panel.................................................... 155
Layers ............................................................................ 158
Creating a New Layer................................................................. 158
vi
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page vii Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Editing a Layer ............................................................................. 158
Adding Features To A Layer ....................................................... 158
Viewing Features On A Layer..................................................... 159
Deleting a Layer .......................................................................... 159
Labels ............................................................................ 159
Readings....................................................................... 160
Nominals and Tolerances ........................................... 162
Inspect Surface............................................................ 165

Chapter 9: Key-In
Features ........................................................................ 167
Plane ............................................................................................. 167
Line ................................................................................................ 167
Point .............................................................................................. 168
Vector Point ................................................................................. 168
Circle............................................................................................. 169
Sphere........................................................................................... 169
Cylinder......................................................................................... 169
Torus .............................................................................................. 170
Tube .............................................................................................. 171
Cone ............................................................................................. 171
Round Slot .................................................................................... 173
Rectangular Slot .......................................................................... 174
Ellipse............................................................................................. 175
Paraboloid.................................................................................... 175
Dimensions.................................................................... 176
Dimension Angle By Key-In ......................................................... 176
Dimension Length By Key-In ....................................................... 176

Chapter 10: Pick From CAD

Plane ............................................................................. 177
Line ................................................................................ 177
Point .............................................................................. 178
Vector Point ................................................................. 178
Circle............................................................................. 178
Sphere........................................................................... 179
Cylinder......................................................................... 179
Torus .............................................................................. 179

vii
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page viii Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Cone ............................................................................. 180

Round Slot .................................................................... 180
Rectangular Slot .......................................................... 180
Ellipse............................................................................. 181
Paraboloid.................................................................... 181

Chapter 11: Construct

About Constructions ................................................... 183
Features ........................................................................ 184
Construct Plane ........................................................................... 184
Construct Plane: By 3 Points and 3 Offsets .............................184
Construct Plane: By Best Fit ......................................................185
Construct Plane: By Bisection...................................................185
Construct Plane: By Offset........................................................186
Construct Plane: Perpendicular ..............................................187
Construct Line .............................................................................. 188
Construct Line: By Best Fit .........................................................188
Construct Line: By Axis Best Fit..................................................188
Construct Line: By Bisection .....................................................189
Construct Line: By Intersection of 2 Planes.............................190
Construct Line: By Offset ..........................................................190
Construct Line: By Projection ...................................................192
Construct Line: Parallel .............................................................192
Construct Line: Perpendicular .................................................193
Construct Point ............................................................................ 194
Construct Point: By Best Fit .......................................................194
Construct Point: By Bisection....................................................194
Construct Point: By Intersection ...............................................195
Construct Point: By Offset.........................................................197
Construct Point: By Projection..................................................198
Construct Circle ........................................................................... 199
Construct Circle: By Best Fit ......................................................199
Construct Circle: By Intersection of a Plane and a Feature 200
Construct Circle: By Offset .......................................................201
Construct Circle: By Coaxial Intersection ...............................201
Construct Circle: From Cone ...................................................201
Construct Sphere......................................................................... 202
Construct Sphere: By Best Fit....................................................202
Construct Sphere: By Offset .....................................................202

viii
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page ix Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Construct Cylinder....................................................................... 203
Construct Cylinder: By Best Fit..................................................203
Construct Torus ............................................................................ 204
Construct Torus: By Best Fit .......................................................204
Construct Tube ............................................................................ 204
Construct Tube: From Features................................................204
Construct Cone ........................................................................... 205
Construct Cone: By Best Fit ......................................................205
Construct Slot ............................................................................... 206
Construct Rectangular Slot: By Best Fit ...................................206
Construct Round Slot: By Best Fit .............................................206
Construct Ellipse........................................................................... 207
Construct Ellipse: By Best Fit......................................................207
Construct Ellipse: By Intersection .............................................207
Dimensions.................................................................... 208
Angle............................................................................................. 208
Angle From Features .................................................................208
Length ........................................................................................... 211
Length From Features ...............................................................211
Construct From Selected Features ............................ 214

Chapter 12: Alignments

Alignments.................................................................... 215
Manage Alignments ................................................................... 216
Iterative......................................................................................... 218
Constrained Iterative .................................................................. 220
Three Feature ............................................................................... 222
Coordinate System...................................................................... 223
Import............................................................................................ 224
Coordinate Systems .................................................... 224
Coordinate System Wizard ......................................................... 224
Basic Tab ....................................................................................225
Advanced Tab ..........................................................................226
Coordinate System: By Offset .................................................... 231
Coordinate System: By Key-In .................................................... 232

Chapter 13: GD&T Tolerances

Datum ........................................................................... 234
Circularity...................................................................... 235

ix
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page x Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Cylindricity .................................................................... 235

Flatness ......................................................................... 236
Straightness .................................................................. 236
Profile of a Surface ...................................................... 236
Profile of a Line............................................................. 237
Angularity ..................................................................... 237
Concentricity ............................................................... 238
Parallelism..................................................................... 239
Perpendicularity .......................................................... 239
Total Runout ................................................................. 240
Position.......................................................................... 241

Chapter 14: CAM2® Measure Remote

Using a Wireless Network ............................................ 243
Using an Ad Hoc Network .......................................... 243
Setting up the Remote Device .................................. 245
Apple iOS Software ..................................................................... 245
Setting up the Wi-Fi Connection ................................................ 246
Starting CAM2 Measure Remote ............................................... 248
CAM2 Measure Remote Screens .............................. 248
Operating and Troubleshooting ................................ 250

Chapter 15: Hot Keys and Shortcut Menus

Hot Keys ........................................................................ 253
Shortcut Menus ............................................................ 256

Chapter 16: Operational Concepts

GD&T Tolerances ......................................................... 259
Angularity ..................................................................................... 259
Circularity...................................................................................... 260
Flatness ......................................................................................... 261
Straightness .................................................................................. 262
Concentricity ............................................................................... 263
Parallelism..................................................................................... 264
Perpendicularity........................................................................... 264
Cylindricity .................................................................................... 265
Profile of a Surface ...................................................................... 266

x
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page xi Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Profile of a Line............................................................................. 266
Total Runout ................................................................................. 267
RFS and MMC for a Measured Hole .......................................... 268
RFS and MMC for a Measured Shaft ......................................... 269
CAM2 Measure True Position...................................................... 270
Glossary and Definitions.............................................. 273
Best Fit Circle ................................................................................ 273
Best Fit Cone ................................................................................ 273
Best Fit Cylinder............................................................................ 274
Best Fit Ellipse ................................................................................ 274
Best Fit Line ................................................................................... 275
Best Fit Paraboloid ....................................................................... 275
Best Fit Plane ................................................................................ 276
Best Fit Point.................................................................................. 276
Best Fit Rectangular Slot ............................................................. 277
Best Fit Round Slot........................................................................ 277
Best Fit Sphere .............................................................................. 278
Best Fit Torus.................................................................................. 278
Right-Hand Rule ........................................................................... 278
Unsolved Features ....................................................................... 279

Software License Agreement ............... A-1

Purchase Conditions ............................. B-1
Industrial Products Service Policy ........ C-1
Industrial Service Policy ........................ D-1

xi
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page xii Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 1 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Chapter 1: Introduction to
CAM2® Measure
CAM2® Measure 10 is a CAD-based metrology software package specifically
designed to conduct precise measurements and inspections of complex features
simply by inputting 3D measurements. There is virtually no limit to the types of
measurements you can analyze using CAM2 Measure. Through IGES, VDA,
CATIA, ProEngineer, or Unigraphics translation, your data can be exchanged
with any number of CAD systems.
This document contains all general information and specific instructions needed
to use CAM2 Measure. If you have any questions or need further instructions for
any procedure, contact your Customer Service Representative by Phone, Fax or
E-Mail. See “Technical Support” on page 283. You can also reach the Customer
Service Applications and Training group via Internet e-mail at the following
addresses:
• [email protected]
• [email protected]
• [email protected]
Visit the FARO Customer Service area on the Web at www.faro.com to search our
technical support database, which is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.
Listed below are some of the visual and typographical conventions used in each
of the sections.
ALL CAPITAL text Indicates directory names, menu names, buttons,
tabs, key names, acronyms, and modes. For example,
“Click SAVE.”
monospaced text Indicates alpha/numeric characters or values you
enter in a field on the screen. For example, “Type
0.005 for the tolerance setting.”
bold text Indicates anything you must input using your
keyboard exactly as it appears. For example, “Type
a:install”.
SMALL CAPS text Indicates dialog box, button names, and window
names. For example, “Click OK to close the DEVICE
window.”

1
Chapter 1: Introduction to CAM2® Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 2 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
You may also see a few new words. It is important that you understand the
meaning of these words before proceeding.
digitize Indicates the recording of XYZ coordinates of a
point or location in 3D space. The word digitize is
the same as the term measure when referring to
points.
choose or select Indicates that you are initiating an action. For
example, “Select FILE < INSERT < CAD PARTS.”
left-click, right-click, Indicates that you press and release the
click, or press corresponding mouse button or keyboard key. Also
used when referring to the hardware device buttons.
For example, “After selecting a file from the OPEN
FILE dialog box, click OK to open the file” or “Press
ESC at anytime to cancel a command.”
drag Indicates that you press and hold the LEFT MOUSE
button down and move the mouse. Release the
mouse button to finish. This word is often used when
changing the size of a window or toolbar.

Warning
A WARNING notice denotes a hazard. It calls attention to an operating
procedure, practice, or the like that, if not correctly performed or adhered to,
could result in personal injury or death. Do not proceed beyond a WARNING
notice until the indicated conditions are fully understood and met.

Caution
A CAUTION notice denotes a hazard. It calls attention to an operating
procedure, practice, or the like that, if not correctly performed or adhered to,
could result in damage to the product or loss of important data. Do not proceed
beyond a CAUTION notice until the indicated conditions are fully understood
and met.

Note
A NOTE notice denotes additional information that aids you in the use or
understanding of the equipment or subject. Specifically, they are not used when a
WARNING or CAUTION is applicable. They are not safety related and may be
placed either before or after the associated text as required.

2
Chapter 1: Introduction to CAM2® Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 3 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

System Requirements
The following are the minimum and the recommended hardware and software
requirements for CAM2 Measure.

Hardware

Point Probe Measurements Only

Minimum Requirements:
• Intel® Pentium® Core™ 2 Duo 2.8 GHz processor
• 2 GB RAM
• Graphics resolution - 1024 x 768
• NVIDIA Quadro FX 380M graphics card with 256 MB of Video RAM
• One free USB port for the CAM2 Measure port lock
• DVD-ROM 8x speed or higher
• Standard PS/2 or USB mouse
• 80 GB hard drive, 5400RPM
Recommended Requirements:
• Intel® Core™ i7-2620M 2.7 GHz processor
• 4 GB RAM or greater
• Graphics resolution - 1920 x1080
• NVIDIA Quadro 3000M graphics card with 2 GB of Video RAM
• DVD-ROM 8x speed or higher
• Standard PS/2 or USB mouse
• 200 GB hard drive, 7200RPM

Point Cloud Scanning

NOTE: We recommend Windows® 7 64 bit Professional operating system for
point cloud scanning.
Minimum Requirements:
• Intel® i5-2540M Dual Core™ 2.6 GHz processor
• 4 GB RAM
• Graphics resolution - 1024 x 768
• NVIDIA Quadro 1000M graphics card with 1G of Video RAM
• One free USB port for the CAM2 Measure port lock
• DVD-ROM 8x speed or higher
• Standard PS/2 or USB mouse
• 200 GB hard drive, 7200RPM

3
Chapter 1: Introduction to CAM2® Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 4 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Recommended Requirements:
• Intel® Core™ i7-2620M 2.7 GHz processor
• 6 GB RAM or greater
• Graphics resolution - 1920 x1080
• NVIDIA Quadro 3000M graphics card with 2 GB of Video RAM
• DVD-ROM 8x speed or higher
• Standard PS/2 or USB mouse
• 250 GB hard drive, 7200RPM

Software
The following computer operating systems are supported:
• Microsoft® Windows® XP Professional Service Pack 3 or later
(32-bit only)
• Microsoft® Internet Explorer 6.0
• Adobe® Acrobat® Reader® 6.0 or later (to print manuals)
OR
• Microsoft® Windows® Vista® (32-bit or 64-bit)
• Microsoft® Internet Explorer 7.0
• Adobe® Acrobat® Reader® 6.0 or later (to print manuals)
OR
• Microsoft® Windows® 7 (32-bit or 64 bit)
• Microsoft® Internet Explorer 8.0
• Adobe® Acrobat® Reader® 6.0 or later (to print manuals)
NOTE: We recommend Windows® 7 64 bit Professional operating system for
point cloud scanning.

4
Chapter 1: Introduction to CAM2® Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 5 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Installing CAM2 Measure

CAM2 Measure is quick and easy to install. The CAM2 Measure DVD-ROM
includes the software (32-bit or 64-bit) and a standard Windows help file. Also
included in this DVD-ROM is a Portable Document Format (*.PDF) file of the
CAM2 Measure manual. You must install Adobe Acrobat Reader, included on
the CAM2 Measure DVD-ROM, to read and print the manual from your
computer.
To Install CAM2 Measure:
1 Place the CAM2 Measure DVD-ROM into the computer’s DVD-ROM drive.
The DVD-ROM automatically loads and opens the CAM2 Measure window.
• If the DVD-ROM does not automatically open the CAM2 Measure window,
click START < MY COMPUTER, double-click your computer’s DVD drive
(usually D:), and then double-click autorun.exe.
2 Click an installer language.
3 Click 32-BIT or 64-BIT install. Or, click VIEW MANUAL to move to the
CAM2 Measure manual menu.
• Adobe Acrobat Reader is required to view the CAM2 Measure manual. You
can install this program from the CAM2 Measure manual menu.
4 If necessary, The CAM2 Measure instal program displays a list of auxiliary
system programs that are required for CAM2 Measure. Click INSTALL to
continue. Click OK to confirm the install of each program. A system restart
may also be required during this section of the install.
5 Read the Welcome screen and click NEXT.
6 Read and accept the Software License agreement. Click NEXT to continue.
7 Add or remove a component by clicking on the individual component.
8 Click CHANGE to change the destination folder for CAM2 Measure, or click
NEXT to create the default folder.
9 Click INSTALL to begin installing the software.
10Click FINISH when the installation is complete.

Licensing CAM2 Measure

CAM2 Measure requires the installation of a license. Your licensing option is
determined at the purchase of CAM2 Measure. There are two licensing options
for CAM2 Measure:

5
Chapter 1: Introduction to CAM2® Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 6 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
1 Licensing with a port lock - the license number is recorded into the port lock.
Attach the port lock to a USB port on your computer.
2 Licensing with a key code - the key code is printed on the back of the
CAM2 Measure package (this box.) Start CAM2 Measure and enter this code
into the dialog box.
• The license key code must be validated using an Internet connection. Once
complete, this validation is permanently stored on your computer.
• If you do not have an available Internet connection, contact FARO’s
customer service team to receive a validation file.
• Each key code can only be activated three times. If you install
CAM2 Measure on a new computer, contact FARO’s customer service team
to deactivate your key code from your old computer.
Contact FARO’s customer service team if you need to switch your licensing
option, or have another issues with licensing CAM2 Measure.

Network Licensing
CAM2 Measure allows management of multiple licenses over a network. This
option is available for users who want to employ a separate computer to host a
network port lock without having to install on that computer.
• Click HASP NETWORK LICENSE MANAGER on the DVD menu and
follow the prompts.
• Obtain a special network port lock from FARO’s customer service. This port
lock may be plugged into any computer that has the HASP drivers installed.

Updating Your License

Use the FARO Remote Update System, found in the program group, to check for
any pending license updates. When you run this program, CAM2 Measure will
download any pending updates or orders and automatically update your port
lock. For example, if you order a translator from FARO customer service, you
can use the License Update tool to download the translator and automatically
apply it to your license.
• If you do not have an available Internet connection, contact FARO’s customer
service team to update your license.

6
Chapter 1: Introduction to CAM2® Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 7 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Directory and File Locations

The initial location of the files and directories is determined by the options
selected during the installation of CAM2 Measure. These locations can always be
modified as a new default preference file. See “Preferences” on page 80.
NOTE: A detailed listing of the directory and file locations is available from
FARO Customer Service.

Getting Started
If you have purchased a port lock license, make sure that you have inserted the
port lock into the computer’s USB port. Although not required, it is
recommended that you connect your measuring device to the computer before
starting CAM2 Measure.

7
Chapter 1: Introduction to CAM2® Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 8 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Starting CAM2 Measure

Click Windows START and find the CAM2 MEASURE 10 program icon. Click
the icon to start CAM2 Measure. If the CAM2 MEASURE program icon is not in
the START menu, click ALL PROGRAMS < FARO < CAM2 MEASURE 10 and
finally the CAM2 MEASURE 10 program icon.

Figure 1-1 CAM2 Measure Program Icon

As the software loads, the software attempts to initialize communication with a
primary measuring device.
• If the measuring device is connected properly, the DEVICE CONTROL panel
displays the device’s information.
• If there is no connection between the device and the computer’s USB or serial
port, or if the device is off, the DEVICE CONTROL panel is empty. Connect your
measuring device to the computer and click RECONNECT, or continue using
CAM2 Measure without a measuring device.
For more information, see “Hardware Configuration” on page 99.

8
Chapter 1: Introduction to CAM2® Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 9 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
NOTE: CAM2 Measure also supports multiple devices for simultaneous
measurement. For more information, see “Multiple Devices” on page 100.

Figure 1-2 Device Control panel

9
Chapter 1: Introduction to CAM2® Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 10 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Screen Layout
The CAM2 Measure screen contains the following areas.

Figure 1-3 CAM2 Measure Screen Layout

 Main Window. This is the main view window for your part.
 Ribbon. See “Ribbon” on page 10.
 Navigation Window. See “Navigation Window” on page 21.
 Messages, Readings, and Tolerances Control Panels. See “Messages” on
page 23, “Readings” on page 160, and “Nominals and Tolerances” on
page 162.
 Feature Creator. See “Feature Creator” on page 95.
Quick Access Toolbar. See “Quick Access Toolbar” on page 16.
 Quick Launch Toolbar. See “Quick Launch Toolbar” on page 18.

Ribbon
The CAM2 Measure Ribbon is designed to help you quickly access the
commands that you need to complete a task. Commands are organized into

10
Chapter 1: Introduction to CAM2® Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 11 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
logical groups, which are collected together under tabs. Each tab relates to a type
of activity, such as measuring a feature or configuring a measurement device.
To reduce clutter, some tabs are shown only when needed. For example, the
DEVICES tab is shown only when the Feature Tree is active.
Similarly, the contents of tabs are customized according to your needs. For
example, the HOME tab contains reporting commands when the REPORTING
panel is active.
To display a tab on the ribbon, move the pointer over the tab name and click the
LEFT MOUSE button.
Some commands also start using a single keyboard key, or Hot Key. For more
information, see “Hot Keys and Shortcut Menus” on page 253.

11
Chapter 1: Introduction to CAM2® Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 12 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Default Tabs
At the top of your screen are the FILE, HOME, VIEW, DEVICES,
AUTOMATION, MEASURE, KEY-IN, PICK FROM CAD, CONSTRUCT and
ALIGNMENTS tabs. These contain basic commands that you will regularly use.

 FILE tab
 HOME tab
 VIEW tab
 DEVICES tab
 AUTOMATION tab
 MEASURE tab
 KEY-IN tab
PICK FROM CAD tab
 CONSTRUCT tab
 ALIGNMENTS tab
Figure 1-4 Default Tabs

12
Chapter 1: Introduction to CAM2® Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 13 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
File Tab
The FILE tab allows you to access file commands (Open, Save, etc.), Import,
Export, view and configure Preferences, and access Help. See “File” on page 49.

Figure 1-5 File Tab

Home Tab
The HOME tab allows you to repeat a command, add special commands to
QuickTools, edit, file, feature, GD&T and CAD Part properties, and copy and
paste CAM2 Measure tolerances. See “Home” on page 79.

Figure 1-6 Home Tab

View Tab
The VIEW tab contains all the commands that affect how you see the contents of
your measurement file on the screen. See “View” on page 87.

Figure 1-7 View Tab

13
Chapter 1: Introduction to CAM2® Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 14 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Devices Tab
The DEVICES tab contains all the commands used to configure a measuring
device. See “Devices” on page 99.

Figure 1-8 Devices Tab

Automation Tab
The AUTOMATION tab contains the commands used to automate your
measurement processes. See “Automation” on page 109.

Figure 1-9 Automation Tab

Measure Tab
The MEASURE tab contains common commands for measuring. See “Measure”
on page 121.

Figure 1-10 Measure Tab

Key-In Tab
The KEY-IN tab contains commands to create Nominal features using data on
drawings or spreadsheets. See “Key-In” on page 167.

Figure 1-11 Key-In Tab

14
Chapter 1: Introduction to CAM2® Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 15 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Pick From CAD Tab
The PICK FROM CAD tab contains commands to create Nominal features from
CAD models that you add to the measurement file. See “Pick From CAD” on
page 177.

Figure 1-12 Pick From CAD Tab

Construct Tab
The CONSTRUCT tab contains commands to create Nominal features by
construction. See “Construct” on page 183.

Figure 1-13 Construct Tab

Alignments Tab
The ALIGNMENTS tab contains Alignment and Coordinate System commands.
See “Alignments” on page 215.

Figure 1-14 Alignments Tab

Minimize the Ribbon

There is no way to remove or replace the ribbon with the toolbars and menus
found in previous versions of CAM2 Measure. However, you can minimize the
ribbon to increase available space on your screen.
1 Right-click the ribbon and select MINIMIZE THE RIBBON.
To use the ribbon while it is minimized, click the tab you want to access, and then
click the option or command you want to use when the ribbon expands. Click
away from the ribbon, and the ribbon will minimize.
NOTE: To restore the ribbon to full visibility, right-click and select MINIMIZE
THE RIBBON again.

15
Chapter 1: Introduction to CAM2® Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 16 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Quick Access Toolbar

The Quick Access toolbar, located at the top left of the CAM2 Measure title bar,
consists of a group of frequently-used command icons that you can enable for
quick access, including Open, Save, Measure and Template Mode, Coordinate
Format, and Unit Format.
Click the Quick Access Toolbar arrow and click a command to add it to the
CAM2 Measure title bar for quick access. Commands are added to the bar by the
order in which you click them. Click the command name in the Quick Access
Toolbar menu again to remove the command.
You may select up to five commands for quick access: Open, Save, Measure and
Template Mode, Coordinate Format, and Unit Format.

Open
OPEN opens a CAM2 Measure measurement file (*.fcd) that has been previously
created, named, and saved. For more information, see “Open” on page 49.

Save
SAVE saves the current file as a CAM2 Measure measurement file (*.fcd). For
more information, see “Save” on page 49.

Measure and Template Mode

Measure Mode
The current device’s MEASUREMENT panel automatically opens and you can
begin to add readings to the feature. See “Add Readings” on page 19. Select
multiple measurement commands and each will be added to the MEASUREMENT
panel in the order that you select the commands.

Template Mode
TEMPLATE Mode disables the automatic adding of readings when you add one
or more features to the measurement file. The default mode is a preference. See
“Default Measurement Mode” on page 63.
Select a Measurement command from the FEATURE CREATOR, or the
MEASURE menu, and that measured feature adds to the measurement file. Add
readings to the feature manually with ADD READINGS. For more information,
see “Add Readings” on page 19.

16
Chapter 1: Introduction to CAM2® Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 17 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
When TEMPLATE mode is active, a red border and “Template Mode” text
appear around the CAD tab of the MAIN window. For more information, see
“Screen Layout” on page 10.
NOTE: When you switch to Measure Mode after adding features in Template
Mode, CAM2 Measure will prompt you to measure those features.

Coordinate Format
The measurement file’s coordinate system, by default, is Cartesian. To work in
another coordinate system (Cylindrical or Spherical), click COORDINATE
FORMAT in the Quick Access Toolbar and select another coordinate system.
This remains the same for all new files until changed again.

Figure 1-15 Coordinate Format menu

Cartesian
Point data is displayed in (x, y, z) format:
• x is the value along the x axis.
• y is the value along the y axis.
• z is the value along the z axis.
Cylindrical
Point data is displayed in (ρ, ϕ, z) format:
• ρ is the displacement from the origin in the xy plane.
• ϕ is the rotation angle from the +x axis.
• z is the value along the z axis.
Spherical
Point data is displayed in (ρ, ϕ, θ) format:
• ρ is the displacement from the origin.
• ϕ is the rotation angle from the +z axis.
• θ is the rotation angle from the +x axis.

17
Chapter 1: Introduction to CAM2® Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 18 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Unit Format
The measurement file’s unit of measure, by default, is millimeters. To work in
another unit of measure, click UNIT FORMAT in the Quick Access Toolbar and
select another unit of measure. This remains the same for all new files until
changed again.
Unit of Measure can also be controlled and configured as a Preference. For more
information, see “Units” on page 60.

Figure 1-16 Units menu

Quick Launch Toolbar

The Quick Launch toolbar, located beneath the ribbon and on the top of the MAIN
window, consists of a group of buttons and provides a convenient way to access
frequently-used commands, including Template Mode, Clear Readings, Measure
All, Remeasure, Add Readings, Select Measurement Device, Select Projection
Plane, Select Coordinate System, and Select Alignment.

Figure 1-17 Quick Launch Toolbar

Template Mode
TEMPLATE MODE governs the behavior of the Measure commands. For more
information, see “Measure and Template Mode” on page 16.

R
Clear Readings
CLEAR READINGS clears all readings from all entities in the measurement file.
For more information, see “Clear Readings” on page 83.

18
Chapter 1: Introduction to CAM2® Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 19 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Measure All
MEASURE ALL measures, or adds readings, to every feature in your file. The
measurement order follow the position of the features in the FEATURES panel.
For more information, see “Reordering Features” on page 34.
1 Select MEASURE < MEASURE ALL.
2 Use your measuring device and add readings to the first feature in the
FEATURES panel.
3 Press the BACK button, or H key, to finish.
NOTE: Pressing the BACK button, or H key, may also define the Probe
Compensation. For more information, see “Probe Compensation” on
page 152.

Remeasure
REMEASURE replaces all readings of an existing measured feature.
1 Select a feature in the FEATURES panel or the CAD window.
2 Select MEASURE < REMEASURE. You can also right-click the feature in the
FEATURES panel and select REMEASURE from the shortcut menu.
3 Use your measuring device and add readings to the feature.
4 Press the BACK button, or H key, to finish.
NOTE: Pressing the BACK button, or H key, may also define the Probe
Compensation. For more information, see “Probe Compensation” on
page 152.
If you select multiple features the measurement order follow the position of the
features in the FEATURES panel. For more information, see “Reordering
Features” on page 34.

Add Readings
ADD READINGS adds readings to an existing measured feature. You can also
press the INSERT hot key on the keyboard.
1 Select a feature in the FEATURES panel or the CAD window.

19
Chapter 1: Introduction to CAM2® Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 20 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
2 Select MEASURE < ADD READINGS. You can also right-click the feature in
the FEATURES panel and select ADD READINGS from the shortcut menu. If
the probe is visible on-screen, it will flash green when you add readings.
3 Use your measuring device and add more readings to the feature using the
FRONT button, or G key.
4 Press the BACK button, or H key, to finish. If the probe is visible on-screen, it
will flash red when you press the BACK button, or H key.
NOTE: You can also use the buttons in the Measurement Panel. For more
information, see “Measurement Panel” on page 155.
NOTE: Pressing the BACK button, or H key, may also define the Probe
Compensation. For more information, see “Probe Compensation” on
page 152.
If you select multiple features the measurement order follow the position of the
features in the FEATURES panel. See “Reordering Features” on page 34.

Using Multiple Devices

If you have multiple devices connected to CAM2 Measure, use the shortcut menu
to select a specific device.
1 Select a feature in the FEATURES panel or the CAD window.
2 Right-click the feature and select the ADD READINGS FROM flyout.
3 Select a measurement device and add readings to the feature.

Select Measurement Device

If you have multiple devices connected to CAM2 Measure, use the Select
Measurement Device drop-down to select a specific device. See “Multiple
Devices” on page 100.

Select Projection Plane

Use the Select Projection Plane drop-down window to select the active projection
plane for all two-dimensional features. See “Feature Properties” on page 149.

Select Coordinate System

Use the Select Coordinate System drop-down window to select the active
coordinate system for all features. See “Coordinate Systems” on page 224.

20
Chapter 1: Introduction to CAM2® Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 21 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Select Alignment
Use the Select Alignment drop-down window to select the active alignment for
all features. See “Alignments” on page 215.

Navigation Window
The NAVIGATION Window contains all of the CAD parts and features in your
measurement file, and also controls the mode in which CAM2 Measure behaves.
It is subdivided into Features, CAD, Reports, Image Creator, and Survey
sections.

Figure 1-18 Navigation Window

For more information, see “Navigation Window” on page 31.

Control Panels
Control Panels are windows that contain all or some of the following:
• menu and submenu commands
• feature data
• an edit box to change a parameter of an item
• a check box to show/hide items
• tree lists of items and sub items

21
Chapter 1: Introduction to CAM2® Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 22 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
On the right and bottom edges of the MAIN window are control panels which
contain many of the common commands. Each control panel appears as a tab
when not in use. The FEATURE CREATOR tab is on the right side, and the
MESSAGES, READINGS, and FEATURE INFORMATION tabs are on the
bottom.
• Click on a tab to display a control panel. Click and drag the tab onto the MAIN
window and the panel automatically collapses and hides.

• Click AUTO HIDE in the upper right corner of the panel to keep the
panel’s title bar visible.

• Click CLOSE in the upper right corner to close a panel.

NOTE: Use VIEW < VIEW CLOSED PANELS to control the visibility of the
control panels. See “Panels” on page 95.

Moving and Docking Control Panels

CAM2 Measure control panels may be moved, arranged, and docked to
customize your layout.

Moving a Control Panel

To move a panel, left-click and hold the panel’s title bar or tab name. Drag the
panel with the mouse to the desired location and release the button to release the
panel.

Reordering Control Panel Tabs

Left-click and hold the panel’s tab name. Drag the tab to the desired location and
release the mouse button.

Docking Icons
Docking Icons appear when you left-click and begin to drag
a panel. Drag and release the panel onto one of these icons
to instantly dock the panel at the extreme right, left, top, or
bottom of the screen (depending on the corresponding
icon’s arrow). The icons disappear when the panel has been
released.

22
Chapter 1: Introduction to CAM2® Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 23 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Hiding a Control Panel
Right-click and choose Hide. Use VIEW CLOSED PANELS to show the panel.
See “View Closed Panels” on page 88.

Messages
The MESSAGES panel contains informational messages relating to the
measurement file.

Figure 1-19 Messages panel

Feature Creator
The FEATURE CREATOR panel contains many of the commands in the
MEASURE, KEY-IN, PICK FROM CAD, CONSTRUCT, ALIGNMENTS, and
TRACKER menu.

Figure 1-20 Feature Creator panel

For more information see “Measure” on page 121, “Key-In” on page 167, “Pick
From CAD” on page 177, “Construct” on page 183, “Alignments” on page 215,
and “Tracker” on page 105.

23
Chapter 1: Introduction to CAM2® Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 24 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Readings
The READINGS panel contains the data for each individual reading, or
measurement point, of a feature. It also contains readings for best fit
constructions.

Figure 1-21 Readings panel

For more information, see “Readings” on page 160.

Feature Information
The FEATURE INFORMATION panel contains nominal and tolerance information
for each feature in your measurement file.

Figure 1-22 Feature Information panel

For more information, see “Nominals and Tolerances” on page 162.

Controlling the View

You can manipulate and rotate the contents of the main window using your
mouse. Doing so changes the mouse pointer to the grab or rotate icon as
appropriate.
To manipulate the view:
1 Click and hold the RIGHT MOUSE button. This changes the mouse pointer to
the grab icon.
2 Drag the mouse left, right, up, and down to move the view.
3 Release the RIGHT MOUSE button to set the view.
To rotate the view:
1 Click and hold the LEFT MOUSE button. This changes the mouse pointer to
the rotate icon.

24
Chapter 1: Introduction to CAM2® Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 25 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
2 Drag the mouse left, right, up, and down to rotate the view.
3 Release the LEFT MOUSE button to set the view.

Center of Rotation
By default, the rotation center is the center of all entities (features and CAD) in
the measurement file. You can also change temporarily change the center:
• Select any feature, start the command, and the view rotates around that
feature’s center.
• Right-click the CAD tab of the main window over any entity and the view
rotates around that feature’s center.
• Right-click the CAD tab of the main window over no entity and the view
rotates around the default center of all entities in the measurement file.

Features
CAM2 Measure Features are the geometric objects that you add to the
measurement file. There are four types of CAM2 Measure Features:
• Measured: a feature that you create using a measurement device. See
“Measure” on page 121.
• Constructed: a feature that you create from other features or keyed-in
values. See“Construct From Selected Features” on page 214 and “Key-In”
on page 167.
• Dimensioned: a length or angle calculation between two or more existing
features. See “Dimensions” on page 208.
• Nominal: a feature that is the theoretical, or design, value of a measurement.
You create nominals from CAD models, or entered values.

Selecting Features
You may have to select or deselect features that were created in CAM2 Measure.
To select a feature on the screen, place the pointer over any part of a feature and
press the LEFT MOUSE button. Selected features appear in red. To deselect a
feature, click the selected feature again with the LEFT MOUSE button.

Device-controlled Mouse
When you use a measuring device with CAM2 Measure, the position of the probe
controls the mouse pointer. The standard mouse also controls the pointer. See
“Use Arm as Mouse” on page 65.

25
Chapter 1: Introduction to CAM2® Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 26 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
NOTE: Some measurement devices that operate with CAM2 Measure do not
constantly send positional data to CAM2 Measure, so this command may not
work properly. Refer to the user manual included for your device.
CAM2 Measure recognizes which measurement device is active and selects that
device for the pointer control. After starting a measurement command,
CAM2 Measure only accepts control from the current measurement device and
blocks any input except digitized points.
NOTE: The pointer changes from the single arrow mouse pointer to the DEVICE
icon when CAM2 Measure accepts data from the input device.

Help
Click HELP or select FILE < HELP to access CAM2 Measure’s Help screen.
From here, you can access Help files for CAM2 Measure, the FaroArm and
FARO Laser Trackers, program logs, and licensing information.

Figure 1-23 CAM2 Measure Help Screen

26
Chapter 1: Introduction to CAM2® Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 27 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Online Help
CAM2 Measure’s Help contains system-based information to enhance your use
of the application.
NOTE: HELP for Measure commands is available in the EDIT FEATURE dialog
box for each feature. Select the feature and then select EDIT < PROPERTIES.
When the Online Help appears, select the CONTENTS, INDEX, or SEARCH tab
to open specific help files.
• CONTENTS opens a series of books. Double-click the book you want with the
LEFT MOUSE button, or single-click the book and click OPEN. If you see
another book, continue clicking that selection until you see a topic name.
• A topic has a QUESTION MARK (?) icon in front of its name. Double-click the
topic name to open the topic. Within a topic, you may have additional links
directing you to other topics for further information. Click the appropriate link
to go to another topic.
• On the INDEX tab you can type the first few letters of topic or word. You can
also scroll down to your topic using the scroll bar. Double-click your selection
with the LEFT MOUSE button, or single-click to highlight the topic and click
DISPLAY.
• The SEARCH tab allows you to type words and search the whole document for
the different topics using the word(s) you selected. Type the word(s) in the
space provided in the first window and click LIST TOPICS.

Electronic Manual
You can open an electronic version of the CAM2 Measure Users Manual with
Adobe Acrobat Reader, which is included with your CAM2 Measure DVD-
ROM.
• A Table of Contents is on the left-hand side of your screen under the
BOOKMARKS tab. Clicking a bookmark takes you to the selected section.
• You can also search the manual by using EDIT < FIND (CTRL+F).

Using Acrobat Reader Help

Adobe Acrobat Reader has its own electronic manual if you need help. Running
Acrobat Reader HELP inside the Acrobat Reader application opens the Acrobat
Reader electronic manual.

27
Chapter 1: Introduction to CAM2® Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 28 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

What is New
The following sections describe new functions and commands that have been
added to CAM2 Measure, as well as the enhancements made to existing
CAM2 Measure commands.

General - 10
CAM2 Measure is a completely new version of FARO’s CAM2 software,
featuring a streamlined, efficient user interface.
Navigation Window - The Navigation Window provides you with a quick and
easy way to access Features, CAD, Reports, Image Creator, and Survey. See
“Navigation Window” on page 31.
Quick Access Toolbar - The Quick Access Toolbar CAM2 Measure consists of
a group of frequently-used command icons that you can enable for quick access,
including Open, Save, Measure and Template Mode, Coordinate Format, and
Unit Format. See “Quick Access Toolbar” on page 16.
Quick Launch Toolbar - The Quick Launch Toolbar consists of a group of
buttons and provides a graphical way to access frequently-used commands,
including Template Mode, Clear Readings, Measure All, Remeasure, Add
Readings, Select Measurement Device, Select Projection Plane, Select
Coordinate System, and Select Alignment. See “Quick Launch Toolbar” on
page 18.

File Menu
Export CAD to XGL - Export an XGL file from the CAD model file in the
current measurement file. See “CAD to XGL” on page 54.
Export Measurement Data to CAD File - Export a CAD file containing
features from the current measurement file. See “Measurement Data to CAD
File” on page 54.
Export Measurement Data to Text File - Export a text file (*.txt) containing
feature data from the current measurement file. See “Measurement Data to Text
File” on page 54.
Export Tolerance Preferences - Export a tolerance preference file (*.xml) from
the current measurement file. See “Tolerance Preferences” on page 54.
Import Alignment - Import an alignment file (*.fal) into the current
measurement file. See “Alignment” on page 53.
Import Shortcut - Import a Shortcut into the current measurement file. See
“Shortcuts” on page 117.

28
Chapter 1: Introduction to CAM2® Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 29 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Import Tolerance Preferences - Import a tolerance preference file (*.xml) into
the current measurement file. See “Tolerance Preferences” on page 53.
Recent - Access a list of recently accessed or saved measurement files (.fcd) and
CAD files in descending order, newest to oldest. See “Recent” on page 51.

Home Menu
Show-Hide - Control the visibility of feature and feature groups in the Main
window. See “Show-Hide” on page 82.
Mirror Nominal - Apply a mirror transformation along an axis-aligned
Mirroring Plane to nominals in the measurement file. See “Mirror Nominal” on
page 83.
Tolerance Preferences - Quickly access the Tolerance section of the
Preferences. See “Tolerance Preferences” on page 84.

View Menu
Label Controls - Quickly arrange, show, and hide onscreen labels. See “Labels”
on page 93.
Point Cloud Labeling - Create custom callout labels on point clouds. See “Point
Cloud” on page 94.
View Closed Panels - View a list of closed (but accessible) panels. See “View
Closed Panels” on page 88.

Devices Menu
Enable Stable Point Trigger - Configure Distance Threshold and Time
parameters to take points automatically with the FARO Laser Tracker. See
“Enable Stable Point Trigger” on page 108.

Automation Menu
Shortcuts - Use Shortcuts to define quick composite measurement commands.
See “Shortcuts” on page 117.

Measure Menu
Measuring a Paraboloid - Measure a paraboloid feature. See “Measuring a
Paraboloid” on page 148.
Scanning Tolerance - See tolerance deviation as you scan your aligned part. See
“Scanning Tolerance” on page 153.

29
Chapter 1: Introduction to CAM2® Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 30 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Key-In Menu
Key-In a Paraboloid - Key-In a paraboloid feature. See “Paraboloid” on
page 175.

Pick From CAD Menu

Pick a Paraboloid from CAD - Create a constructed paraboloid from a CAD
model. See “Paraboloid” on page 181.

Construct Menu
Construct From Selected Features - Create constructed features from features
that you select in your measurement file. See “Construct From Selected
Features” on page 214.

Alignments Menu
Constrained Iterative Alignments - Create an iterative alignment with
constraints. See “Constrained Iterative” on page 220.

30
Chapter 1: Introduction to CAM2® Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 31 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Chapter 2: Navigation Window

On the left side of the screen is the NAVIGATION window. This window is divided
into five sections: Features, CAD, Reports, Image Creator, and Survey.

Figure 2-1 Navigation Window

Features
The Features section of the NAVIGATION window shows every measured,
constructed, and nominal feature in your measurement file. A graphic to the left
of the feature name indicates the feature type:
• Measured/Constructed/Dimension: The geometric graphic to the left of
the feature name.
• Nominal: The geometric graphic to the left of the feature name and a target
graphic to the right of the feature name.
NOTE: This content of this panel changes if you select REPORT or SURVEY.
For more information, see “Reports” on page 35 and “Performing a Survey”
on page 45.

31
Chapter 2: Navigation Window
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 32 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Selecting Features
Selecting a feature in the NAVIGATION window highlights the feature in the MAIN
window.
• To select a single feature, click the name of the feature with the LEFT MOUSE
button.
• To select multiple features in consecutive order, hold down the SHIFT key and
left-click the first (top) feature, then click the last feature you want.
• To select a group of features not in consecutive order, hold down the CTRL
key and left-click each feature you want selected.
Double-click a feature to edit its Properties. For more information, see
“Properties” on page 79.
Right-click on a selected feature, or multiple features, to quickly start some
commands from the Shortcut Menus. For more information, see “Shortcut
Menus” on page 256.

Naming a Feature
Every feature in a measurement file is given a default name. To change a feature
name:
1 Select a feature in the NAVIGATION window.
2 Click the feature name again, or press the F2 key to edit the name.
3 Type a new name and press the ENTER key to continue.

Renaming Multiple Features

You have the option to rename multiple features at once. To change multiple
feature names:
1 Select multiple features in the NAVIGATION window.
2 Right-click the selection and choose Rename.
3 Type a new name to be applied to all of the features and click OK.

Feature Status Indicator

There are several visual indicators that show you a quick status of the features in
your measurement file.
When you measure an existing feature, the feature will appear in red.

32
Chapter 2: Navigation Window
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 33 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
To the left of the feature is a geometric icon to indicate the feature type. If this
icon and the feature name appear in gray, the feature is unsolved. See “Unsolved
Features” on page 279.
To the right of some features is a Status Indicator graphic. This shows you a
quick status of the features in your measurement file. The graphic depends on the
status of the feature:
• Black target - Nominal feature.
• Green check mark - the feature is in tolerance.
• Flag - the feature is out of tolerance or unsolved.
• Gray - the feature has no data, or not enough to solve.
• Red - measurement is above the upper tolerance.
• Blue - measurement is below the lower tolerance.
NOTE: Gray and Green flags are straight, Blue lean to the left and Red lean to
the right.

Show and Hide Features

To the extreme right of all features is the VISIBILITY icon (eye icon). Click the
VISIBILITY icon to hide a feature. Once hidden, the icon and feature name appear
gray. Click the VISIBILITY icon again to show the feature.
When hidden, features remain in the feature tree but are not shown in the CAD
view.

Feature Association
When you use CAM2 Measure to compare actual (measured and constructed)
data to nominal data, both features associate. The association name automatically
uses the nominal feature name. Changing the nominal feature name updates the
associated name. To associate a measured and nominal feature:
• Drag any nominal feature to a measured or constructed feature.
• Select the measured feature and use the FEATURE INFORMATION panel. See
“Nominals and Tolerances” on page 162.
• Select a nominal feature and MEASURE.
In the feature association, a prefix automatically appends each feature name:
“Actual” to the measured feature, and “Nominal” to the nominal feature.
• Click the ARROW to the left of the feature association’s name to expand and
collapse the association and hide the features.

33
Chapter 2: Navigation Window
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 34 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
NOTE: The Properties of a feature association are the measured or constructed
feature properties. See “Properties” on page 79. Deleting an association name
only deletes the measured or constructed feature. Expand the association and
select each contained feature to delete the nominal feature.

Reordering Features
You can change the order of features as shown in the NAVIGATION window.
1 Select one or more features in the NAVIGATION window to move.
2 Click the Up arrow at the bottom of the panel to move the feature up in the list;
or, click the Down arrow to move the feature down in the list.
3 You can press and hold the SHIFT key and drag the feature up and down the
list.
NOTE: Dragging a feature without pressing and holding the SHIFT key is for
grouping nominal and measured/constructed features.

Feature Grouping
When you work with a large number of features, it can be helpful to organize
them using groups. To create a feature group folder:
• Click the New Folder icon in the NAVIGATION window.
• If desired, edit the default name (Group 1).
• Drag any feature or group onto the folder and release the mouse button.
NOTE: Smart Naming and Show-Hide also apply to folders. For more
information, see “Smart Naming” on page 62 and “Show-Hide” on page 82.

Folder Properties
You can use folders to report features in multiple coordinate systems within the
same report. Right-click a folder and select Properties to view the Feature Editor
window for the folder. In this window, you can assign a coordinate system,
coordinate system type, and unit of measurement for the contents of the folder.

Capture View Data

Right-click a folder and select Capture View Data to assign a specific CAD view
to the folder. To change the captured view, change the view as desired, right-click
the folder and select Capture View Data.
In the report, this CAD view adds just above the features in the group. See
“Adding Pictures” on page 41.

34
Chapter 2: Navigation Window
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 35 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

CAD
The CAD section of the NAVIGATION window shows every CAD feature in your
measurement file.

Selecting CAD
Selecting a feature in the CAD section NAVIGATION window highlights the CAD
feature in the MAIN window.
• To select a single CAD feature, click the name of the feature with the LEFT
MOUSE button.
• To select multiple CAD features in consecutive order, hold down the SHIFT
key and left-click the first (top) feature, then click the last feature you want.
• To select a group of features not in consecutive order, hold down the CTRL
key and left-click each feature you want selected.
Double-click a CAD feature to edit its Properties. For more information, see
“Properties” on page 79.
Right-click on a selected CAD feature, or multiple CAD features, to quickly start
some commands from the Shortcut Menus. For more information, see “Shortcut
Menus” on page 256.

Show and Hide CAD

To the extreme right of all CAD features is the VISIBILITY icon (eye icon). Click
the VISIBILITY icon to hide a CAD feature. Once hidden, the icon and CAD name
appear gray. Click the VISIBILITY icon again to show the feature.
When hidden, CAD features remain in the feature tree but are not shown in the
Main view.

Reports
CAM2 Measure employs the DevExpress™ reporting engine and layout editor.
The robust DevExpress engine has been incorporated into CAM2 Measure to
provide dynamic, customizable reports in many file formats.

35
Chapter 2: Navigation Window
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 36 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Reporting Overview

Figure 2-2 Sample CAM2 Measure Report

The DevExpress engine creates customizable reports based on an XML schema
that are automatically formatted for the page. The XML Schema is published
with the software:
\Program Files\FARO\CAM2 Measure\Schema\.
Report data is continually updated as the measurement file data changes.

Report Templates
CAM2 Measure automatically detects new report templates that are placed in the
proper directory:
\My Documents\CAM2 Measure\Templates\Reporting.
NOTE: It is good practice not to replace any of the default CAM2 Measure
templates because reinstalling or updating the software will replace all of the
default templates.

36
Chapter 2: Navigation Window
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 37 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Editing a Report Template
Select a report format from the combo box at the bottom of the REPORT panel and
click EDIT LAYOUT. This starts the DevExpress template editor.
• Select FILE < SAVE AS and save the template with a new name so that you do
not accidentally replace the default CAM2 Measure report template.
• The report template is divided into four sections:
• PageHeader: Use this area to add items that will show on the top of every
page.
• Report: This is a title section for the first page of the report. The logo image
filed is in the upper left corner of this section. All other fields are Labels.
Add, arrange, remove, or edit the existing labels.
• DetailReport: This section uses the data from the CAM2 Measure file
following the current ACTIVE REPORT LIST. Show or hide individual feature
data using the FEATURE INFORMATION panel. For more information, see
“Nominals and Tolerances” on page 162.
• PageFooter: Use this area to add items that will show on the bottom of
every page. Every CAM2 Measure report template has the Page Info field in
this section.

Logo Customization
You can change the logo image displayed in default report templates. The file
name is specified in the application preferences, and the image size is 3" x 1"
with a resolution of 300 dpi.
You can change the report logo image in the Report section of the PREFERENCES
AND SETTINGS window. See “Logo” on page 78.

Document Properties
Extra data (metadata) for a report is stored within the document properties.
Document properties are configured in the DOCUMENT HEADER INFORMATION
window. For more information, see “Document Header Information” on
page 80.
This list is not fixed; plug-ins may register additional document properties which
will appear in the editor. Document properties are arranged into logical groups
(typically by the plug-in that registers them).
NOTE: A plug-in may also override a default document property if it provides
duplicate functionality (e.g. Part name in the SPC Graph plug-in).

37
Chapter 2: Navigation Window
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 38 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Reporting Interface
The REPORT window provides an always-available report display that continually
updates to reflect measurement file data changes. It resides at the same level as
the Main View, and as such cannot be displayed at the same time as the Main
View.
Click REPORT on the Navigation Window to make the REPORT window visible.

Figure 2-3 Report view

Using the Features Panel

If you select features in the Navigation Window and then click REPORT, a new
IN REPORT list creates and automatically adds the features. There is a
CAM2 Measure preference to control this behavior. See “Auto Report” on
page 77.

Report Lists
Click REPORT and the ACTIVE REPORT drop-down, IN REPORT list and NOT IN
REPORT list replace the FEATURE list in the Navigation Window. The NOT IN
REPORT list contains all features in the measurement file that you can add to the

38
Chapter 2: Navigation Window
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 39 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
current report. You should create a name for the ACTIVE REPORT before adding
or removing features.
NOTE: This content of this panel changes if you click SURVEY or IMAGE
CREATOR.

Creating/Recalling/Deleting Active Reports

You can create one or more ACTIVE REPORTS under a specific name within the
measurement file.
To create a list:
• Enter a name in the combo, replacing the New List 1 default text.
• Press the ENTER key.
NOTE: ACTIVE REPORTS are automatically saved as you change them. Saved
ACTIVE REPORTS are stored within the measurement file and may not be used
across different measurement files.
Recall an existing ACTIVE REPORT by selecting it from a drop-down list box at
the top of the Navigation Window.
Delete an existing ACTIVE REPORT by selecting it from the drop-down list box
and clicking X next to the drop-down arrow.

Operations
In the Navigation Window, the features in the IN REPORT list (top half) are
included in the report; the features in the NOT IN REPORT list (bottom half) are
not. The features are reported in the order they appear in the list. All operations
are multi-select capable.
To add a feature to the IN REPORT list:
• Select a feature in the NOT IN REPORT list.
• Click the up arrow located between the lists.
To remove a feature from the IN REPORT list:
• Select a feature in the IN REPORT list.
• Click the up down located between the lists.
To reorder the features in the IN REPORT list:
• Select a feature in the IN REPORT list and drag it up or down the list. Or, select
a feature and use the up or down arrow at the top of the IN REPORT list.
NOTE: The data contained in the current report automatically updates as features
are added, moved, and deleted in the IN REPORT list.

39
Chapter 2: Navigation Window
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 40 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Standard Report Window Commands

Search: Enter text and to find in the report.
Print Setup: Select the current printer for the report.
Print: Send the report to the current printer.
Page Setup: Adjust the printer page.
Scaling: Adjust the printed scale of the report.
Hand Tool: Use this tool to move the report around the REPORT window.
Zoom: Zoom in or out of the report in the REPORT window.
Next/Previous Page: Use the arrows to move from page to page.
First/Last Page: Use the arrows to move to the first or last page.
Page Display: Use this to see multiple pages in the REPORT window. Drag down
and right to select the number of pages.
Page Color: Select a background color for the report page.
Watermark: Add text or a picture to the background of the report page.

E-mailing/Saving a Report
E-mail or Save the report in the following formats: PDF, HTML, MHT, Rich
Text, Excel, CSV, Text, and Graphic (BMP, EMF, WMF, GIF, JPEG, PNG, TIFF).
Not all formats are available for E-mail and Save.
An e-mail message opens using the default e-mail application with the report file
attached. You can edit the message/subject prior to sending.

Printing a Report
Click PRINT to access the PRINT dialog and send the active report to a printer.

Selecting a Report Template

Report templates are listed in a combo box at the bottom of the REPORT window.
Selecting a report template in the combo box makes it the active template and the
report is updated immediately to reflect the change.

Saving Report Data

You can save the report as a raw XML file. In the bottom right corner of the
REPORT window, click EXPORT DATA and enter a filename.

40
Chapter 2: Navigation Window
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 41 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Image Creator
IMAGE CREATOR on the NAVIGATION window enables CAM2 Measure’s
Image Creator, which allows you to add pictures to a QuickTools program step to
enhance the automated measurement process.
These pictures appear in the MEASUREMENT panel when the program is playing.
For each ADD READINGS, you can create a single picture or a picture for each
reading in the program step.

Adding Pictures
Pictures of a part may be added to each QuickTools program step to show an
operator exactly where to take measurements.
When taking pictures, include as many features in a shot as possible without
sacrificing space, picture clarity, and quality. Capturing a big cluster of features
from far away will not provide enough detailed information for the operator. One
picture can be used as many times as needed.
The ideal image size is 640x480 pixels; most cameras have an adjustable setting
for the size of a picture. However, you should first add one image to a
QuickTools program step, then play the program and look at the picture in the
MEASUREMENT panel.

Taking and Importing Images

1 Use a digital camera to take pictures of the part.
NOTE: For best results, take clear, detailed pictures of the part that plainly
illustrate the locations to be measured. Take close-up shots of areas where
extra detail is needed. Orient the camera in the same way that the operator will
be looking at the part.
2 Transfer the pictures to your computer.
3 In CAM2 Measure, click the IMAGE CREATOR tab to display the IMAGE
CREATOR window.
NOTE: The Image Creator plug-in must be installed to use the IMAGE CREATOR
window. If the plug-in is not installed, the IMAGE CREATOR tab will not be
visible.
4 Click IMPORT to display the OPEN dialog.
5 Navigate to the directory that contains the images.
6 Select the images.
7 Click OPEN to add the images to the BASE IMAGES box.
41
Chapter 2: Navigation Window
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 42 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Creating QuickTools Pictures

A Base picture with probe images allows you to create a visual measurement
map. Use the probe images as targets to represent the sphere of a probe or SMR.
The sphere is green, or red to match the FRONT and BACK buttons of the
FaroArm, or the G and H keyboard keys for the FARO Laser Tracker.
In the QUICKTOOLS panel, select an existing QuickTools program. You may need
to click the Plus sign next to the program name to expand the list of program
steps.
To add a picture to a QuickTools program:
1 Select any existing QuickTools program step. Generally, this is an ADD
READINGS.
2 Click NEW IMAGE at the bottom of the IMAGES window.
3 Drag any image from the BASE IMAGES box to the IMAGES window. This adds
the picture to the QuickTools program step.
4 Drag any probe image from the PROBES box onto your image in the IMAGES
window. Add another probe image by holding down SHIFT and dragging it
onto your image.
5 Move the mouse pointer above any probe image to edit:
• Click and drag the center of the probe image to move it.
• Click and drag the lower right corner of the probe image to make it bigger or
smaller.
• Click and drag the upper center of the probe image to rotate it.
• Click the X in the upper right corner of the probe image to remove it.
6 Click another QuickTools program step, or NEW IMAGE.
7 Save your measurement file. The pictures save with the measurement file.
Look at the bottom of the IMAGES panel and see a thumbnail of the picture. This
is a graphical list of the pictures for the selected QuickTools program step.

Multiple Pictures
When there is a single picture in a QuickTools program step that picture will
repeat for every reading. However, you may want to create a more detailed
measurement map by creating a picture for every reading.
• Select the thumbnail picture and click NEW IMAGE to create another picture
in the current program step. The probe images will also copy.
• Drag the probe image to another location in the picture.

42
Chapter 2: Navigation Window
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 43 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• Repeat this for the amount of readings in the program step.
After adding multiple images to the QuickTools program step, you can:
• Change the order by dragging an image to the left of right.
• Delete the picture by choosing the thumbnail and pressing the DELETE key, or
just drag another image from the BASE IMAGES box into the IMAGES window to
replace a picture.

Survey
SURVEY on the NAVIGATION window enables CAM2 Measure’s Survey
capability. Surveying is an automated, repetitive measurement process used to
track the position(s) of one or more targets over time. The output is a statistical
analysis of the change in positions for each target. Optionally, Survey may be
used to automatically reposition a measurement device once sufficient movement
has been detected.

Active Survey
The Active Survey box contains the name of the currently active survey. To
change the active survey, click the drop-down and select a different survey.

Types of Survey

Drift Monitor
• May be done as continuous inspection (user defined number of cycles) or on
demand; retains all data for statistical analysis.

Periodic Inspection
• A single, “clean” run through a set of points compared to nominal data;
automation of the measurement process.

Tool Building
• Used for locating a detail relative to nominal data; continuous inspection.

Custom
• User-configured preferences that persist for later use. You can name,
configure, and save custom surveys using Survey Setup.

43
Chapter 2: Navigation Window
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 44 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Survey Setup
Click SETUP SURVEY OPTIONS in the Survey Type box. From the SURVEY
SETUP dialog, you can configure the following:
• Display Label: The label for the survey.
• Feature Dwell Time: The amount of time (in seconds) the Laser Tracker
should remain on the target after acquiring its position.
• Cycle Time: The amount of time (in seconds, minutes, or hours) to wait
between ending one cycle and beginning the next.
• Moving Average Size: Determines the number of previous samples used to
compute the moving average value (to show recent trends instead of the entire
history of the measurement).
• Feature DRO: Determines the DRO use for the survey:
• On: (Default) A feature DRO is shown for each point in the survey.
• Off: No feature DROs are shown.
• Single: A single feature DRO is shown during the survey and switches
from point to point as the survey progresses.
• Replace Readings: Determines the method to retain or replace readings:
• Replace Previous: (Default) Each cycle will completely replace the
readings from the previous cycle.
• Append: The point feature will accumulate readings from each cycle of
the survey, and the geometry of the feature will be an average of those
readings.
• Disable Previous: Geometry will be the same as the Replace Previous
option, but old readings will be retained in an unused state.
• Compare to Nominal: Determines whether the drift value will be compared
to the nominal:
• Yes: The drift value will be computed as drift from the nominal.
• No: The drift value will be computed as the drift from the starting position
of the feature.
• Auto Search: Determines whether the Laser Tracker will search automatically
for a missing target:
• Yes: The Laser Tracker will automatically search for a missed target using
the standard search pattern.

44
Chapter 2: Navigation Window
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 45 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• No: The Laser Tracker will not attempt to locate a target that is not found
immediately after aiming at the expected target location.
• Exclude Missing Targets: Determines whether the Laser Tracker will skip
targets missed during the current survey on subsequent surveys:
• Yes: Any target missed during a particular cycle of the survey will be
skipped on subsequent cycles.
• No: No missed target will be skipped on subsequent cycles.
• Pause Between Cycles: Determines whether the survey will automatically
pause between cycles.
• Yes: The survey will automatically pause between cycles. In order to
proceed to the next cycle in the survey the user must press PLAY.
• No: The survey will not pause between cycles.
NOTE: If Pause Between Cycles is enabled, the Cycle Time option is
unavailable.
• Stopping Conditions: Determines criteria by which the survey should
automatically stop:
• Stop After a Fixed Number of Cycles: Enter number of cycles.
• Stop After Missing Target: Enter target number.
• Stop After Specific Time: Date/Time based (hard stopping date/time).
• Move Device Conditions: Determines conditions with which to Move Device:
• Move After This Many Fixed Cycles: Enter number of cycles.
• Move After Maximum Deviation: Enter maximum deviation of any
reference point.
NOTE: You need at least 3 reference points to set Move Device conditions.
For more information, see “Moving Device Position With a Survey” on
page 46.
When you have set up the survey, you can click OK to use the settings for the
current survey, or click SAVE to save the settings to the survey template for
future use.

Performing a Survey
While the survey is running, there are a few buttons to control the survey options.

45
Chapter 2: Navigation Window
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 46 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Add Points to the Survey
In the FEATURES panel, the points in the top half are included in the survey (In
Survey); the points in the bottom half are not (Not In Survey).
To add a point to the survey, click the arrow to the left of the point in the Not In
Survey box. The point appears in the In Survey box. All operations are multi-
select capable, so you can add multiple points at the same time.
The points are reported in the order they appear in the list. You can reorder the
points in the In Survey box by clicking a point and then clicking the up and down
arrows.

Survey Controls
Three buttons at the top left of the Survey window give you the controls you need
to start, pause, and stop a survey:
• Play: Runs the survey from its current state until a stopping condition is met or
you pause or stop the survey. If a survey is played from a paused state, the
survey will simply resume. If it is played from a stopped state, the survey data
will be reset.
• Pause: Suspends the survey temporarily in its current state.
• Stop: Ends the survey as though the stopping condition had been reached.

Moving Device Position With a Survey

You can create a new Device Position with a survey by designating at least three
of the survey points as reference points.
1 Click the star icon to the right of a point in the In Survey box. The star appears
yellow, indicating that the point is designated as a reference.
NOTE: Click the yellow star to remove this designation.
2 Repeat Step 1 for at least two other points in the survey.
3 In the SURVEY SETUP dialog, input the number of cycles you want completed
before the move is done in the Move Device Conditions box, and click OK.
See “Survey Setup” on page 44.
The device move is automated in the survey. You can view the results of the new
device position in the Manage Devices window. See “Manage Devices” on
page 101.

46
Chapter 2: Navigation Window
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 47 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Reporting Survey Results

When you’ve successfully completed your survey, click SUMMARY to view a
brief summary of the data you’ve compiled. From there, click PRINT REPORT
to access the PREVIEW dialog. Use the PREVIEW dialog to preview the layout and
print, export, or e-mail the contents.
For more information, see “Standard Report Window Commands” on page 40,
“E-mailing/Saving a Report” on page 40, and “Printing a Report” on page 40.

47
Chapter 2: Navigation Window
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 48 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 49 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Chapter 3: File
The File commands (Open, Save, Import, Export, Preferences, Help, etc.) are
located in the FILE tab. Some of these commands are also available on the Quick
Access Toolbar at the top of your screen. See “Quick Access Toolbar” on
page 16.

Open
OPEN opens a CAM2 Measure measurement file (*.fcd) that has been previously
created, named, and saved.
If you already have a measurement file open, CAM2 Measure will prompt you to
SAVE the current file or close it without saving.
If a CAD file associated with a measurement file cannot be found when you open
the measurement file, CAM2 Measure will prompt you to re-establish a link to
the CAD. If you do not re-establish a link, CAM2 Measure will open the file
without CAD.
NOTE: To use files created from other CAD systems, create a new
measurement file, translate the CAD to the Parasolid CAD format (*.x_t), and
add the CAD format file to the new measurement file. See “Translate CAD”
on page 50, and “CAD” on page 52.

Save
SAVE saves the current file as a CAM2 Measure measurement file (*.fcd). If you
did not name the measurement file before invoking Save, the SAVE AS dialog
box will appear. Type a file name in the SAVE AS dialog box and click SAVE.

Save As
SAVE AS saves the current measurement file under a new file name. Type a file
name in the SAVE AS dialog box and click SAVE.

49
Chapter 3: File
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 50 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

New
NEW creates a new measurement file. You cannot have multiple files open at the
same time, so if a file is already open when you select this command you will be
prompted to save that file. If an unsaved (New Document) measurement file is
open and you quit the program, you will receive a message to save the
measurement file.

Translate CAD
TRANSLATE CAD starts the FARO CAD Translator, a separate application that
converts your CAD files to the Parasolid® CAD data file format (*.x_t).

Figure 3-1 FARO CAD Translator

NOTE: You must translate all CAD files to the Parasolid CAD data file format.
To add the CAD parts to your current measurement file, use INSERT < CAD
PARTS. See “CAD” on page 52.
CAM2 Measure supports CATIA v4 and v5, IGES, Inventor, Parasolid, Pro/E,
SolidWorks, STEP, Unigraphics, and VDA formats. For other CAD formats, use
Rhino software to import your file and save as an IGES file. If you have
problems translating CAD files, contact FARO Customer Service for help.
Add Files - Click the Add Files link and select your CAD files. You can select
multiple files to translate.
Remove Files - Select a file in the list and click the Remove Selected File(s) link
to remove one or more files from the list. This Does Not delete the CAD file from
your computer.

50
Chapter 3: File
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 51 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Target Folder - Select a file in the list and click TARGET FOLDER to change
the target location for each file. The target location is the directory and name for
the translated Parasolid CAD file (*.x_t). This location remains the same until
you change it.
NOTE: It is good practice to keep your translated CAD files and measurement
files in the same folder. Measurement files location is a preference. For more
information, see “Documents (FCD)” on page 56.
Start Translation - Select a file in the list and click the Start Translation link to
start the translation of the file.
Stop Translation - Select a file in the list and click the Stop Translation link to
stop the translation of the file.

Options
Healing - The FARO CAD translator has an option to use Healing, or error
correction, during the translation process. This option is a preference. See
“Healing” on page 74.
Translate Hidden Entities - You can specify whether the CAD translation
includes entities on hidden CAD file layers. See “Translate Hidden Entities” on
page 74.

Send Document
Select FILE < SEND DOCUMENT to e-mail the current file using the electronic
mail system on your computer. Any CAD model file that your measurement file
uses is not included in the message attachment. Make sure to send any CAD
model file in a separate message.
NOTE: Your e-mail recipient should save all files in the same folder on their
computer.

Recent
Recent Documents
Recent Documents contains a list of recently accessed or saved measurement
files (.fcd) in descending order, newest to oldest. Click the name of a document to
quickly access it. If you currently have a measurement file open and it is not
saved, you will be prompted to save changes to the file before opening the file
you just selected.

51
Chapter 3: File
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 52 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Recent CAD Parts

Recent CAD Parts contains a list of recently accessed or saved CAD files in
descending order, newest to oldest. Click the name of a CAD file to import the
CAD into the current measurement file.

Import Export
Import
The IMPORT menu allows you to add external files to the current measurement
file.

CAD
Select FILE < IMPORT < CAD to add Parasolid® CAD format data (*.x_t) to
your current measurement file. Select one or more CAD files in the ADD CAD
MODEL dialog, then click OPEN to translate them into Parasolid format and load
them into the current measurement file.
Large CAD files or CAD files that may take longer to load than other files should
be translated into the Parasolid format using TRANSLATE CAD. For more
information, see “Translate CAD” on page 50.
NOTE: By default, imported CAD is displayed with both shading and
wireframe information. To import files and change options use the FARO CAD
translator. See “Translate CAD” on page 50.
The CAM2 Measure CAD translator has an option to use Healing, or error
correction, during the translation process. This option is a preference. See
“Healing” on page 74.

Points
Select FILE < IMPORT < POINTS to access the Import Point Data wizard and
import a text file (*.txt) containing point-reducible features into the current
measurement file. Use the wizard to select the directory location and the name of
the file to be imported, select the import configuration (including row offset,
units, column order, and separators), and select the features to import as actual or
nominal.

52
Chapter 3: File
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 53 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Tube
Select FILE < IMPORT < TUBE to import a tube (*.txt) into the current
measurement file.

Alignment
Select FILE < IMPORT < ALIGNMENT to insert an alignment file (*.fal) into
the current measurement file.

Tolerance Preferences
Select FILE < IMPORT < TOLERANCE PREFERENCES to import a tolerance
preference file (*.xml) into the current measurement file. Choose an existing file:
• The tolerance preference file previews in a dialog box.
• Click IMPORT to update the tolerances.
NOTE: Select the APPLY TO ALL FEATURES check box to import and change
the tolerances for the features in your current measurement file.

QuickTools From Learn Files

Select FILE < IMPORT < QUICKTOOLS < FROM LEARN FILES to import a
Learn file (QuickTools program made with CAM2 Measure X or CAM2
Measure 4.0) into the current measurement file. See “Importing QuickTools
From Learn Files” on page 111.

Shortcut
Select FILE < IMPORT < SHORTCUT to import a Shortcut into the current
measurement file. See “Shortcuts” on page 117.

Export
The EXPORT menu allows you to export data from the current measurement file.

Points
Select FILE < EXPORT < POINTS to access the Export Point Data wizard and
export a text file (*.txt) containing point-reducible features from the current
measurement file. Use the wizard to select the features to export, select the export

53
Chapter 3: File
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 54 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
configuration (including units, decimal indicator, date, column order, and
separators), and select the directory location and the name of the file to be
exported. They export as text files ready to be imported into the program.

Measurement Data to Text File

Select FILE < EXPORT < MEASUREMENT DATA TO TEXT FILE to export
a text file (*.txt) containing feature data from the current measurement file. Use
the wizard to select the features to export, select the export configuration
(including units, decimal indicator, date, column order, and separators), and
select the directory location and the name of the file to be exported. They export
as text files ready to be imported into the program.
NOTE: If you are including this function as part of a QuickTools program, you
also have the option of assigning an automated save name prefix for when
users run the QuickTools program.

Measurement Data to CAD File

Select FILE < EXPORT < MEASUREMENT DATA TO CAD FILE to export a
CAD file containing features from the current measurement file. Use the wizard
to select the features to export, select the file format (Parasolid, IGES, Step,
VDA), select the measurement unit, and select a name and save location for the
CAD file.

CAD to XGL
Select FILE < EXPORT < CAD TO XGL to export an XGL file from the CAD
model file in the current measurement file. For more information, see “CAD” on
page 52.

Tolerance Preferences
Select FILE < EXPORT < TOLERANCE PREFERENCES to export a tolerance
preference file (*.xml) from your current measurement file.
A tolerance preference file consists of a set of upper and lower tolerances for
each feature type, and the option to make each toleranced item visible or
invisible.

Tube
Select FILE < EXPORT < TUBE to export tube data (*.txt) from the current
measurement file.

54
Chapter 3: File
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 55 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Help
Select FILE < HELP to access CAM2 Measure’s Online Help. For more
information, see “Help” on page 26.

Preferences
Default preferences always load when you start CAM2 Measure. These
preferences can be applied to the current measurement file, or saved as the
default and loaded each time CAM2 Measure is started. There are eight
preference groups: File, Display, Panels, Measurement, Construction, CAD,
Tolerance, and Report.
When you change default Preferences, they appear with pencil icons to indicate
their changed status. The changed status persists until you save your changes or
exit Preferences without saving.

Figure 3-2 Preferences

Editing Preference Settings

To edit a preference setting, click a preference group to access the parameters,
then edit the parameters as desired. Click OK to confirm the settings for the
current measurement file, or click SAVE AS DEFAULT to load the preference
each time CAM2 Measure is started.
NOTE: Click RESET TO DEFAULT to revert to the default settings most
recently saved.

55
Chapter 3: File
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 56 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

File
The File preferences define auto-save configuration and the locations from which
document, CAD, alignment, device position, points, tube, and measurement data
are saved and loaded.
Click File in the left window of the PREFERENCES window to see the File
preferences.
To change any file location, click the associated button and browse to a folder.

Auto-Save of FCD Documents

This preference controls whether CAM2 Measure automatically saves the active
measurement file (document), and if so, how often. By default, the auto-save
option is enabled at a 5 minute interval.
To disable auto-save, clear the checkbox. To change the interval, enter a new
number in the box.

Documents (FCD)
This preference controls the default file location for document (*.fcd) files.

CAD
This preference controls the default file location for CAD files.

Alignments
This preference controls the default file location for alignment files.

Device Positions
This preference controls the default file location for device position files.

Points
This preference controls the default file location for points files.

Tube
This preference controls the default file location for tube files.

Measurements
This preference controls the default file location for measurement data.

56
Chapter 3: File
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 57 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Display
The Display preferences determine the way in which CAM2 Measure displays
entities, dimensions, labels, and other visual elements.
Click Display in the left window of the PREFERENCES window to see the Display
preferences.

CAD View

Background Gradient
Top Color
This preference specifies the top color of the background gradient. To change the
color, click in the drop-down window and select a color.
Bottom Color
This preference specifies the bottom color of the background gradient. To change
the color, click in the drop-down window and select a color.

CAD Settings
Show Construction Lines
This preference specifies whether construction lines are shown in the CAD
drawing.
• Yes: Construction lines are shown in the CAD drawing.
• No: (Default) Construction lines are not shown in the CAD drawing.
Render Quality
This preference specifies the balance between quality and performance of CAD
rendering. The default is Best Quality; however, users with large CAD files may
opt to decrease quality to gain an increase in system performance and a reduced
rendering time.
To change the rendering quality, click in the drop-down window and select a
value:
• Best Quality: The CAD renders in best detail with no performance
enhancement.
• Good Quality: The CAD renders in good detail with a slight performance
enhancement.
• Balanced: The CAD rendering and performance are evenly matched.

57
Chapter 3: File
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 58 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• Good Performance: The CAD renders in less detail with a good performance
enhancement.
• Best Performance: The CAD renders in lesser detail with the best
performance enhancement.

Size and Scale

Whisker Scale
The scale value for whiskers. Each whisker is drawn using the deviation value.
This scale value increases that length so that the whisker is visible on the screen.
Point Size
This sets the size of all points in the measurement file. Click in the drop-down
window and select a size. This includes all point features and feature readings.
Inspect Surface Disk Size
The size of the disks drawn to represent inspect surface points. The color is
predetermined by the tolerance condition.

Vector Points
Arrow Size
This sets the size of all vector point arrows in the measurement file. Click in the
drop-down window and select a size. This includes all point features and feature
readings.
Disk Color
The color of the disks drawn on the CAD part. The default is white.
Disk Scale
The scale of the disks drawn on the CAD part; representing a number by which
the size of the disks will be scaled. Min. value: 0.01, Max. value 100. The default
is 1.

Measurement
Show Closest Point While Measuring
This preference determines whether CAM2 Measure draws a line between the
probe and the closest CAD point.
• Yes: (Default) A line is drawn between the probe and the closest CAD point.
• No: No line is drawn between the probe and the closest CAD point.

58
Chapter 3: File
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 59 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Always Show Probe
This preference determines whether CAM2 Measure shows the probe graphic
on-screen.
NOTE: When shown, the probe is represented as it appears on the device and is
displayed in a 1:1 scale. Changes to the probe diameter will be reflected in the
software.
• Yes: (Default) CAM2 Measure shows the probe on-screen.
• No: CAM2 Measure does not show the probe on-screen.
Measuring Line Color
This preference specifies the color of the measuring line. To change the color,
click in the drop-down window and select a color.

Dimension Settings
This preference specifies the default font used for dimension annotations in the
CAD view.
• Use Font Size Proportional to Feature Size: (Default) CAM2 Measure uses a
font size that scales with the size of the feature dimension.
• Use Custom Font Style: CAM2 Measure uses a user-selected font style and
size. Click the button and select a font style and font size.
• Use Font Size Preset: CAM2 Measure uses a preset size (Very Small, Small,
Medium, Large, or Very Large) for fonts.

Other
Highlight Features On Mouse Hover
This preference specifies whether CAD surfaces and features highlight when the
pointer is moved over them.
• Yes: (Default) CAD surfaces and features highlight when the pointer is moved
over them.
• No: CAD surfaces and features do not highlight when the pointer is moved
over them.

Labels
The Labels preferences determine the content and display characteristics of
labels in the measurement file.
Show Labels After Measurement

59
Chapter 3: File
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 60 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
This preference specifies whether a label is shown whenever you measure a new
feature.
• Yes: (Default) A label automatically adds to the CAD window after a feature
solves.
• No: A label never adds to the CAD window.
Automatically Arrange
This preference specifies whether labels are automatically arranged each time
they are added or the view is changed.
• Yes: (Default) Labels automatically arrange (best fit) when they are added, or
when the CAD window changes.
• No: Label do not automatically arrange.
NOTE: To arrange labels as needed, select VIEW < ARRANGE LABELS or
press the L hot key on the keyboard. For more information, see “Labels” on
page 93.
Add or remove on-screen labels by right-clicking a feature and selecting LABEL.
Style Definitions
You can use, edit, and create new style definitions for labels. Specify the default
style definitions to be used for Surface Points and Other Geometries.
Style Properties
The properties that can be configured for label styles are as follows:
• Name: Name of the label style (as it appears in the Style Definitions window).
• Appearance: Font style and size, background color, grid color.
• Single Line Mode: The label appears as a single line of information.
• Show Icon: The label contains an image of the feature’s geometry type.
• Show First Column: The label contains information in columnar form.
• Show Header Row: The label contains a header row.
• Show Comment: The label contains comments associated with the feature.

Units
The Units preferences determine the display of decimal places in the
MEASUREMENT panel and angle units in the measurement file.
NOTE: See “Unit Format” on page 18 to change the measurement file’s units.
Angle Unit

60
Chapter 3: File
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 61 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
The Angle Unit preference controls the level of detail in which the measurement
file displays angles.
Click in the drop-down window and select a value:
• Degrees-Minutes-Seconds: (Default) The measurement file displays angles in
Degree-Minute-Second format (example: 90°5’52.34”).
• Degree: The measurement file displays angles in Degree format (example:
90.10°).
• Radians: The measurement file displays angles in radians (example: 1.2 rad).
Length Unit
The Length Unit preference controls the default unit of measurement
(Millimeters, Centimeters, Meters, or Inches). The default is Millimeters.
Click CUSTOMIZE to configure the decimal places for a unit of measurement.
You can configure the decimal places for existing units or create a new unit
(specifying the name, abbreviation, decimal places, and distance in millimeters)
For more information, see “Unit Format” on page 18.
Coordinate Format
The Coordinate Format preference controls the default coordinate system
(Cartesian, Spherical, or Cylindrical). The default is Cartesian.
For more information, see “Coordinate Format” on page 17.

Decimal Places
Unit Vector Decimal Places
The Unit Vector Decimal Places preference controls the number of decimal
places displayed for any vector.
To change this preference, input a new number.

Construction
The Construction preferences govern the components visible in construction
dialog boxes.

Include CAD Objects

Indicates whether CAD objects will be visible in construction dialog boxes.
• Yes: (Default) CAD objects will be visible in construction dialog boxes.
• No: CAD objects will not be visible in construction dialog boxes.

61
Chapter 3: File
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 62 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Include Coordinate System Components
Indicates whether Coordinate System components will be visible in construction
drop-down boxes.
• Yes: (Default) Coordinate system components will be visible in construction
drop-down boxes.
• No: Coordinate system components will not be visible in construction drop-
down boxes.

Enable AutoBestfit Components

Indicates whether CAM2 Measure performs automatic fitting when you select
items from the Feature Tree.
• Yes: CAM2 Measure performs automatic fitting when you select items from
the Feature Tree.
• No: (Default) CAM2 Measure does not perform automatic fitting when you
select items from the Feature Tree.

Include Ancestry Types

Indicates which feature types will be visible in construction dialog boxes. To
change this preference, click in the drop-down window and select a value:
• All: (Default) All feature types will be visible in construction dialog boxes.
• Measured: Only measured features will be visible in construction dialog
boxes.
• Nominal: Only nominal features will be visible in construction dialog boxes.

Smart Naming
The Smart Naming preference allows you to create and edit templates that govern
naming conventions of specific features and feature groups.
To change a naming template for a feature, click the field to the right of a feature
and edit the naming template.

Panels
The Panels preferences determine the appearance and configuration of the panels
in CAM2 Measure.
Click Panels in the left window of the PREFERENCES window to see the Panels
preferences.

62
Chapter 3: File
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 63 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Measurement Panel
The MEASUREMENT panel preferences control the colors, fonts, and font colors of
both the MEASUREMENT panel and the FEATURE window.
DRO
The DRO preferences control the background color, font, font color of the
MEASUREMENT panel, decimal places, and the option to use a special Laser
Tracker-related cylindrical coordinate system.
NOTE: If you select a very large font for the MEASUREMENT panel prompt, you
may need to move the prompt’s scroll bar to read the text.
Feature DRO
The FEATURE DRO preferences control the background color, font, font color of
the FEATURE window and colors of feature tolerances.

QuickTools
Font Settings
The QUICKTOOLS preference controls the font and font color of the QUICKTOOLS
message window.

Features
Font Settings
The FEATURES preference controls the font and font color of the features as listed
in the FEATURES panel.

Device
The Device preference determines the default measurement mode, and whether
CAM2 Measure displays the DEVICE CONTROL panel on startup.
Default Measurement Mode
This preference defines how the measurement device performs measurement.
• Single Point Mode: The measurement device takes a single point.
• Distance Interval Mode: The measurement device takes points at a specified
distance interval.
• Time Interval Mode: The measurement device takes points at a specified time
interval (milliseconds).
Control Panel

63
Chapter 3: File
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 64 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
This preference controls the behavior of the DEVICE CONTROL panel on
CAM2 Measure startup.
• Yes: The DEVICE CONTROL panel automatically appears when CAM2 Measure
is launched.
• No: (Default) The DEVICE CONTROL panel does not automatically appear
when CAM2 Measure is launched.

Measurement
The Measurement preferences determine the measurement workflow.
Click Measurement in the left window of the PREFERENCES window to see the
Measurement preferences.

General
Auto Repeat Measurement
This preference automatically repeats the most recent measurement command in
Measure mode.
• Yes: (Default) The most recent measurement command automatically repeats.
• No: The most recent measurement command does not automatically repeat.
NOTE: This is only active in Measure Mode. See “Measure and Template
Mode” on page 16.
Auto-Recognize Features
This preference controls Automatic Feature Recognition. See “Automatic
Feature Recognition” on page 154.
NOTE: You must disable Arm as Mouse to use this feature. See “Use Arm as
Mouse” on page 65.
• Yes: CAM2 Measure automatically recognizes features (specify maximum
form).
• No: (Default) CAM2 Measure does not automatically recognize features.
Show Control Window
This preference controls whether the Measurement dialog box appears when you
add new measured features.
• Yes: The Measurement dialog box appears when you add new measured
features.

64
Chapter 3: File
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 65 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• No: (Default) The Measurement dialog box does not appear when you add new
measured features.
Measurement Sound
This preference determines whether CAM2 Measure makes a sound when a
measurement device takes measurement readings and end clicks.
If the form of the feature you are measuring is out of tolerance, you will also hear
a special sound to indicate the out of tolerance condition.
• Yes: (Default) CAM2 Measure makes sounds when the measurement device
takes measurement readings and end clicks.
• No: CAM2 Measure does not make sounds when the measurement device
takes measurement readings and end clicks.
Use Arm as Mouse
The Use Arm as Mouse preference controls the interaction of the FaroArm and
the CAM2 Measure software.
When enabled, the position of the probe controls the mouse pointer in
CAM2 Measure. The standard mouse also controls the pointer. CAM2 Measure
recognizes which input device is active and selects that device for the pointer
control. After starting a measurement command, CAM2 Measure only accepts
control from the current measurement input device and blocks any input except
digitized points.
Arm as Mouse temporarily disables during ADD READINGS.
• Yes: The FaroArm is used as a mouse.
• No: (Default) The FaroArm is not used as a mouse.
Default Compensation Method
This preference specifies the default compensation method for measured
features.
Click in the drop-down window and select a value:
• Use Sampled End Click: (Default) The BACK button, or H key, will define
probe compensation for each feature.
• Auto: Features compensate automatically.
NOTE: Auto compensation uses the orientation position of the probe in each
reading. When using this option, collect readings with the probe as
perpendicular to the surface as possible.
• Measure Inside: Features automatically compensate out for a hole.
• Measure Outside: Features automatically compensate in for a stud.

65
Chapter 3: File
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 66 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• None: No probe compensation.
Default Measure Mode
This preference controls the automatic adding of readings to each Measurement
command.
Click in the drop-down window and select a value:
• Measure Mode: (Default) After choosing a Measurement command, the
feature is added to the file, the Measurement Panel appears, and you are
prompted to add readings to the feature. See “Measurement Panel” on
page 155.
• Template Mode: After choosing a Measurement command, the feature is
added to the file but you are not prompted to add readings to the feature.
Measurement Completion Mode
This preference specifies the method in which CAM2 Measure completes
measurement. Measurement may be completed after recording a fixed number of
readings or recording an end click.
Click in the drop-down window and select a value:
• End Click: (Default) Measurement completes after an end click.
• Fixed Number of Readings: Measurement completes after a fixed number of
readings specified using the Auto Complete preference. See “Auto Complete”
on page 68.
Apply Compensation in Feature Windows
This preference governs whether CAM2 Measure applies compensation in
feature windows.
Click in the drop-down window and select a value:
• Yes: CAM2 Measure automatically applies compensation in feature windows.
All deviations will be relative to the compensated location.
• No: CAM2 Measure does not automatically apply compensation in feature
windows. All deviations will be relative to the probe center.
• Ask: (Default) You are asked if you want CAM2 Measure to apply
compensation in feature windows. Unless you check the “Never ask me again”
check box, the software will continue to prompt you to do so.

Projection Plane
Use Last Plane

66
Chapter 3: File
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 67 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
This preference controls the automatic assigning of the last measured plane
feature to the Feature Properties of the current feature. See “Feature Properties”
on page 149.
• Yes: (Default) The last measured plane becomes the default plane of projection
for subsequent feature measurements.
• No: Subsequent feature measurements are established with new planes of
projection.
Allow Constructed Actual Planes
This preference allows the use of planes constructed from actual features to be
used as projection planes.
• Yes: Planes constructed from actual features are usable as projection planes.
• No: (Default) Planes constructed from actual features are not usable as
projection planes.
Default
This preference defines the default plane for features that require a plane to solve.
Click in the drop-down window and select a value:
• None: The feature solves using the readings for the feature and the plane.
• Define: (Default) A plane feature is added to the file for the feature. You must
add readings to the plane to solve the feature.

Auto Nominal
This preference controls the automatic association of the nearest nominal to a
measured feature - providing it falls within the tolerance zone.
NOTE: This function is not active until an Alignment has been created. See
“Manage Alignments” on page 216.
Automatically Associate Nominal
This preference determines whether CAM2 Measure automatically associates
nominals to measured features.
• Yes: (Default) Nominals are automatically associated to measured features.
• No: Nominals are not automatically associated to measured features.
• Orientation: The orientation tolerance for auto nominal. The default is 5°.
• Position: The position tolerance for auto nominal. The default is 0.1.
• Size: The size tolerance for auto nominal. The default is 0.1.

67
Chapter 3: File
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 68 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Auto Complete
This preference specifies the number of points per feature type to automatically
complete a measurement. When this number of readings is reached, the
measurement process terminates.
When used in conjunction with automatic compensation (Default Compensation
Method set to Auto), auto complete provides for a streamlined measurement
process.
NOTE: Measurement Completion Mode must be enabled to use this functionality.
See “Measurement Completion Mode” on page 66.
To change the number of auto complete points for a feature:
• Click the number field to the right of a feature.
• Edit the number of points for the feature.

Point Cloud
Point Distance Filter
This preference determines the distance from CAD at which point clouds are not
shown. The default value is 1.000 mm.
Scan Trigger Behavior
This preference determines how the measurement device’s button behaves when
scanning.
• Click to Start/Stop: (Default) The device begins scanning when the button is
pressed, and finishes scanning when the button is pressed again.
• Press and Hold: The device begins scanning when the button is pressed and
held down, and finishes scanning when the button is released.
Default Alignment Sample Size
This preference determines the default number of points to sample from a point
cloud used in an iterative alignment. The default value is 50.
Compress Point Cloud Data
This preference specifies whether to save point cloud data in a compressed
format.
• Yes: (Default) CAM2 Measure saves point cloud data in a compressed format.
• No: CAM2 Measure does not save point cloud data in a compressed format.
Automatic Recalculation

68
Chapter 3: File
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 69 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
This preference specifies whether point cloud recalculation is automatic or
manual.
• Yes: (Default) CAM2 Measure automatically recalculates point cloud data.
• No: The user recalculates point cloud data.
NOTE: If Automatic Recalculation is unavailable, the main window will
contain a small indicator which you can click to perform the recalculation.
Decimation
This preference enables you to reduce point cloud density while scanning. The
Decimation value is the frequency at which CAM2 Measure retains scan data.
For example, using the default value of 10, CAM2 Measure will retain every
10th point of scan data.
• Yes: (Default) CAM2 Measure reduces point cloud density.
• No: CAM2 Measure retains all points within a point cloud.

Other
Measure on CAD Side
This preference specifies whether measurements will be taken on the part’s CAD
side, so you can measure surface points on the material side of a part and
compare the points to the CAD model.
The material thickness for the compensation is extracted from the material
properties, specified in PART PROPERTIES, from which the Surface Point is
extracted. See “Part Properties” on page 81.
• Yes: (Default) Measurements will be taken on the part’s CAD side.
• No: Measurements will not be taken on the part’s CAD side.
NOTE: If this preference is set to Yes, only the probe radius will affect the
compensation.
Automatically Take Reading
This preference controls whether CAM2 Measure automatically takes a reading
when measuring vector points. See “Measuring a Vector Point” on page 140 and
“Measuring a Home In Point” on page 136.
• Yes: CAM2 Measure automatically takes a reading when measuring vector
points (specify Home In Zone size).
• No: (Default) CAM2 Measure does not automatically take a reading when
measuring vector points.
Home In Zone Size

69
Chapter 3: File
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 70 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
This preference sets the default home in zone size. This value, in conjunction
with the point and vector, defines a cylindrical zone around the point within
which the user is expected to measure the point. The default value is 5mm.
To change this preference, input a new number.
DRO Refresh Rate
This preference sets the rate at which the DRO refreshes. The default value is 200
ms.
To change this preference, input a new number.

Measurement Mode
Auto-Switch to Measure Mode
This preference governs the behavior of the software when you run ADD
READINGS while in TEMPLATE mode.
Click in the drop-down window and select a value:
• Yes: The software will automatically switch to MEASURE mode and you
proceed to measure features.
• No: The software will not automatically switch to MEASURE mode, yet you
will be prompted to measure features.
• Ask: (Default) You are asked to switch to MEASURE mode. Unless you check
the “Never ask me again” check box, the software will continue to prompt you
each time you attempt to measure a feature in TEMPLATE mode.
Automatically Measure Features
This preference governs the behavior of the software when you switch to from
TEMPLATE to MEASURE mode.
Click in the drop-down window and select a value:
• Yes: The software will automatically add readings to all the measured features
in the file.
• No: The software will not automatically add readings to all the measured
features in the file.
• Ask: (Default) You are asked if you want to add readings to all the measured
features in the file. Unless you check the “Never ask me again” check box, the
software will continue to prompt you each time you switch to from
TEMPLATE to MEASURE mode.
Include Previously Measured Features

70
Chapter 3: File
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 71 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
This preference specifies whether MEASURE ALL includes previously
measured features.
Click in the drop-down window and select a value:
• Yes: The software will include previously measured features when MEASURE
ALL is invoked.
• No: The software will exclude previously measured features when MEASURE
ALL is invoked.
• Ask: (Default) You are asked if you want to include previously measured
features in MEASURE ALL. Unless you check the “Never ask me again”
check box, the software will continue to prompt you each time you invoke
MEASURE ALL.

Alignment
The Alignments preferences determine the behavior of iterative alignments.
Maximum Iterations
This preference controls the maximum iterations for iterative alignments.
Iterative Alignment Tolerance
This preference controls the default tolerance for iterative alignments.

Tracker
The Tracker preferences govern the way in which the FARO Laser Tracker
interfaces with CAM2 Measure.
NOTE: These preference apply to the FARO Laser Tracker only.
RMS Threshold
This preference specifies the upper limit of the Root Mean Square (RMS)
threshold to define acceptable reading quality. RMS values are visible in the
Measurement Panel.
Measure Elevation Point
This preference specifies whether to measure a point to be used as a reference to
the level plane.
• Yes: (Default) CAM2 Measure measures a point to be used as a reference to
the level plane.
• No: CAM2 Measure will not measure a point to be used as a reference to the
level plane.
Automatically Aim at the Next Feature

71
Chapter 3: File
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 72 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
This preference specifies whether the FARO Laser Tracker should automatically
aim at the next feature if the laser beam becomes broken.
• Yes: The FARO Laser Tracker automatically aims at the next feature when the
laser beam is broken.
• No: (Default) The FARO Laser Tracker will not automatically aim at the next
feature if the laser beam is broken.

TrackArm
The TrackArm preferences govern the way in which the TrackArm interfaces
with CAM2 Measure.
NOTE: These preference apply to the TrackArm only.
Stable Point Trigger
This preference specifies whether the TrackArm should use the FARO Laser
Tracker’s Stable Point Trigger mode.
• Yes: The TrackArm uses the FARO Laser Tracker’s Stable Point Trigger mode.
• No: (Default) The TrackArm does not use the FARO Laser Tracker’s Stable
Point Trigger mode.
• Samples Per Reading: The number of points per reading. The default is
5.
• Time Based Mode Interval: The time interval for time-based mode (in
ms). The default is 5000.

Construction
The CONSTRUCTION preferences determine the way CAM2 Measure handles
constructed features.

Auto Best Fit

Indicates whether CAM2 Measure performs automatic fitting when you select
items from the Feature Tree.
• Yes: CAM2 Measure performs automatic fitting when you select items from
the Feature Tree.
• No: (Default) CAM2 Measure does not perform automatic fitting when you
select items from the Feature Tree.

72
Chapter 3: File
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 73 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

CAD
The CAD preferences determine the way CAM2 Measure displays CAD files.
Click CAD in the left window of the PREFERENCES window to see the CAD
preferences.

Surface Stitching Option

This preference specifies the method in which CAD surfaces are “stitched” to
minimize error between feature lines.
Click in the drop-down window and select a value:
• Match Geometry: CAD surfaces are stitched according to geometric data.
• Match Topology: (Default) CAD surfaces are stitched according to
topological structures.

CAD Part
The CAD Part preferences define properties for all loaded CAD parts.
Enabled
Indicates whether the CAD model is available for measurements and alignments.
• Yes: (Default) The CAD model is available for measurements and alignments.
• No: The CAD model is not available for measurements and alignments.
NOTE: If this preference is set to No, CAD contents will not considered for
picking or measurements.
Visible
Indicates whether the CAD part will be visible in the CAD view.
• Yes: (Default) The CAD part will be visible in the CAD view.
• No: The CAD part will not be visible in the CAD view.
Material Composition
Indicates the default material composition of the CAD. To change this
preference, click in the drop-down window and select a value. The default value
is Steel.
Material Direction
Indicates the default CAD compensation. To change this preference, click in the
drop-down window and select a value:

73
Chapter 3: File
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 74 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• Above CAD Surface: (Default) The material begins at the sampled surface
and extends upward in a positive direction relative to the surface normal, i.e.
the CAD surface represents the “bottom face” of the material.
• Below CAD Surface: The material begins at the CAD surface and extends
downward in a negative direction relative to the surface normal, i.e. the CAD
surface represents the “top face” of the material.
Material Thickness
Indicates the default thickness of the CAD material. The default value is 3mm.

CAD Import
Translate Hidden Entities
Indicates whether the entities on hidden CAD file layers will be included in CAD
translation.
• Yes: Entities on hidden CAD file layers will be included in CAD translation.
• No: (Default) Entities on hidden CAD file layers will not be included in CAD
translation.
Healing
This preference enables healing of CAD model errors when importing CAD data.
You can specify the balance between quality and system performance. Large
CAD files may warrant a decrease in healing quality to gain an increase in
system performance and a reduced healing time.
To configure the healing quality, click in the drop-down window and select a
value:
• None: Healing is not enabled.
• Better Speed: (Default) The CAD heals in lesser detail with the best
performance enhancement.
• Better Quality: The CAD heals in best detail with no performance
enhancement. However, this can sometimes double the import time.

Tolerance
The Tolerance preferences determine tolerance behavior and the default
tolerances for each feature type.
Click Tolerance in the left window of the PREFERENCES window to see the
Tolerance preferences.

74
Chapter 3: File
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 75 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
General
Copy GD&T Tolerances
This preference specifies whether to include GD&T data when copying
tolerances from one feature to another (or others).
To change this preference, click in the drop-down window and select a value:
• Yes: The software will include GD&T data when copying tolerances.
• No: The software will not include GD&T data when copying tolerances.
• Ask: (Default) You are asked if you want to include GD&T data when copying
tolerances. Unless you check the “Never ask me again” check box, the
software will continue to prompt you each time you copy tolerances.
Datum Suggestions
This preference specifies the number of datums that the user will be allowed to
choose from when assigning datums to a feature. The default value is 3.
NOTE: CAM2 Measure suggests the next N available Datum letters. For
example, if the user has elected 3 datum suggestions and has already assigned
Datums A and D, the next 3 datums suggested will be B, C and E.

Geometries
Tolerances associate to a geometry type regardless of how that geometry type is
created in the measurement file.
To change a default tolerance:
• Click the arrow to the left of a feature type to expand or collapse the tolerance
information.
• When collapsed:
• The value displayed represents a symmetrical tolerance for all properties
of that feature type.
• You can type in a value to override all tolerance values of all properties of
that feature type. For example, if a user enters 0.01mm for a circle, it will
define a +- 0.01mm tolerance for all circle properties.
• You can associate a DIN or ISO tolerance classification per feature type.
When associating a tolerance classification to a feature, it will apply to all
applicable properties of that feature.
NOTE: The collapsed text will change to <custom> if any one value differs, in
absolute value, to any other for that feature type.
• When expanded:

75
Chapter 3: File
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 76 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• All properties of the type of feature are displayed.
• Two boxes contain the lower and upper tolerance for each property. Enter
tolerance values as appropriate.
• Check boxes indicate whether properties are available or unavailable for
tolerancing. Place a check in the checkbox to make it available; clear the
checkbox to make it unavailable.
• Click APPLY TO ALL to apply the modified tolerances to all features in the
measurement file.
NOTE: Geometry tolerance statistics (Maximum Error, Minimum Error, Form,
etc.) are the same for all feature types.

GD&T
Tolerances associate to a GD&T type. To change a default GD&T tolerance:
• Click the arrow to the right of a GD&T tolerance to expand or collapse the
tolerance information.
• When collapsed:
• The value displayed represents a symmetrical tolerance for all properties
of that GD&T type.
• You can associate a DIN or ISO tolerance classification per feature type.
When associating a tolerance classification to a feature, it will apply to all
applicable properties of that feature.
NOTE: The collapsed text will change to <custom> if any one value differs, in
absolute value, to any other for that feature type.
• When expanded:
• All properties of the type of GD&T tolerance are displayed.
• Two boxes contain the lower and upper tolerance for each property. Enter
tolerance values as appropriate.
• Check boxes indicate whether properties are available or unavailable for
tolerancing. Place a check in the checkbox to make it available; clear the
checkbox to make it unavailable.
• Click APPLY TO ALL to apply the modified GD&T tolerances to all features
in the measurement file.

76
Chapter 3: File
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 77 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Report
The Report preference determines default formatting for reports, including logo
selection.
Click Report in the left window of the PREFERENCES window to see the Report
preferences.

Auto Report
Generate From Selection
This preference governs the automatic generation of a report template with
features selected in the CAD view. With this preference enabled, the user the user
highlights the features that are required in the report while still in CAD View.
When the user switches to the REPORT tab, the Report opens with the selected
features and data formatted for the feature components specified in the FEATURE
INFORMATION panel.
To change this preference, click in the drop-down window and select a value.
• Always: CAM2 Measure will create a new report template each time the user
switches to the REPORT tab with one or more features selected.
• Ask: CAM2 Measure will prompt the user whether to create a new report
template each time the user switches to the REPORT tab with one or more
features selected.
• No: CAM2 Measure will not generate a report template.
• Once: (Default) CAM2 Measure will create the report template once. All
subsequent changes to the REPORT tab will not result in the generation of a
new report.

Default Format
With Alignment
This preference selects the report format that is used after an Alignment is
created.
To change this preference, click in the drop-down window and select a value.
Without Alignment
This preference selects the report format that is used before an Alignment is
created.
To change this preference, click in the drop-down window and select a value.

77
Chapter 3: File
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 78 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Logo
Image Location
This preference selects the logo file for the report template.
To change this file, click the right column and select a different file.

Exit
Closes CAM2 Measure. If an unsaved measurement file is open, you are
prompted to save or discard the file.

78
Chapter 3: File
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 79 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Chapter 4: Home
The Home commands are located in the HOME tab across the top of the screen,
and allow you to repeat a command, add special commands to QuickTools, edit,
file, feature, GD&T and CAD Part properties, and copy and paste
CAM2 Measure tolerances. The commands on the HOME tab are organized into
General, CAD, Feature, and Tolerances groups.
The contents of the HOME tab change based on what you have selected in the
Navigation Window. For more information, see “Navigation Window” on
page 31.

General
The GENERAL group contains all the commands necessary to repeat
measurements, view feature properties, edit preferences, and configure header
information.

Repeat
REPEAT invokes the last used CAM2 Measure command. You can also press the
ENTER hot key on the keyboard.

Properties
Select a Feature and use PROPERTIES to see and change parameters of any
feature or CAD part. See “Select a Feature” on page 280. This command is also
available in the Shortcut Menus. See “Shortcut Menus” on page 256.
You can change the properties of measured features. See “Feature Properties”
on page 149.
CAUTION: While you can not alter the actual results of a measured feature,
adjusting these parameters can alter how the results calculate and display.
You can change the properties of constructed and nominal features. For more
information, see specific feature section later in this book.
NOTE: In the dialog boxes, CREATE is replaced by MODIFY. After changing
any parameter, click MODIFY to save the changes.
You can change the Part Properties.

79
Chapter 4: Home
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 80 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
You can view the flipped vector state of the feature or CAD part by checking the
Vector Flipped checkbox.

Preferences
Preferences govern the ways in which CAM2 Measure can be tailored to your
needs. User preferences may also be accessed from the File. For more
information, see “Preferences” on page 55.

Document Header Information

DOCUMENT HEADER INFORMATION allows you to view and edit the
current measurement file’s header information in the DOCUMENT HEADER
INFORMATION window. You can also save the information as a default
information set to recall later. The information entered here also appears on
CAM2 Measure reports. For more information, see “Reports” on page 35.
In the DOCUMENT HEADER INFORMATION window, you can:
• Control the visibility of each item:
1 Clear the Visible checkbox to the left of an item to hide the item from view.
2 Place a check in the Visible checkbox to show the item.
• Change the values for each item:
1 Select the Header item.
2 Click in the VALUE column and enter a new value.
NOTE: The values remain for every new file until you change them.
• Add custom Header items:
1 Click ADD NEW in the upper left corner of the DOCUMENT PROPERTIES
dialog box.
2 Enter a name for the item.
3 Click in the VALUE column and enter a new value.
4 Press ENTER to accept the changes.
• Remove a custom Header item:
1 Select the Header item.
2 Click DELETE to remove the item from the list.
NOTE: You can only delete custom Header items.
• Reorder the Header items:
1 Select the Header item.
2 Click the UP and DOWN arrow keys to move the item up and down the list.

80
Chapter 4: Home
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 81 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

CAD
The CAD group contains all the commands necessary to import CAD and view
CAD part properties.

Import CAD
IMPORT CAD adds Parasolid® CAD format data (*.x_t) to your current
measurement file. Select one or more CAD files in the ADD CAD MODEL dialog,
then click OPEN to translate them into Parasolid format and load them into the
current measurement file.
Large CAD files or CAD files that may take longer to load than other files should
be translated into the Parasolid format using TRANSLATE CAD. For more
information, see “Translate CAD” on page 50.
NOTE: By default, imported CAD is displayed with both shading and
wireframe information. To import files and change options use the FARO CAD
translator. See “Translate CAD” on page 50.
The CAM2 Measure CAD translator has an option to use Healing, or error
correction, during the translation process. This option is a preference. See
“Healing” on page 74.

Part Properties
PART PROPERTIES accesses the EDIT CAD PART PROPERTIES window. The
EDIT CAD PART PROPERTIES window contains all loaded CAD parts and the
material properties for each CAD part.
Change the CAD Part properties preferences so that all CAD parts add with the
same properties.
Composition: The thermal properties of the CAD material for use by
alignments.
Thickness: The thickness of the CAD material (in measurement file units).
Direction: The normal direction of the CAD surface.
• Above CAD Surface: The material begins at the sampled surface and extends
upward in a positive direction relative to the surface normal; the CAD surface
represents the “bottom face” of the material.

81
Chapter 4: Home
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 82 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• Below CAD Surface: The material begins at the CAD surface and extends
downward in a negative direction relative to the surface normal; the CAD
surface represents the “top face” of the material.
NOTE: As you measure the part, you can switch between these surfaces using
MEASURE ON CAD SIDE. For more information, see “Measure on CAD
Side” on page 149.
Surface: The surface display color.
Wireframe: The wireframe display color.
Mirror On: The axis on which to mirror the CAD.
NOTE: Mirroring is a state of the CAD part, and must be either made available
or unavailable (not both). To view the mirrored and unmirrored CAD part
simultaneously, load the part twice and mirror one instance.
Visible: Indicates whether the CAD part is visible in the CAD view.
Enabled: Indicates whether the CAD model is available for use by
measurements and alignments.
NOTE: If the CAD is not enabled, it is not considered for picking or
measurements.

Feature
The FEATURE group contains all the commands necessary to show or hide
features, clear readings, flip the vector of a feature, and mirror a nominal.

Show-Hide
SHOW-HIDE controls the visibility of feature and feature groups in the Main
window. Select one or more features in the FEATURES panel, then click SHOW-
HIDE to hide the selected feature(s). While the selection is hidden, the features
remain in the FEATURES panel but are not shown in the Main window. The eye
icon appears gray for the selection, indicating “hidden” status. Click SHOW-
HIDE again to show the feature(s).
NOTE: You can also access this command in the Navigation Window. See
“Navigation Window” on page 31.

82
Chapter 4: Home
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 83 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

R
Clear Readings
CLEAR READINGS clears all readings from all entities in the measurement file.
NOTE: To delete all of the readings from a specific feature, right-click the
feature and select DELETE READINGS. For more information, see “Shortcut
Menus” on page 256.

180°

Flip Vector
FLIP VECTOR flips the vector of a feature. This command flips the plane vector
of a plane-reducible feature or line vector of a line-reducible feature.
NOTE: A Flip Vector state remains associated with a feature until all readings
are cleared using the CLEAR ALL READINGS. Manually deleting all the
readings (using the Readings tab) will not disassociate the “Flip Vector” state.

Vectors and Coordinate Systems

If the vector of a feature is used to define a coordinate system, and the coordinate
system is then used for an alignment, flipping the feature’s vector will not change
the displayed vector of the line since that is controlled by the alignment.
However, the alignment will change and features may shift.

Vectors and Feature Properties

You can view the “Flip Vector” state of a feature by checking the Vector Flipped
checkbox in the Feature Editor dialog (accessed with PROPERTIES).

Mirror Nominal
MIRROR NOMINAL allows you to apply a mirror transformation to all
nominals in the measurement file. The mirror transformation occurs along an
axis-aligned Mirroring Plane that is supplied as a single coordinate (not a feature)
in conjunction with a Plane Offset, such as Y = 5.0mm. You have the option to
mirror the features in place or as a copy.

83
Chapter 4: Home
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 84 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Mirror In Place
The number of nominal features after the mirror will be the same as before.
CAM2 Measure will automatically move any constructed nominals that are
based on existing features, and any measurements associated to the existing
nominals will remain properly linked but will have the readings removed.
NOTE: The nominals will mirror in place unless the Copy Entity box is checked.
Mirrored Entity Suffix
When you are copying an entity by mirroring, use the Mirrored Entity Suffix box
to enter a suffix to be automatically appended to the new nominal feature names.
The default suffix is *.

Copy Entity
The initial nominals are retained and a second set of nominals is created,
doubling the number of nominal features. CAM2 Measure will duplicate Key-In
and Pick from CAD features as Key-In features using the mirror plane.
Constructions and dimensions that are built from features will be copied. Any
measurements associated to the existing nominals will have corresponding
measurements for the newly created construction. Projection planes or home-in
features will be replaced with the corresponding mirrored measurement.
NOTE: Measurements, measured features made nominal, and QuickTools will not
mirror.

Tolerances
The TOLERANCES group contains all the commands necessary to add GD&T
tolerancing to a feature, configure tolerancing, and copy and paste tolerances.

GD&T
GD&T adds tolerances to a selected feature. For more information, see “GD&T
Tolerances” on page 233.

Tolerance Preferences
TOLERANCE PREFERENCES quickly accesses the Tolerance section of the
Preferences. For more information, see “Tolerance” on page 74.

84
Chapter 4: Home
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 85 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Copy Tolerances
COPY TOLERANCES copies all tolerances for a selected feature, and is used in
conjunction with PASTE TOLERANCES.
NOTE: You have the option to include GD&T data when copying tolerances. For
more information, see “Copy GD&T Tolerances” on page 75.

Paste Tolerances
Select a feature, or multiple similar features, and run this command to paste a set
of tolerances copied from another feature. PASTE TOLERANCES is used in
conjunction with COPY TOLERANCES.

85
Chapter 4: Home
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 86 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 87 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Chapter 5: View
The View commands are located in the VIEW tab across the top of the screen.
The VIEW tab contains all the commands that affect how you see the contents of
your measurement file on the screen. It also allows you to control what you see
on the screen, and the user interface. The commands on the VIEW tab are
organized into Window, 3D View, Preset Views, Zoom, and Labels groups.

Window
The WINDOW group contains all the commands necessary to display
CAM2 Measure at full screen resolution, show the FEATURE window, and view
closed panels.

Full Screen
x

Select VIEW < FULL SCREEN to enlarge the CAD tab to fit the entire screen.
You can also press the SHIFT + ALT + ENTER hot key on the keyboard.
• Click CLOSE FULL SCREEN or press ESC to exit full screen mode.

Show Feature Window

SHOW FEATURE WINDOW displays a FEATURE window for a selected
feature. You can also press the D key on the keyboard.
Use a FEATURE window to:
• See the live deviations of a specific feature based on the current location of the
probe, including normal (dN) and radial (dR) deviations for circles and
cylinders.
• In an assembly, guide a part into position using the coordinate values of a
specific feature on the part.
NOTE: Each FEATURE window remains until individually closed.
Configure the Feature window using the three controls at the top of the window:
1 Show Options - In the upper left corner of the window, click the SHOW
OPTIONS drop-down and select, or deselect, values to show or hide different
deviation values.

87
Chapter 5: View
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 88 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
2 Probe Compensation - In the middle is PROBE COMPENSATION. Click
this button to see the deviation values relative to the compensated probe
location; click again to see the deviation values relative to the probe center.
NOTE: The Apply Compensation in Feature Windows preference determines
whether probe compensation should be applied to all future FEATURE
windows. See “Apply Compensation in Feature Windows” on page 66.
3 Snap to Feature - To the right is SNAP TO FEATURE. When enabled, the
FEATURE window stays locked to the current feature. When not enabled, the
FEATURE window will float to the closest feature (not including CAD).
The deviation values change color:
• Green - the deviation is in tolerance.
• Blue - the deviation is out of tolerance in the negative direction.
• Red - the deviation is out of tolerance in the positive direction.
NOTE: The values are uncompensated except for the 3D value for surfaces.

View Closed Panels

VIEW CLOSED PANELS accesses a list of closed (but accessible) panels. Click
the name of the panel to access the panel.

3D View
The 3D VIEW group contains all the commands necessary to select a shading
mode, work with layers, configure point size and whisker scale, show the grid,
and export your view as an image.

Shading Mode
SHADING MODE controls the way in which CAM2 Measure applies shading to
the view (Shaded + Wireframe, Shaded, and Wireframe). The Shaded
+Wireframe view is the default view. You can also press the S hot key on the
keyboard to switch between the three shaded and wireframe views.

88
Chapter 5: View
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 89 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Layers
LAYERS controls the properties of the layers. Select VIEW < LAYERS to access
the LAYERS panel. From the LAYERS panel, you can:
• Click NEW LAYER to create a new layer. Enter a name for the layer, choose a
color (if you want to override CAM2 Measure’s color selection), specify
whether the layer is visible, and click OK.
NOTE: You can also enable or disable visibility of a layer by clicking the
layer’s Show-Hide icon in the LAYERS panel. See “Show-Hide” on page 82.
• Click EDIT LAYER to edit the properties of an existing layer.
• Click DELETE to remove an existing layer.
• Click features in the FEATURES panel and drag them onto a layer to associate
them with the layer. See “Features” on page 31.
• Click the arrow to the left of a layer to expand and view a list of the features on
the layer.
NOTE: If the layer does not contain features, no arrow will be visible.
NOTE: CAM2 Measure commands add features to their default, or the active
layer.
Choose any item in a layer and click the RIGHT MOUSE button to move it to a
New, or any existing layer.

Point Size
POINT SIZE controls the size at which CAM2 Measure renders points. Available
sizes are Small, Medium (Default), Large, and Extra Large.

Whisker Scale
Whiskers are a single line that visually represent distance data of a feature. There
are two types of whiskers:
• Whiskers - The whisker shows the deviation of each reading to the feature.
• Nominal Whiskers - The whisker shows the deviation of the measured feature
to its nominal.
NOTE: Nominal Whiskers will not display unless there is a nominal associated
to the measured feature.

89
Chapter 5: View
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 90 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
You can change the scale of the feature whiskers by clicking the up and down
arrows or entering a value.
Select a feature from the FEATURES panel, or the CAD View, and click either
Whisker command. The whiskers change color according to tolerance condition:
• Green - feature is in tolerance
• Red - measurement is above the upper tolerance
• Blue - measurement is below the lower tolerance
You can also access this command by right-clicking on a feature.

Show-Hide Grid
SHOW-HIDE GRID shows or hides the grid in the current view. You can also
press the NUMBER SIGN (#) hot key on the keyboard. The grid is only visible in
the +X/-X View, +Y/-Y View or +Z/-Z View Preset Views. See “Preset Views”
on page 90.

Export View As Image

EXPORT TO IMAGE exports the current view to an image file (PNG, JPEG, or
BMP format).

Preset Views
PRESET VIEWS rotate the view to a fixed position. All VIEWS respond to the
current alignment.

+X/-X View
+X/-X VIEW sets the positive XZ plane parallel to the screen. Select the
command again to set the negative XZ plane. You can also press the 4 hot key on
the keyboard.

90
Chapter 5: View
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 91 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

+Y/-Y View
+Y/-Y VIEW sets the YZ plane parallel to the screen. Select the command again
to set the negative YZ plane. You can also press the 5 hot key on the keyboard.

+Z/-Z View
+Z/-Z VIEW sets the XY plane parallel to the screen. Select the command again
to set the negative XY plane. You can also press the 6 hot key on the keyboard.

Isometric SE
ISOMETRIC SE sets a southeast isometric view looking at the current alignment
parallel to the screen. You can also press the 7 hot key on the keyboard.

Isometric SW
ISOMETRIC SW sets a southwest isometric view looking at the current
alignment parallel to the screen. You can also press the 8 hot key on the
keyboard.

Isometric NE
ISOMETRIC NE sets a northeast isometric view looking at the current alignment
parallel to the screen. You can also press the 9 hot key on the keyboard.

Isometric NW
ISOMETRIC NW sets a northwest isometric view looking at the current
alignment parallel to the screen. You can also press the 0 hot key on the
keyboard.

91
Chapter 5: View
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 92 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Reset View
RESET VIEW returns the view to the default settings of your current preset view.
You can also press the R hot key on the keyboard.

Recenter View
RECENTER VIEW centers the contents of the main window according to the
active coordinate system.

Zoom
Each ZOOM command increases or decreases the viewing size of the CAD tab.

Zoom To Area
ZOOM TO AREA zooms to a user-defined window of the CAD view. You can
also press the W key on the keyboard.
1 Move the mouse pointer to the area of the screen where you want to begin.
2 Click and hold the LEFT MOUSE button.
3 Drag the mouse to create a window for the view.
4 Release the LEFT MOUSE button to set the view.
You can also use the keyboard and mouse to zoom the view without using this
command. To zoom to a window:
1 Press and hold the SHIFT key on the keyboard.
2 Click and hold the LEFT MOUSE button.
3 Drag the mouse to create a window for the view.
4 Release the LEFT MOUSE button to set the view.
5 Release the SHIFT key to end.

92
Chapter 5: View
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 93 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Zoom In
ZOOM IN enlarges the view on the screen by a fixed increment. You can also
press the I hot key on the keyboard.
NOTE: Use IN - FINE to enlarge the view by a smaller increment.
Alternate hot keys for ZOOM IN are on the numeric keypad:
PLUS SIGN (+) for coarse.
CTRL + PLUS SIGN (+) for fine.

Zoom Out
ZOOM OUT decreases the view on the screen by a fixed increment. You can also
press the O hot key on the keyboard.
NOTE: Use OUT - FINE to decrease the view by a smaller increment.
Alternate hot keys for ZOOM OUT are on the numeric keypad:
MINUS SIGN (-) for coarse.
CTRL + MINUS SIGN (-) for fine.

Reset Zoom
RESET ZOOM resets the zoom so that all features in the main window are
visible.

Labels
Use the Labels commands to arrange, show, hide, and control the detail level of
labels.

Automatic Arrangement
AUTOMATICALLY ARRANGE “best fits” the on-screen labels in the current
view automatically (at all times). See “Labels” on page 159.

93
Chapter 5: View
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 94 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Arrange All Labels

ARRANGE ALL LABELS “best fits” the on-screen labels in the current view.
See “Labels” on page 159. You can also press the L hot key on the keyboard.
Add or remove on-screen labels by right-clicking a feature and selecting LABEL.
NOTE: You can configure the appearance of labels and enable them to auto-
arrange via the Display preferences in the FILE < PREFERENCES menu. For
more information, see “Display” on page 57.

Show All Labels

SHOW ALL LABELS makes all on-screen labels visible in the current view.

Hide All Labels

HIDE ALL LABELS removes all on-screen labels from the current view.

Point Cloud
POINT CLOUD creates callout labels on point clouds. When enabled, click the
point cloud to create numbered labels showing the deviation at the point you
clicked. The label numbers then correspond to discrete callouts in the report data.

94
Chapter 5: View
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 95 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Panels
CAD Part Properties
The CAD PART PROPERTIES panel contains all loaded CAD parts, the material
properties of each CAD part, and controls to modify the global properties of any
CAD part.

Figure 5-1 CAD Part Properties panel

For more information, see “Part Properties” on page 81.

Feature Creator
The FEATURE CREATOR panel contains feature creation commands grouped by
Measure, Key-In, Pick From CAD, Construct, Dimension, and Tracker headings.
Click a heading to access the commands. See “Measure” on page 121, “Key-In”
on page 167, “Pick From CAD” on page 177, and “Construct” on page 183.

Feature Information
The FEATURE INFORMATION panel contains a list of nominals and tolerancing
information for a selected feature (replicated in feature labels). See “Nominals
and Tolerances” on page 162.
NOTE: Only the tolerance value itself may be edited; any additional data used to
compute the GD&T Tolerance can only be edited in the GD&T panel. For more
information, see “GD&T Tolerances” on page 233.

95
Chapter 5: View
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 96 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

GD&T
The GD&T TOLERANCES panel allows you to compare part measurements to one
or more datum(s) to ensure that specific design and tolerance requirements are
being met.

Figure 5-2 GD&T Tolerances

 Switch Toolbar orientation.

 Add a new GD&T Tolerance.
 Delete the selected GD&T Tolerance.
 Statistic Detail slider (controlling appearance of Orientation, Standard
Information, Tolerance bar, and Deviation).
 GD&T Tolerance.
Tolerance value.
 Condition for Position Tolerance.
NOTE: Some GD&T tolerances may be added to a feature even if it does not have
a nominal. For more information, see “GD&T Tolerances” on page 233.

Layers
The LAYERS panel contains the list of layers and features assigned to each
individual layer. For more information, see “Layers” on page 89.

Measurement
The MEASUREMENT panel contains the current location of the measuring device’s
probe and updates as the probe moves through space. The numerical setup of the
MEASUREMENT panel is a preference. See “Units” on page 60.
For more information, see “Measurement Panel” on page 155.

96
Chapter 5: View
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 97 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Messages
The MESSAGES panel contains informational messages relating to the
measurement file.
MESSAGE BAR FONT... changes the size of the font in the MESSAGES panel.

Readings
The READINGS panel contains a list of measurement readings and properties
(including XYZ, Deviation from Fit, Device Position, and Probe) for a selected
feature. For more information, see “Readings” on page 160.

+
-
Feature Readings
FEATURE READINGS shows/hides points that represent the measured
readings. Access this command by right-clicking on a feature.
You can change the size of the feature reading point in PREFERENCES. See
“Point Size” on page 58.
Select a feature from the FEATURES panel, or the CAD View, and click
FEATURE READINGS. The readings change color:
• Green (Pass) - reading is in tolerance.
• Red - reading is above the upper tolerance.
• Blue - reading is below the lower tolerance.
The color shows the deviation of each reading to the feature, and uses the Form
tolerance. See “Tolerance Preferences” on page 53.

97
Chapter 5: View
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 98 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 99 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Chapter 6: Devices
The Devices commands are located in the DEVICES tab across the top of the
screen. The DEVICES tab contains all the commands used to configure a
measuring device, and the commands are organized into General and Tracker
groups.

General
The GENERAL group contains all the commands necessary to configure,
manage, and move your measurement device(s).

Hardware Configuration
HARDWARE CONFIGURATION accesses the DEVICE CONTROL panel. The
DEVICE CONTROL panel contains a list of all active (detected) devices with the
properties of each associated device. You can also press the P hot key on the
keyboard.

Figure 6-1 Hardware Configuration

• Click >> to hide the list of devices.

• Click << to show the list of devices.

Add a Device
From the DEVICE CONTROL panel, click ADD NEW DEVICE. Select an eligible
device from the ADD NEW DEVICE dialog and click CONNECT.
See the CAM2 Measure chapter in the current device’s manual for more details.

99
Chapter 6: Devices
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 100 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Measurement Mode Setting
This preference defines how the measurement device performs measurement.
• Single Point Mode: The measurement device takes a single point.
• Distance Based Mode: The measurement device takes points at a specified
distance interval (specify the distance).
• Time Based Mode: The measurement device takes points at a specified time
interval (specify the time in milliseconds).

Multiple Devices
You can connect and use multiple measurement devices simultaneously, with a
single software license, without changing computers and merging data. You can
connect any combination of FaroArms and/or FARO Laser Trackers.
This procedure to connect and define multiple devices involves measuring a set
of features with each device, and using the DEVICE MANAGER to assign the
features to the second device and calculate each position. For more information,
see “Move Device” on page 102.
To configure multiple devices for simultaneous measurement, perform the
following steps:
1 Locate three point-reducible features and ensure that each device can reach
each feature.
NOTE: You can use more than three features.
2 Connect all cables for each device to your computer, power on your devices,
computer, and start CAM2 Measure.
3 Now connect and define your measuring devices in the CAM2 Measure file:
• Open the HARDWARE CONFIGURATION and manually connect any
device that has not automatically loaded. For more information, see
“Hardware Configuration” on page 99.
• Measure the three point-reducible features. Notice the device name, usually
the serial number in the Measurement Panel and measure with that device.
This is the default device. For more information, see “Measurement Panel”
on page 155.
• Measure the three point-reducible features with the second device. In the
FEATURES panel, right-click each feature and select ADD READINGS
FROM... and select the second device. For more information, see “Add
Readings” on page 19.
4 Use the Device Manager panel to calculate each position:

100
Chapter 6: Devices
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 101 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• On the DEVICE tab, select MOVE DEVICE to access the DEVICE
MANAGER panel. Notice each device and that the first device (default) is first
on the list.
• Select DEVICE POSITION 1 of the second device and use the SELECT A
FEATURE drop-down to add the point-reducible features.
• Click the SOLVE button.
Both devices are now measuring together in the same coordinate system. You can
add more devices in the same manner.

Manage Devices
Select DEVICE < MANAGE DEVICES from the DEVICES tab to access the
DEVICE MANAGER panel. Use the DEVICE MANAGER panel to update device
properties (including edit a device name, disconnect and remap a device, show
the MEASUREMENT panel), and export, import, or configure a device position.

Device Properties
The Properties portion of the DEVICE MANAGER panel allows you to edit a device
name, disconnect and remap a device, show the MEASUREMENT panel, and
configure a device position.

Edit a Device Name

To edit the name of a device, click in the Name box and input the name as
desired.
NOTE: The device name entered here persists throughout the measurement file.

Remap a Device
To remap a device to CAM2 Measure, click REMAP to the right of the Serial
Number box. The status of the device will update in the Status box as
“Connected”.

Disconnect a Device
To disconnect a device from CAM2 Measure, click DISCONNECT to the right
of the Serial Number box. The status of the device will update in the Status box
as “Disconnected”.

101
Chapter 6: Devices
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 102 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Show/Hide Measurement Panel
To constantly show the MEASUREMENT panel, select the SHOW MEASUREMENT
panel checkbox. Clear this checkbox to only show the window during ADD
READINGS. For more information, see “Add Readings” on page 19.

Device Position
Select the device’s position to access DEVICE POSITION in the DEVICE
MANAGER panel.
DEVICE POSITION stores the location of the device relative to the
measurements of your part. If you move or change the device, MOVE DEVICE
creates another device position that allows you to continue measuring in the same
file. You can also continue measuring to the same feature from another device
position. See “Add Readings” on page 19.
All readings of measured features are labeled with the current device position. If
you create another device position and add readings to a measured feature, you
can see the readings sorted by device position. See “Readings” on page 160.
If you edit or redefine a device position, only the readings in that device position
are updated. All of this is independent of any Coordinate System, but any
updated features that are included in the alignment cause a recalculation of the
alignment.
NOTE: The default device position (Device Position) for each device is in
every new file and may not be deleted.

Move Device
Select DEVICES < MOVE DEVICE from the DEVICES tab to access the MOVE
DEVICE POSITION wizard. Use the MOVE DEVICE POSITION wizard to select the
device to move, and choose the target selection method (automatic or manual).
You can also press the M hot key on the keyboard.

Device Position
A Device Position is the location of the measurement device relative to the
measurements of your part. To continue measuring in the same measurement file
after moving or changing a device, you must create another device position.

102
Chapter 6: Devices
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 103 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
NOTE: Selecting DEVICE < MOVE DEVICE from the DEVICE menu
automatically creates a New Device Position for you to configure. This new
device position exists until you highlight it and click REMOVE.

Set an Active Device Position

To designate the device position as active, click SET ACTIVE to the right of the
Name box. The status of the device position will update in the Devices/Positions
box as “Active”.

Clear a Device Position

To clear the device position, click CLEAR to the right of the Name box.

Moving Device Position

To create a new device position, perform the following steps:
1 Measure a minimum of three features with the device in the current device
position.
NOTE: You can only use points, spheres, and point-reducible plane projection
features. See“Measuring a Sphere” on page 126 and “Measuring a Point” on
page 123.
2 Move the measurement device to a new location.
3 Select DEVICES < MOVE DEVICE. The MOVE DEVICE POSITION wizard
appears.
4 Choose the device you want to move, and choose the target selection method
(automatic or manual). Click NEXT.
5 If the targets are not already selected, choose at least three features measured in
Step 1 to be remeasured from the new device position. Click NEXT.
6 Click REMEASURE ALL to remeasure all of the selected features, or click
REMEASURE SELECTED to remeasure a subset of the selected features (you
must select a minimum of three).
NOTE: You can reorder the features using the up and down arrows to the left of
the feature list.
7 Remeasure the features as prompted by the MEASUREMENT panel.
NOTE: If you are using any 2D features you must remeasure each 2D features
projection plane. Pay attention to the prompts in the MEASUREMENT panel.
8 Click SOLVE.

103
Chapter 6: Devices
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 104 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
NOTE: FARO advocates the use of only precision-made, repeatable tooling to
define device positions. The FARO tooling kit is comprised of precision
spheres and/or “cone” mounts with magnetic bases, which serve as highly
repeatable artifacts to minimize error in the device relocation process.
Measured features such as circles greatly increase the risk of error in the device
relocation process due to potential errors in measurement and manufacturing
defects. Errors in the device relocation process will compound, which in turn
will compromise the accuracy of all subsequent measurements taken on the
part.

Export and Import Device Position

Once you create the device position using the DEVICE MANAGER panel, you may
export the device position to a CAM2 Measure device position file (*.fdp) or
CAM2 Measure X device position file (*.xdp) to be recalled later.
NOTE: The default import/export directory is configured in the PREFERENCES
window.

Import a Device Position

To import a device position from a CAM2 Measure device position file (*.fdp) or
CAM2 Measure X device position file (*.xdp), click IMPORT to the right of the
Status box. Browse to the device position file and click Open.

Export a Device Position

To export a device position to a CAM2 Measure device position file (*.fdp) or
CAM2 Measure X device position file (*.xdp), click EXPORT to the right of the
Status box. Enter a name for the device position file and click Save.
Once a device position file is exported, it can be imported into any measurement
file or recalled into a QuickTools program.

Save and Load Device Setup

CAM2 Measure allows measurement with more than one device, each with a
unique device position, within a single measurement file. Once you create
positions for each device, you can save and load these setups for future use.
NOTE: The default import/export directory is configured in the PREFERENCES
window. See “Preferences” on page 80.

104
Chapter 6: Devices
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 105 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Save Setup
Once you create device positions for each device in the measurement file using
the DEVICE MANAGER panel, click SAVE SETUP. This saves the relationship
between multiple, fixed devices for future use.

Load Setup
Click LOAD SETUP to load saved positions for multiple devices.
NOTE: If the measurement file does not contain the same devices with which
you initially saved the setup, LOAD SETUP is unavailable.

Tracker
The TRACKER group contains all the commands necessary to interface with
your FARO Laser Tracker using CAM2 Measure.

Adding Readings
Use commands to control the Laser Tracker instead of hardware buttons. Buttons
(and their associated hot keys) on the Measurement Panel are used for recording
a reading (G), recording an end click (H), and removing the last reading
(Backspace). For more information, see “Measurement Panel” on page 155.

Aim
AIM aims the Laser Tracker at a selected feature, and allows you to select a
feature from the FEATURES panel or the CAD window and aim the Laser Tracker
at the center of the selected feature.
The Laser Tracker must be the active device in the DEVICE CONTROL panel to
start this command.
With two or more measurement devices connected, AIM functionality is
optimized if the devices are related using device positions. For more information,
see “Device Position” on page 102.
NOTE: AIM is included in the READINGS panel to allow aiming at individual
readings of measured features. See “Readings” on page 160.

105
Chapter 6: Devices
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 106 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Reset
RESET moves the Laser Tracker to the current Reset Point location. If there is a
current Reset Point defined, the Laser Tracker executes AIM using the specified
reset point as the target. If there is no Reset Point, Laser Tracker executes HOME
and returns to the home position for the selected SMR family.

Search
SEARCH prompts the Laser Tracker to begin a search pattern in an attempt to
locate a SMR. Search parameters are specified in the preferences.

Change Adapter
CHANGE ADAPTER inserts a prompt within a QuickTools program to change
the probe adapter. For more information, see “Change Adapter” on page 114.

Manage Reset Points

MANAGE RESET POINTS allows the user to configure an optional Reset Point.
If set, the Reset Point acts as an override for the home location. The user may
revert the Reset Point back to home.
NOTE: Using the Home position for a reset is not the same as using an overridden
Reset Point.
Select MANAGE RESET POINTS to show the MANAGE RESET POINTS panel.

Measure Level
MEASURE LEVEL is a type of hybrid measurement/construction command that
uses the built-in level functionality of the Laser Tracker to produce a plane level
to the ground (relative to the Laser Tracker) and through the origin. You can use
this feature as an Active Projection plane. See “Select Plane” on page 150.

106
Chapter 6: Devices
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 107 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
It is not possible to add readings to a level feature, nor is it possible to edit a level
feature by re-sampling the Laser Tracker to obtain a new level vector.
Select DEVICES < MEASURE LEVEL to make the MEASURE LEVEL panel
visible.
NOTE: MEASURE LEVEL also appears in a dedicated Tracker group in the
Feature Creator (if the Laser Tracker plug-in is loaded.)

Set Backsight
SET BACKSIGHT switches the FARO Laser Tracker to Backsight mode.

Drive Beam
DRIVE BEAM moves the FARO Laser Tracker’s laser beam.

Bundle Adjustment
BUNDLE ADJUSTMENT adjusts multiple device positions at once by refining
redundant measurements into the best possible point coordinates. This command
becomes available when you have four or more device positions defined with at
least four points each.
CAM2 Measure will bring up a Wizard to assist in setting up the alignment.
1 Select the device positions.
2 Select the targets from the list of all measured targets.
3 Configure the Bundle Adjustment calculation parameters:
• Calculation Mode
• Sequential - Bundle Adjustment is performed every time before
calculation of initial guess for next transformation matrix. This setting
increases accuracy, especially for long chains of Device Positions.
• One Step - Initial guesses for all transformation matrices are calculated,
then bundle adjustment is performed once for all data. This setting
increases computation speed.
• Parameterization Mode

107
Chapter 6: Devices
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 108 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• Euler Angles (3 parameters)
• Quaternions (4 parameters)
• Error tolerance
• Input Tolerance Error - This parameter enforces that all readings taken on
a single point from a single Device Position must all be located within a
sphere with a diameter less than this value.
• Results Tolerance Error - Once the Bundle Adjustment is solved, all
resulting readings for each target must be located within a sphere with a
diameter less than this value.
• Device Errors
• These values represent the standard reported errors of angular and radial
measurements for the Tracker. These values should only be modified if
known.
4 View connectivity of all positions on the Target Relationship Map.
NOTE: A line connecting 2 positions represents the existence of common targets
between those two positions. At this point, CAM2 Measure provides an idea of
how good the outcome of the Bundle Adjustment may be. If any error situation is
identified, explanatory text will appear in the right-hand column.
5 View the results of the Bundle Adjustment in the Results window. Use PRINT
to print the contents of the Results window.

Motor On Off
MOTOR ON/OFF switches on or off the motors that control the movement of the
FARO Laser Tracker’s laser beam.

Enable Stable Point Trigger

ENABLE STABLE POINT TRIGGER allows you to configure Distance
Threshold and Time parameters to take points automatically. When the SMR
moves less than the specified distance over the specified time, CAM2 Measure
considers the SMR "stable" and triggers a point.

108
Chapter 6: Devices
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 109 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Chapter 7: Automation
The Automation commands are located in the AUTOMATION tab across the top
of the screen. The AUTOMATION tab contains the commands used to automate
your measurement processes, and the commands are organized into QuickTools
and Shortcuts groups.

QuickTools
The QUICKTOOLS group and QUICKTOOLS panel contain all the commands
necessary to create and edit QuickTools programs. QuickTools programs allow
you to save a set of CAM2 Measure commands in a list to run anytime the
measurement file is open. You can create multiple QuickTools programs in a
single file, and play them whenever you choose.
Access the QUICKTOOLS panel by clicking TOGGLE PANEL.

QuickTools Programs
The QUICKTOOLS group and panel allow you to record, edit, and delete
QuickTools programs in either Measure Mode or Template Mode. The following
chart illustrates the behavior of CAM2 Measure when recording QuickTools
programs in Measure Mode and Template Mode.

QuickTools

Not Recording Recording

Insert • Adds feature to • Adds feature to

Measured measurement file measurement file
Feature • Prompts operator • Adds measurement
to measure feature step to QuickTool
• Prompts operator
to measure feature
Measure Mode

Manually • Prompts operator • Adds measurement

Invoke “Add to measure feature step to QuickTool
Readings” • Prompts operator
to measure feature

109
Chapter 7: Automation
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 110 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

QuickTools

Not Recording Recording

Insert • Adds feature to • Adds feature to

Template Mode

Measured measurement file measurement file

Feature

Manually • Prompts operator • Adds measurement

Invoke “Add to measure feature step to QuickTool
Readings”

Recording QuickTools Programs

Record a QuickTools program in Measure Mode or Template Mode. The
QuickTools control command buttons are at the bottom of the list, just above the
PROPERTIES panel. To create a QuickTools program:
1 Open the QUICKTOOLS panel.
2 Click NEW PROGRAM.
3 Type a name for your program or use the default name.
4 Click RECORD to begin recording the program.
5 Measure your part to add measurement steps to the program.
NOTE: You can select multiple features and select ADD READINGS to create
multiple measurement steps in the QuickTools program, but the current
measurement mode will be applied to each of the features added in this
manner. The person playing the QuickTools program may override the
measurement mode for a feature being measured, but the next feature will load
the measurement mode with which it was created.
6 Press STOP to stop adding program steps.
7 Save your measurement file. QuickTools programs are stored within each
measurement file.

Dragging Features Into Programs

A quick method to add steps to a QuickTool program is to drag features, and
feature groups, from the FEATURES panel to a QuickTool program. For more
information, see “Navigation Window” on page 31.
NOTE: Dragging a feature group adds all of the features in that group as
individual QuickTool steps.

110
Chapter 7: Automation
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 111 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Importing QuickTools From Learn Files
You can import SoftCheck Tools files and Learn files created with CAM2
Measure X or CAM2 Measure 4.0 into the current measurement file for use in a
QuickTools program:
1 From the FILE menu, click IMPORT < QUICKTOOLS < FROM LEARN
FILES.
2 Select an existing SoftCheck Tools file or Learn file (*.sct or *.xln) and click
IMPORT.
3 All supported steps from the imported file appear in the QuickTools program.
NOTE: Unsupported steps are highlighted and captured in an error report after the
import process. You can save the report for future reference.

Editing QuickTools Programs

You can add, reorder, and delete the steps of a QuickTools program. The
QuickTools control command buttons are at the bottom of the list, just above the
PROPERTIES panel. To create a QuickTools program:
1 Open the QUICKTOOLS panel.
2 Select an existing QuickTools program. You may need to click the Plus sign
next to the program name to expand the list of program steps.
3 Edit the steps:
• Move a step by dragging any step up and down the list.
• Delete a step by choosing the step and clicking DELETE.
• Add more steps to the program by clicking RECORD.
4 Save your measurement file. QuickTools programs are stored within each
measurement file.
NOTE: If you have multiple devices assigned to add measurement steps, use
the FILTER drop-down window to only show steps assigned to a specific
device.

Playing QuickTools Programs

Play a QuickTools program to measure the features in your measurement file.
The QuickTools control command buttons are at the bottom of the QUICKTOOLS
panel, just above the PROPERTIES panel.
1 Open the QUICKTOOLS panel.
2 Select a QuickTools program.

111
Chapter 7: Automation
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 112 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
3 In the PROPERTIES panel, configure the Prompt for Session Data, Clear
Existing Measurement Data, and Maximize MEASUREMENT panel check
boxes. Prompt for Session Data presents the operator with the DOCUMENT
HEADER INFORMATION window, Clear Existing Measurement Data clears all
existing measurement data when the QuickTools program is run, and
Maximize MEASUREMENT panel displays the Measurement Panel at full screen
size.
4 Click PLAY.
The program steps will run in the list order. You cad add concurrent
measurements from multiple devices if multiple devices are connected. If steps
are assigned to different devices, the first step for each device will run at the
same time.
A MEASUREMENT panel opens for each Add Readings step and is automatically
set from the properties of the program step. For more information, see
“Command Properties” on page 115.
• The collection mode is automatically set from the properties of the program
step.
• The number of readings for the program step is automatically set from the
properties of the step. Watch the MEASUREMENT panel for each reading and
take an end click point after the last reading.
• The number of readings can also be a range, or a minimum and a maximum,
number of points. Take an end click point after the minimum number of
readings, or keep digitizing until you reach the maximum number of readings.
• Close the MEASUREMENT panel to skip any Add Readings program step.
The MEASUREMENT panel can also have a picture if one exists in the QuickTools
program step. See “Image Creator” on page 41.

Automating QuickTools Programs

You can automatically play a QuickTools program without first opening
CAM2 Measure.
Open a command line to start CAM2 Measure with the measurement file (*.fcd)
containing the QuickTools program, and add
/runQT:<ProgramName> to the command.
For example, if you wanted to run the QuickTools program called “My Program
1" in the Measurement file, you would open a command line and enter:
cam2measure.exe c:\MeasurementFile.fcd /runQT:My Program 1

112
Chapter 7: Automation
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 113 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
When the QuickTools program runs, CAM2 Measure shows the MEASUREMENT
panel at full screen size.

Locking QuickTools Programs

Lock a QuickTools program to secure the program from being edited,
overwritten, or deleted from the measurement file.
A lock/unlock icon is visible in the QUICKTOOLS panel. When locked, users may
modify the QuickTools program only after entering the unlock password. When
unlocked, the document allows all QuickTools programs to be modified.
1 Select the QuickTools program to be locked.
2 Click LOCK.
3 In the Credentials window, enter a password to lock the program.
NOTE: Use this same password to unlock the program. After all modifications are
complete, click QUICKTOOLS to lock the program again.
CAUTION: If you forget a password, there’s no way to recover it. Consider
keeping a backup copy of the measurement file with a QuickTool that isn’t
password-protected.

Deleting QuickTools Programs

Delete a QuickTools program to completely remove it from the measurement
file. The QuickTools control command buttons are at the bottom of the
QUICKTOOLS panel, just above the PROPERTIES panel.
1 Select the QuickTools program to be deleted.
2 Click DELETE to delete the QuickTools program.

QuickTools Tools
The QUICKTOOLS Tools drop-down menu, located on the QuickTools menu
bar, contains steps that may be included in a QuickTools program. For more
information, see “QuickTools Program Commands” on page 114.

View Report
VIEW REPORT creates a report macro at the end of a QuickTools program.
When you select this command, the Report View Settings dialog lets you select a
Report List, Report Template, and whether to automatically generate the report.

113
Chapter 7: Automation
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 114 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
When the QuickTools program is played, this command will open the REPORT
tab for the user to create and print a report. For more information, see “Reports”
on page 35.
NOTE: Automatic report generation creates a tab-delimited text file (*.txt) with
the name of the QuickTools program and saves it in the same location as the
measurement file containing the QuickTools program.

Add Comment
ADD COMMENT inserts a comment into a QuickTools program, in either
Measure Mode or Template Mode. A comment is a textual message that a user
will see when playing the QuickTools program, must acknowledge by clicking
OK, and can thus be used to help guide the user through the program by
providing important information at key points. Comments may be placed at any
position within the QuickTools program.

Change Adapter
CHANGE ADAPTER inserts a prompt into a QuickTools program, in either
Measure Mode or Template Mode, to change the adapter of the FARO Laser
Tracker device. For more information, see “QuickTools Program Commands”
on page 114.
When executing this step of a QuickTools program, the user is guided through
the process of changing the adapter. When the adapter change is successful, the
user can continue running the QuickTools program.
NOTE: CHANGE ADAPTER may only be used in conjunction with the FARO
Laser Tracker.

QuickTools Program Commands

QuickTools programs may contain several types of program steps, or commands.
• Change Adapter: The operator is prompted to change the probe adapter of the
measurement device. For more information, see “Change Adapter” on
page 106.
• Clear Existing Measurement Data: When the operator runs the QuickTools
program, CAM2 Measure clears all existing measurement data in the
measurement file.

114
Chapter 7: Automation
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 115 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• Comment: The operator is presented with informational text boxes at key
points in the program. For more information, see “Add Comment” on
page 114.
• Export: CAM2 Measure exports all measurement data to a text or CAD file.
For more information, see “Export” on page 53.
• Maximize Measurement Panel: When the operator runs the QuickTools
program, the MEASUREMENT panel is displayed at full screen size.
• Measure: The operator is prompted via the MEASUREMENT panel to add
readings to measured features or add measurements to constructed features.
• Move Device: While recording the command, the new Device Position will be
defined based on existing targets. When the operator runs the QuickTools
program, the DEVICE MANAGER panel prompts the operator to remeasure the
targets and solve the device position before continuing. For more information,
see “Move Device” on page 102.
• Prompt for Session Data: When the operator runs the QuickTools program,
the operator is presented with the Document Header Information window. For
more information, see “Document Header Information” on page 80.
• Save File: The operator is prompted to select a name and save location for the
measurement file.
• View: The CAD View contents zoom, pan, or change viewpoints.
• View Report: The operator is automatically presented with the REPORT
Window. For more information, see “View Report” on page 113.
NOTE: Construction, Dimension, Coordinate System, Alignment, and Device
Position commands are not added to QuickTools programs because these features
are just waiting for data to solve.

Command Properties
Some QuickTools program steps have properties that you can edit in the
PROPERTIES panel, located just below the QuickTools control command buttons.
To change the program step properties:
1 Open the QUICKTOOLS panel.
2 Select an existing QuickTools program. You may need to click the Plus sign
next to the program name to expand the list of program steps.
3 Select any step.

115
Chapter 7: Automation
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 116 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
CAD View Commands
Use the CAD VIEW buttons to assign, preview, or delete a specific view of the
CAD part for any QuickTools program step.
Select any QuickTools program step.

Save CAD View for Step: Manipulate the position of the CAD part in the
CAD View window as desired, and click this button to save this view to the
QuickTools program step.

Clear Saved CAD View: Click this button to delete an associated CAD
View from the QuickTools program step. If no CAD View has been saved to this
step, this button is unavailable.

Preview Saved CAD View: Click this button to preview an associated

CAD View from the QuickTools program step. If no CAD View has been saved
to this command, this button is unavailable.

Add Readings Properties Basic Tab

Use the BASIC tab to change the device and number of readings for the program
step.
1 Select an existing device from the DEVICE drop-down window.
2 Enter the number of readings for the step.
• Select the USE RANGE check box and enter the minimum and maximum
number of points.

Add Readings Properties Advanced Tab

Use the ADVANCED tab to set the collection mode; single point or any of the
available scanning modes. For more information, see “Scanning” on page 156.
1 Select the collection mode from the SAMPLE MODE drop-down window.
2 Enter any Interval and Distance values if necessary.
3 Select the Replace Existing Readings check box to replace any existing
readings in the feature.

116
Chapter 7: Automation
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 117 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
NOTE: Insert CLEAR READINGS at the beginning of your QuickTools
program to delete all the readings from every feature in your file. See “Clear
Readings” on page 83.

QuickTools in Measure Mode

Using Measure Mode to create a QuickTools program will measure a part and
record everything about the measurement process. See “Recording QuickTools
Programs” on page 110.
You should have at least one device connected. This mode records every
necessary measurement step, and for Add Readings (measurement) commands
automatically sets the following properties:
• The current device.
• The collection mode.
• The number of readings.
The properties are set after you finish the measurement. See “Measurement
Panel” on page 155.

QuickTools in Template Mode

Using Template Mode to create a QuickTools program enables you to create your
program without measuring your part or without a device connected. See
“Recording QuickTools Programs” on page 110.
This mode records every necessary measurement step, and for ADD READINGS
measurement steps the default command properties are set. Change these
properties in the PROPERTIES panel. See “Command Properties” on page 115.

Shortcuts
The SHORTCUTS group contains all the commands necessary to create and edit
shortcuts. Just as QuickTools programs allow you to automate basic
measurement commands, Shortcuts allow you to define quick composite
measurement commands, such as the length between two circles or a bolt-hole
pattern.
To access shortcuts, click EDIT MODE.

117
Chapter 7: Automation
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 118 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Creating a Shortcut
Shortcuts are based on a measurement command or routine that you’ve defined in
the measurement file. Use a feature that you’ve created to make a shortcut,
enabling you to replicate that feature with the shortcut.
1 Click the feature for which you want to create a shortcut in the Navigation
Window.
2 Click NEW in the SHORTCUTS group.
3 Enter a name for the new shortcut in the Shortcut Name box.
4 Click IMAGE to associate an image with the new shortcut. This image will
become the icon for the shortcut in the measurement file.
5 Click OK to create the new shortcut. The shortcut appears in the SHORTCUTS
group.

Editing a Shortcut
1 Click the shortcut in the SHORTCUTS group that you want to edit.
2 Click EDIT in the SHORTCUTS group.
3 Edit a name of the shortcut in the Shortcut Name box.
4 Click IMAGE to associate a different image with the shortcut. This image will
become the icon for the shortcut in the measurement file.
5 Click OK to save changes to the shortcut.

Deleting a Shortcut
1 Click the shortcut in the SHORTCUTS group that you want to delete.
2 Click DELETE in the SHORTCUTS group to delete the shortcut.

Importing a Shortcut
1 Click IMPORT in the SHORTCUTS group.
2 Browse to the name of the shortcut you want to import (*.xml).
3 Click OPEN to save changes to the shortcut.

Exporting a Shortcut
1 Click the shortcut in the SHORTCUTS group that you want to export.
2 Click EXPORT in the SHORTCUTS group.

118
Chapter 7: Automation
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 119 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
3 Browse to the location you want to save the exported shortcut (*.xml).
4 Click SAVE to export the shortcut.

119
Chapter 7: Automation
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 120 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 121 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Chapter 8: Measure
The Measure commands are located in the MEASURE tab across the top of the
screen. These commands are also available in the FEATURE CREATOR panel on
the right-hand side of your screen.
• Click a command to add a measure feature to the measurement file. Click
multiple times to quickly add features.
• Some MEASURE commands also are assigned to Hot Keys on your keyboard.
See “Hot Keys” on page 253.
NOTE: When describing functions of the MEASURE tab, the terms measuring
and digitizing are used interchangeably.
The commands on the MEASURE tab are organized into Features and Options
groups.

Features
The FEATURES group contains all the measurement commands for 2D and 3D
features.

Measuring a Plane
You can also press the F3 hot key on the keyboard.
Projection Plane needed? See “Select No
Plane” on page 150.
Probe Compensation needed? See Yes
“Probe Compensation” on page 152.
Minimum Readings to Solve 3
See “Scanning” on page 156.

121
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 122 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

XYZ Results Center point of Plane

Vector The surface normal
(perpendicular to the
plane)

Comp

1 3 2

Comp 2

See “Best Fit Plane” on page 276.

Measuring a 2D Line
You can also press the F4 hot key on the keyboard.
Projection Plane needed? See “Select Yes
Plane” on page 150.
Probe Compensation needed? See Yes
“Probe Compensation” on page 152.
Minimum Readings to Solve 2
See “Scanning” on page 156.

122
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 123 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

XYZ Results End1 of the Line

End2 of the Line
Vector The Line from beginning
to end

1 2

Comp
The first two digitized points determine the vector direction of the line. End 1 is
the furthest point in the negative direction and End 2 is the furthest point in the
positive direction.
See “Best Fit Line” on page 275.

Measuring a Point
You can also press the F2 hot key on the keyboard.
Projection Plane needed? See “Select No
Plane” on page 150.
Probe Compensation needed? See No
“Probe Compensation” on page 152.
Minimum Readings to Solve 1
See “Scanning” on page 156.
XYZ Results The Point
Vector none

See “Best Fit Point” on page 276.

123
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 124 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Measuring an Inspect Surface Point

You can also press the F5 hot key on the keyboard.
Use this command to measure a single point on surface at any location. To
measure in an exact area of a surface, use HOME IN. See “Measuring a Home In
Point” on page 136. To measure multiple points (point cloud) on your CAD
model in a single feature, use INSPECT SURFACE. See “Inspect Surface” on
page 165.
This command requires a nominal surface from a CAD model. The default
surface is the CAD model - any available surface. You can select a specific
surface in the FEATURES panel, or the CAD View before starting this command.
Minimum Readings to Solve 1
XYZ Results The Point:
The measured surface
point compensated along
the surface normal.
Vector The vector of the surface at
the measured point.

Comp

• If the AUTOMATICALLY CREATE NOMINAL check box is selected, a nominal

surface point is automatically added to your file, and grouped with the Actual
Inspect Surface point. It is the closest point on the surface. See “Dynamic
Nominals” on page 163.
A round disk represents the Inspect Surface Point measurement. The disk color is
predetermined by the tolerance condition. The size of the disk is a preference. See
“Size and Scale” on page 58.
124
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 125 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Measuring a Circle
You can also press the F10 hot key on the keyboard.
Projection Plane needed? See “Select Yes
Plane” on page 150.
Probe Compensation needed? See Yes
“Probe Compensation” on page 152.
Minimum Readings to Solve 3
See “Scanning” on page 156.
XYZ Results Center point of Circle
Vector Same as Plane

1
Comp

See “Best Fit Circle” on page 273.

125
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 126 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Measuring a Sphere
You can also press the F12 hot key on the keyboard.
Projection Plane needed? See “Select No
Plane” on page 150.
Probe Compensation needed? See Yes
“Probe Compensation” on page 152.
Minimum Readings to Solve 4
See “Scanning” on page 156.
XYZ Results Center point of Sphere
Vector none

Comp

3 1

2
See “Best Fit Sphere” on page 278.

126
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 127 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Measuring a Cylinder
You can also press the F11 hot key on the keyboard.
Projection Plane needed? See “Select No
Plane” on page 150.
Probe Compensation needed? See Yes
“Probe Compensation” on page 152.
Minimum Readings to Solve 6
See “Scanning” on page 156.
XYZ Results Center of Cylinder at first
end.
Vector Center Line of Cylinder
from bottom to top

1
2 3
2
4
Comp + Vector
Comp 5
1

3 4
6 6
5

The first two digitized points determine the vector direction of the cylinder. See
“Best Fit Cylinder” on page 274.

127
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 128 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Measuring a Torus
Projection Plane needed? See “Select No
Plane” on page 150.
Probe Compensation needed? See Yes
“Probe Compensation” on page 152.
Minimum Readings to Solve 9
See “Scanning” on page 156.
XYZ Results Center Point
Vector

1
2
Comp
3

9
8
7 6
5
4

1 Digitize three points at one cross-section of the torus.

2 Digitize three points at a second cross-section of the torus.
3 Digitize three points at a third cross-section of the torus.
NOTE: You must digitize the first nine points in the correct order. Digitize any
additional points anywhere on the torus.

128
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 129 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Measuring a Tube
You can measure a round tube with a series of simple feature measurements. The
measured planes (END-B and END-A) and cylinders (tube segments) are
combined to construct the tube, then the round tube diameter and bend radius
values are applied to create the final tube feature. All features automatically add
to a group. See “Feature Grouping” on page 34.
NOTE: This command will not work in Template Mode, so CAM2 Measure
automatically switches to Measurement Mode if necessary. See “Measure and
Template Mode” on page 16.
NOTE: Two tube segments are required to create a tube feature.
1 Enter the information for the tube feature:
• Enter the name for the tube.
• Enter an exact tube diameter, or CAM2 Measure will average the measured
diameters from the tube.
• Choose existing planes for the starting (END-B) and ending (END-A) or <
Define > to measure each plane.
• Choose an existing nominal tube feature, if you have an existing nominal
tube in the file.
• Enter a Bend Radius.
• Click CREATE to create the tube and begin measuring.
2 Measure the plane at END-B. See “Measuring a Plane” on page 121.
3 Measure each straight segment of the tube as a cylinder. Be sure to measure
these cylinders in the proper order (END-B to END-A). See “Measuring a
Cylinder” on page 127.
NOTE: Do not digitize any points on any curved sections unless
CAM2 Measure instructs you to do so. Measure curved sections as a Torus.
See “Measuring a Torus” on page 128. If the tubing part preference is set to
measure all bends, then you will measure all the curved sections.
A cylinder measurement is always expected since there are many cylinders that
can form a round tube. When you cancel the cylinder measurement, you will see
a message that the cylinder measurement was unsuccessful. If you have no more
segments to measure, click NO to end the cylinder measurement and continue
with the plane measurement at END-A.
4 Measure the plane at END-A. See “Measuring a Plane” on page 121.

129
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 130 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
NOTE: You can scan the planes and cylinders of a round tube. See “Scanning”
on page 156.

Construction
A round tube constructs along this polyline from start to end using the diameter
value.
For more information, see “Construct Tube: From Features” on page 204.

Breakpoints
After measuring all the tube segments, breakpoints automatically add to the
drawing file and are viewable in the READINGS panel. Breakpoints are
constructed points and are the intersection of tube segments along the tube:
• END-B and the first straight segment.
• First and second segment, second and third, third and fourth, etc.
• A radius constructs at the intersection point using the bend radius value.
• END-A and the last straight segment.
A polyline constructs from through all of the breakpoints from END-B to END-
A.

Alignment
If you have selected a nominal tube, a Three Feature alignment automatically
adds to the drawing file and solves. See “Three Feature” on page 222.
If you do not have a nominal tube, you should create a coordinate system using
the first, last, and another breakpoint with the Coordinate System Wizard. See
“Coordinate System Wizard” on page 224.

130
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 131 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Measuring a Cone
Projection Plane needed? See “Select No
Plane” on page 150.
Probe Compensation needed? See Yes
“Probe Compensation” on page 152.
Minimum Readings to Solve 6
See “Scanning” on page 156.
XYZ Results Apex of Cone
Vector Center Line of Cone from
Apex

1
2 3
2
4 Comp

Comp
1
5 4

6
6
3
5

See “Best Fit Cone” on page 273.

131
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 132 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Measuring a Round Slot

Projection Plane needed? See “Select Yes
Plane” on page 150.
Probe Compensation needed? See Yes
“Probe Compensation” on page 152.
Minimum Readings to Solve 6
See “Scanning” on page 156.
XYZ Results Center point of Slot
Length and Diameter
Vector Same as Plane

4
5
3

6 Comp
2
1
+ Vector

NOTE: You can digitize points on the straight sides of the round slot.
The length of the round slot reported is from end to end. The length can also be
reported from arc center to arc center by editing the Feature Properties of the
round slot. See “Feature Properties” on page 149.
The first two digitized points determine the vector direction of the line. See “Best
Fit Round Slot” on page 277.

132
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 133 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Measuring a Rectangular Slot

Projection Plane needed? See “Select Yes
Plane” on page 150.
Probe Compensation needed? See Yes
“Probe Compensation” on page 152.
Minimum Readings to Solve 6
See “Scanning” on page 156.
XYZ Results Center point of Slot
Length and Width
Vector Same as Plane

5 4

Comp
6 3

1 2

+ Vector

The first two digitized points determine the vector direction of the line. See “Best
Fit Rectangular Slot” on page 277.

133
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 134 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Measuring an Ellipse
Projection Plane needed? See “Select Yes
Plane” on page 150.
Probe Compensation needed? See Yes
“Probe Compensation” on page 152.
Minimum Readings to Solve 5
See “Scanning” on page 156.
XYZ Results Center point of Ellipse
Vector Same as Plane

3
Comp

5 4

See “Best Fit Ellipse” on page 274.

134
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 135 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Measuring a 3D Line
Projection Plane needed? See “Select No
Plane” on page 150.
Probe Compensation needed? See No
“Probe Compensation” on page 152.
Minimum Readings to Solve 2
See “Scanning” on page 156.
XYZ Results End1 of the Line
End2 of the Line
Vector The Line from beginning
to end

1 2
The first two digitized points determine the vector direction of the line. End 1 is
the furthest point in the negative direction and End 2 is the furthest point in the
positive direction. See “Best Fit Line” on page 275.

Measuring a Planar Point

Projection Plane needed? See “Select Yes
Plane” on page 150.
Probe Compensation needed? See No, the point is
“Probe Compensation” on page 152. automatically projected to
the selected plane.
Minimum Readings to Solve 1
See “Scanning” on page 156.
XYZ Results The Point
Vector none

See “Best Fit Point” on page 276.

135
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 136 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Measuring a Home In Point

Use this command to measure a surface at a specific nominal location. To
measure a surface at any location, use INSPECT SURFACE. See “Measuring an
Inspect Surface Point” on page 124.
NOTE: You must create a nominal point or nominal vector point before starting
this command.
You always see the MEASURE HOME IN POINT properties dialog box regardless of
the Show Control Window preference setting. See “Show Control Window” on
page 64.
NOTE: You may find it helpful to enable Wireframe View to aid in identifying
the Home In point. For more information, see “Shading Mode” on page 88.
• Name: Type in a name for the Home In Point.
• Approach Type: The location of the compensation point determines probe
compensation direction. Compensation will be along the approach vector but
the “away versus towards” is determined by the compensation point.
• Key-In - Type the IJK values in the APPROACH VECTOR box. See “Typing
values in different units and coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Select Surface - Select a Feature. See “Select a Feature” on page 280. To
Sample (measure) the surface of the part before measuring the point, select
<Define>.
• Target Point: Select a Point. See “Select a Point” on page 281. This point is
the specific location, or “target point” on the surface.
• Surface: Select a Surface. See “Select a Surface” on page 280. This is
unavailable if KEY-IN is selected.
• Home In Zone Diameter: The Home In Zone Diameter is the diameter of a
cylindrical zone created from the nominal point and the surface normal.
• When the probe is in this zone, you can measure the surface. A point is not
recorded if the probe is outside the zone.
• Rotation Angle: You may find that you have to rotate the view on the screen
before you can Home In on a point. To rotate the view, enter a Rotation Angle.
• Approach Vector: Type the IJK values in the APPROACH VECTOR box. See
“Typing values in different units and coordinate systems” on page 282. This is
unavailable if SELECT SURFACE is selected.
• Click CREATE to add the feature to your measurement file.

136
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 137 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Measuring Points
Click CREATE in the HOME IN POINT dialog box to add the feature to your
measurement file.

Figure 8-1 Measuring a Home-In Point

1 You now see the nominal point, the Home In Zone and the current position of
your probe.
NOTE: CAD files may be oriented opposite of the Home-In Point.
2 Place the probe on the surface of the part and move it into the Home In Zone.
Watch the screen and listen for the Home In Sound.
NOTE: The 3D distance from the probe to the point, and the depth to the point
appear in the MEASUREMENT panel during the measurement of each Home In
point.
3 Measure the surface:
• Press the FRONT button, or G key, to measure the surface point. You can
digitize 1 to 3 points - the closest reading to the nominal point is used for the
measured point.

137
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 138 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• Pull away from the surface and press the BACK button, or H key, to define
probe compensation.
NOTE: It is possible to be within the Home In zone and not be touching the
surface, ensure that the device is touching your part.

Measuring a High/Low Point

Use this command to measure a set of points and calculate the three-dimensional
(3D) distance between the feature and the furthest/closest point away from that
feature.
NOTE: This command calculates 3D distance (the absolute distance between
two points), not 3D displacement.
You always see the MEASUREMENT POINT properties dialog box regardless of the
Show Control Window preference setting. See “Show Control Window” on
page 64.
• Select HIGH POINT or LOW POINT.
• Select the Reference feature type.
• Select a Reference feature. See “Select” on page 279.
• Select the Probe Compensation. See “Probe Compensation” on page 152.
Minimum Readings to Solve 1
See “Scanning” on page 156.
XYZ Results The Point:
The three-dimensional (3D)
distance between the feature and
the furthest/closest point away
from that feature.
Vector none

Comp Comp

Figure 8-2 Measuring a High Point Figure 8-3 Measuring a Low Point

138
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 139 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
NOTE: If you select Plane-Reducible for the Feature Type, <Define> is a
selection in the REFERENCE FEATURE drop-down. Select <Define> to
measure a plane as the Reference feature before measuring the point. See
“Measuring a Plane” on page 121.

Measuring a Surface Point

Projection Plane needed? See “Select No
Plane” on page 150.
Probe Compensation needed? See Yes
“Probe Compensation” on page 152.
Minimum Readings to Solve 3
See “Scanning” on page 156.
XYZ Results The center point of the
mini plane
Vector The surface normal
(perpendicular to the mini
plane)

Measure three or more points in a small area on the surface. The points best fit
into a mini plane. See “Best Fit Plane” on page 276.
Only use this command to measure points when you do not have a CAD model.
To measure surfaces, use INSPECT SURFACE POINT, HOME IN POINT, or
VECTOR POINT. These commands use or create exact nominal points on CAD
surfaces. See “Measuring an Inspect Surface Point” on page 124, “Measuring a
Home In Point” on page 136 and “Measuring a Vector Point” on page 140.

139
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 140 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Measuring a Surface Edge Point

Projection Plane needed? See “Select No
Plane” on page 150.
See “Probe Compensation” on Yes
page 152.
Minimum Readings to Solve 1
See “Scanning” on page 156.
XYZ Results The Point:
The digitized point
compensated to the surface
edge.
Vector none

• If the AUTOMATICALLY CREATE NOMINAL check box is selected, a nominal

surface point is automatically added to your file, and grouped with the Actual
Surface Edge point. It is the closest point on the surface edge. See “Dynamic
Nominals” on page 163.

Measuring a Vector Point

Use this command to measure a surface at a specific nominal location by
selecting an existing nominal Vector Point. See “Vector Point” on page 168 and
“Vector Point” on page 178. To measure a point on a surface, anywhere on the
surface, use INSPECT SURFACE. See “Measuring an Inspect Surface Point”
on page 124.
You can use Vector Points in an Iterative Alignment. See “Iterative” on
page 218.
You always see the MEASURE VECTOR POINT properties dialog box regardless of
the Show Control Window preference setting. See “Show Control Window” on
page 64.
• Name: Type in a name for the Vector Point.
• Nominal Point: Select a Point. See “Select a Point” on page 281. Select an
existing nominal Vector Point.

140
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 141 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• Home In Zone Diameter: The Home In Zone Diameter is the diameter of a
cylindrical zone created from the nominal Vector Point.
• Click CREATE to add the feature to your measurement file.

Measuring Points
Adding Readings to Vector Points differs slightly depending on the Alignment.
• If an Alignment does not exist or exists but is not solved; the Vector Point
highlights.
• Touch the surface with the device in the approximate location.
• Press the FRONT button, or G key, to measure the surface point. You can
digitize 1 to 3 points - the closest reading to the nominal point is used for the
measured point.
• Pull away from the surface and press the BACK button, or H key to define
probe compensation.
• If an Alignment exists and is solved CAM2 Measure guides you to the nominal
point. See “Measuring Points” on page 137.
A round disk represents the Vector Point measurement. The disk color and size is
a preference. See “Size and Scale” on page 58.
NOTE: If the Automatically Take Reading preference is enabled, CAM2 Measure
will automatically measure a Vector Point when the probe is inside the home in
zone. See “Automatically Take Reading” on page 69.

Measuring a Compensate Axis Point

Use this command to measure a point with a special axis compensation
calculation.
Projection Plane needed? See “Select No
Plane” on page 150.
See “Probe Compensation” on Yes
page 152.
Minimum Readings to Solve 1
See “Scanning” on page 156.

141
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 142 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

XYZ Results The Point

Vector none

+X
Comp

+Y
The compensation of the point will always be made along the main coordinate
system axis (X, Y or Z) most parallel to the compensation direction; therefore,
points are only compensated in the X, Y, or Z directions with this command. The
choice of the axis and direction (+/-) will depend on the largest component of the
retract vector.
See “Measuring a Surface Point” on page 139 to compensate for probe radius in
other directions.
See “Best Fit Point” on page 276.
CAUTION: This command should only be used by expert users; it can be a
source of large errors in the measurement process.

Measuring a Point Cloud

Use this command to measure single or multiple points (point cloud) for Export.
See “Export” on page 53. Readings, Nominals and Tolerances are not available
with this feature.
To measure a surface and compare to a nominal surface, use INSPECT
SURFACE POINT or INSPECT SURFACE. See “Measuring an Inspect Surface
Point” on page 124, and “Inspect Surface” on page 165.
NOTE: This command is only available if your laser probe is connected and your
FaroArm is the active device.

142
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 143 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Measuring a Polyline
Probe Compensation needed? See Yes
“Probe Compensation” on page 152.
Minimum Readings to Solve 2
See “Scanning” on page 156.
XYZ Results (Must be a feature with an The Point:
associated nominal surface) The digitized point compensated
along the surface normal.
Vector The vector of the surface at the
measured point.

Use this command to measure a single 2D or 3D polyline. To measure multiple

polylines, or cross-sections, use POLYLINE GROUP. See “Measuring a
Polyline Group” on page 144.
• Name: Type in a name for the Polyline.
• 2D Plane: Select the 2D Plane check box and select an existing plane. See
“Select a Plane” on page 280. All measurement readings will project to the
plane before the polyline is calculated.
• Select Surfaces: Select the SURFACES check box and select the CAD
Assembly or individual surfaces from the list. See “Select from the List” on
page 279. The surfaces will become the nominal surface for the polyline. Each
point of the polyline is automatically associated to the closest nominal surface.
• Minimum Scan Distance: Enter a distance value. CAM2 Measure removes
any point that is too close to the next.
• Auto Nominal Maximum Distance: Enter a distance value. A surface is not
associated to any point of the polyline if the point is outside this distance.
• Maximum Scan Distance: Enter a distance value. While recording
measurements, CAM2 Measure ignores any point that is too far from the first.
• Select the Probe Compensation. See “Probe Compensation” on page 152.
• Select the Type.
• Measure on CAD Side: Select the Measure on CAD Side check box to
measure the polyline on the part’s CAD side.
• Click CREATE to add the feature to your measurement file.

143
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 144 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Measuring a Polyline Group

Probe Compensation needed? See Yes
“Probe Compensation” on page 152.
Minimum Readings to Solve each 2
Polyline
See “Scanning” on page 156.
XYZ Results (Must be a feature with an The Point:
associated nominal surface) The digitized point
compensated along the
surface normal.
Vector The vector of the surface at
the measured point.

Use this command to measure multiple polylines or cross-sections. Cross-

sections appear as translucent planes during measurement. To measure a single
2D or 3D polyline, use POLYLINE. See “Measuring a Polyline” on page 143.
• Name: Type in a name for the Polyline Group.
• Project to Surface: Select the PROJECT TO SURFACE check box and select the
CAD Assembly or individual surfaces from the list. See “Select from the List”
on page 279. The surfaces will become the nominal surface for the polyline
group. Each polyline point is automatically compensated to the closest nominal
surface. By default, the projection surface will be the entire CAD Assembly.
• Automatically Create Nominal: Select the Automatically Create Nominal
check box to create a nominal polyline in addition to the polyline group. The
nominal polyline will be projected to the CAD if a CAD surface is selected.
• Measure on CAD Side: Select the Measure on CAD Side check box to
measure the polyline group on the part’s CAD side.
• Select the Probe Compensation Method. See “Probe Compensation” on
page 152.

144
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 145 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• Polyline Lock: Select the Polyline Lock check box to select a polyline lock
type:
• Parallel
• Base Plane: Select a Plane. See “Select a Plane” on page 280. This
defines the direction of all parallel planes and the base position for all
planes.
• Base Distance: Enter a value to define an offset relative to the base plane
where the first lock plane will start. Using a positive value will determine
an offset in the positive direction relative to the plane normal and a
negative value will do the opposite.
• Distance Between Planes: Enter the distance between the planes to be
defined.
• Number of Planes: Enter the number of cross-sectional planes for the
polyline group.
• Planes on Negative Side of Base Plane: Select the Planes on Negative
side of Base Plane check box to define planes in the positive sense and flip
them to negative plane direction.
• Radial
• Rotation Line: Select a Line. See “Select a Line” on page 281. This
defines the radial cross-sectional plane.
• Zero Angle Direction: Select a line-reducible feature. The plane defined
by this vector and the rotation line will define the base plane.
• Rotation Angle (Degrees): Enter the angle between the planes.
• Number of Planes: Enter the number of cross-sectional planes for the
polyline group.
• Planes on Negative Side of Base Plane: Select the Planes on Negative
side of Base Plane check box to define planes in the positive sense and flip
them to negative plane direction.
• Cylinder
• Axis Line: Select a Line. See “Select a Line” on page 281. This defines
the axis for all defined cylinders.
• Cylinder Sections Distance: Enter the radial distance between each of the
cylinders.
• Number of Cylinders: Enter the number of cylinders to be created.
• Minimum Scan Distance: Enter a distance value. CAM2 Measure removes
any point that is too close to the next.
• Maximum Scan Distance: Enter a distance value. While recording
measurements, CAM2 Measure ignores any point that is to far from the first.

145
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 146 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• Auto Nominal Maximum Distance: Enter a distance value. A surface is not
associated to any point of the polyline group if the point is outside this
distance.
• Click CREATE to add the feature to your measurement file.

Polyline Group Examples

Parallel Locked Planes

Figure 8-4 Parallel Locked Plane Polylines

Radial Locked Planes

Figure 8-5 Radial Locked Plane Polylines

146
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 147 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Normal Locked Planes

Figure 8-6 Normal Locked Plane Polylines

Measuring a Single Point Circle

Use this command to measure a single point in a hole that is smaller than the
probe diameter. The circle diameter then calculates by using the distance to the
projection plane and the probe diameter from the measured center of the probe.
Should the projection plane not cut the sphere of the probe, the resulting diameter
will equal the primary probe offset times two. If you use an arm probe or SMR
without an adapter, the circle will equal the diameter of the probe or SMR sphere.
If you use a pin nest, the circle will equal the diameter of the pin.
Projection Plane needed? See “Select Yes
Plane” on page 150.
Probe Compensation needed? See No
“Probe Compensation” on page 152.
Minimum Readings to Solve 1
See “Scanning” on page 156.
XYZ Results The Point
Vector Same as plane

NOTE: The probe should be well-seated in the hole when digitizing the point.
Ensure that your probe is sufficiently larger than the hole to be measured. You
can also edit (via Preferences) the auto nominal orientation, position, and size

147
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 148 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
coefficients that control the size difference between measured and nominal
circles. For more information, see “Automatically Associate Nominal” on
page 67.

Measuring a Paraboloid
Projection Plane needed? See “Select No
Plane” on page 150.
Probe Compensation needed? See Yes
“Probe Compensation” on page 152.
Minimum Readings to Solve 8
See “Scanning” on page 156.
XYZ Results Apex of Paraboloid
Vector Center Line of Paraboloid from
Apex

Comp 1 Comp 3
6

1 3 4 5
8 2 6 7
7

2 8
5

See “Best Fit Paraboloid” on page 275.

Options
The OPTIONS group enables quick access to measurement options such as
Measure on CAD Side, Show Control Window, and Use Arm As Mouse.

148
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 149 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Measure on CAD Side

MEASURE ON CAD SIDE enables you to measure a side of a part with a
common material thickness (plastics, sheet metal, etc.) that you cannot touch
with your measurement device. This option is enabled by default.
Specify the composition and global thickness of your material by editing the Part
Properties of your CAD file. See “Part Properties” on page 81.

Show Control Window

This preference controls whether the Measurement dialog box appears when you
add new measured features. See “Show Control Window” on page 64.

Use Arm As Mouse

This preference controls the interaction of the FaroArm and the CAM2 Measure
software. When enabled, the position of the probe controls the mouse pointer. See
“Use Arm as Mouse” on page 65.

Feature Properties
Most measured features have three properties: Select Plane, Measure on CAD
Side, and Probe Compensation. Plane projection features also have Depth
Scanning properties. Properties for other features are described later in this
chapter.
You can edit the properties of an existing measured feature:
• Select a feature from the FEATURES panel or the CAD View.
• Click EDIT < PROPERTIES. You can also right-click the feature in the
FEATURES panel and select PROPERTIES from the shortcut menu. In the
FEATURE PROPERTIES panel you can:
• Edit the name.
• Select or clear the Measure on CAD Side check box.
• Select a projection plane (2D features only).
• Change the probe compensation.
By default, the FEATURE PROPERTIES panel does not appear during each measure
command. See “Show Control Window” on page 64.

149
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 150 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
NOTE: Some features always require you to set properties before creating the
feature and ignore this preference.

Comments
The FEATURES panel contains a Comments field into which you can type a tex-
tual comment. Features with comments are identified by a comment icon in the
FEATURES panel. You can view the comment quickly by moving the pointer over
the icon.
NOTE: You can include your comment in the feature’s label by selecting the
Show Comments In Label check box.

Select Plane
All two-dimensional (2D) features are entities in which the digitized readings are
projected to a plane. All measurement readings are projected onto this plane
before best fit calculations are started.
In the Active Projection Plane toolbar, click the drop-down menu and select a
option:
• Select a Plane. See “Select a Plane” on page 280.
NOTE: Constructed actual planes may be available. A preference controls this
option. See “Allow Constructed Actual Planes” on page 67.
• Choosing <Define> add an additional feature to the measurement file. You
will digitize a plane before you digitize the points of the feature. Note the
messages in the Prompt area in the Measurement Panel for the active device.
See “Measuring a Plane” on page 121.
• Choosing NONE uses the same points of the feature to create a plane.
See “Default” on page 67, and “Use Last Plane” on page 66.

150
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 151 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
2D FEATURES: circles, ellipses, slots, 2D lines, planar points, high/low points,
and 2D polylines.

Figure 8-7 Digitized readings projected to a plane

To offset a projection plane, first measure a plane and then construct a parallel
plane. See “Construct Plane: By Offset” on page 186.

Solver Method
This option allows you to best-fit a feature so that all readings are outside
(maximum) or inside the feature (minimum), and applies to the following feature
types: Circle, Sphere, Plane, 2D Line, Cylinder and Cone.

Measure on CAD Side

Select this check box if you are measuring a side of a part with a common
material thickness (plastics, sheet metal, etc.) that you cannot touch with your
measurement device.
Set the composition and global thickness of your material by editing the Part
Properties of your CAD file. See “Part Properties” on page 81.

Display As Arc
This option allows you to display a circle as an arc using only the actual readings
taken.
• When cleared (default), the circle will draw as normal.
• When selected, the circle will only cover the span of the readings.

151
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 152 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Probe Compensation
The coordinates of all readings digitized with a spherical probe are located at the
center of the probe. CAM2 Measure calculates for the difference between the
center and circumference of the probe when you press the BACK button, or H
key. There are five methods to define the probe compensation:
• Auto: automatically compensates using the orientation position of the probe
in each reading. When using this option, collect readings with the probe as
perpendicular to the surface as possible.
• Sampled End Click: press the BACK button, or H key to define probe
compensation for each feature.
• Measured Inside: automatically compensates out for a hole.
• Measured Outside: automatically compensates in for a stud.
• None: no probe compensation.
Press the BACK button, or H key, to end any measurement command. The probe
compensation is calculated after any best fitting of the measured feature. The
current probe compensation method is a preference. See “Default Compensation
Method” on page 65.
NOTE: Some measured features do not require probe compensation. Pressing
the BACK button, or H key, stops ADD READINGS. See “Add Readings” on
page 19.

Plane-Lock Scanning
Plane-lock Scanning enables you to specify a depth value for a plane projection
feature. As you measure the feature, CAM2 Measure will automatically record a
measurement whenever the probe traverses a plane offset a given depth value
below the projection plane. Plane-lock Scanning is especially helpful when
measuring thin sheet metal planar features.
Plane-lock Scanning options are as follows:
• Enable Plane-lock Scanning: Enables Plane-lock Scanning. If selected,
you will measure on the offset plane. If cleared, you will measure on the
projection plane.
• Plane Offset: (used in conjunction with Enable Plane-lock Scanning) The
depth value for the offset plane.
• Enable Sound: Provides sound guidance with distance to depth plane. This
option is not available if Enable Plane-lock Scanning is cleared.

152
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 153 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• Measure on Offset Plane: Records a measurement when the center of probe
crosses the offset plane. This option is not available if Enable Plane-lock
Scanning is cleared.
NOTE: The Plane-lock Scanning offset option is only applicable to plane
projection features (Circle, 2D Line, Round Slot, Rectangular Slot, Ellipse, and
Planar Point).

Laser Probe Measurement

CAM2 Measure allows direct feature measurement with a laser probe, extracting
features from the laser probe data. Many laser probes are often referred to as laser
line probes.
1 Calibrate your laser probe using the Hardware Configuration. For more
information, see “Hardware Configuration” on page 99.
2 Set CAM2 Measure to either Measure Mode or Template Mode. For more
information, see “Measure and Template Mode” on page 16.
3 From the Menu or FEATURE CREATOR panel, select the feature to measure.
Depending on your mode:
• the feature adds to the FEATURES list.
OR
• the feature adds to the FEATURES list and you are immediately prompted to
measure.
4 Digitize your part while staying within the measurement range of the laser
probe. Watch the indicator in the RANGE FINDER dialog box as you move the
laser probe. After you press the BACK button, calculated readings add to the
feature from the laser probe data.

Scanning Tolerance
As you scan your aligned part, CAM2 Measure shows the deviations from
tolerance:
• Green - the measurement is in tolerance.
• Red - the measurement is above the upper tolerance.
• Blue - the measurement is below the lower tolerance.

153
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 154 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Scannable Features
The following features may be scanned with a laser probe: planes, circles, edge
lines, corner points, spheres, cylinders, tubes, and point clouds. Selecting any
other feature types will automatically switch to the ball probe.
NOTE: To measure a corner point, use MEASURE POINT and scan all three
planes. The corner point is calculated at the intersection of the three planes.

Z
Y X

Figure 8-8 Corner Point Calculation

See “Measuring a Point” on page 123.

Automatic Feature Recognition

CAM2 Measure can provide an extremely simplified measurement workflow by
automatically recognizing features as you measure. When you enable automatic
feature recognition, you can begin recording measurements without first
invoking a measurement command.
NOTE: Automatic feature recognition is enabled and configured in Preferences.
You must disable Arm as Mouse to use this feature. For more information, see
“Auto-Recognize Features” on page 64 and “Use Arm as Mouse” on page 65.
1 Record a measurement using your measurement device. The Measurement
Panel appears. See “Measurement Panel” on page 155.
2 Continue to record measurements, and the MEASUREMENT panel shows the
results and appropriate feature name as CAM2 Measure computes the
geometry that best fits the recorded measurements.
NOTE: You can override CAM2 Measure’s automatic computation by clicking
the Geometry Override dropdown in the MEASUREMENT panel to manually
select a geometry type. Available geometry types depend on the threshold set
in Preferences.

154
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 155 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
3 When you finish recording measurements, record an end click to terminate the
measurement of the feature.

Measurement Panel
The MEASUREMENT panel opens automatically with each measurement
command. Each measurement device, connected to CAM2 Measure, has a
unique MEASUREMENT panel. Look in the title area of the panel to see the serial
number, or name, of the device.

Figure 8-9 Measurement Panel

Setup
 The MEASUREMENT panel displays the Rectangular XYZ and Form values by
default, which update as you record measurements. In the upper left corner of the
window, click the SHOW OPTIONS drop-down and select, or deselect, values to
show or hide different values. Some of these values use tolerances, For example:
• The Form value has an Out of Tolerance indicator to the right of the value.
After you add one more than the minimum number of readings, the value
calculates and shows In, Above or Below tolerance using the features current
form tolerance value. For more information, see “Tolerances” on page 164.
 Show/hide the Geometric Data - geometric data and statistics associated with
the current measurement.
 Show/hide the device’s Digital ReadOut (DRO) - the current location of the
measuring device’s probe and updates as the probe moves through space. The
numerical setup of the DRO is a preference. See “Units” on page 60.
 Show/hide the Measurement Image - the image for the current measurement.
For more information, see “Image Creator” on page 41.
 Show/hide the Measurement Prompt - the text area that contains informational
messages relating to the current measurement.

155
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 156 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Measuring
 Record Measurement. This is the same as pressing the FRONT button on the
FaroArm, or the G key, on your computer keyboard.
 Record End Click. This is the same as pressing the BACK button on the
FaroArm, or the H key, on your computer keyboard.
 Remove Last Point. You can also press the BACKSPACE key on your
computer keyboard.
NOTE: Press and hold the BACK button on the FaroArm to remove multiple
readings in reverse order.

Sizing
 Full Screen. Maximize the MEASUREMENT panel to fill the entire computer
screen. Click this button again to return to the original size.

Geometry Override
 Use the GEOMETRY OVERRIDE drop-down window to override
CAM2 Measure’s Automatic Feature Recognition by manually selecting a
geometry type. See “Automatic Feature Recognition” on page 154.
NOTE: Automatic recognition is enabled and configured in Preferences. See
“Auto-Recognize Features” on page 64.

Laser Tracker Family and Probe

Use the FAMILY drop-down window to select an SMR size (FARO Laser
Tracker only).
Use the PROBE drop-down window to select a probe size (FARO Laser Tracker
only).

Scanning
 Use the MODE drop-down window to switch the reading collection mode
during the measurement process. Options for the modes are located in the
DEVICE CONTROL panel. See the CAM2 Measure chapter in the user manual of
your current measuring device for more information.
• Single Point: press the FRONT button, or the G key, to collect a single
reading.
• Time Interval: press the FRONT button, or the G key, to start the time
interval. Collect a single reading over time.

156
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 157 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• Distance Interval: press the FRONT button, or the G key, to start the
distance interval. Collect a single reading when the probe moves a distance.

Cancel
 Closing the MEASUREMENT panel cancels the measurement.

Feature Changes During Measurement

During the adding of readings, or measurement, of a feature it is possible to
change the following using the drop-down list boxes in the MEASUREMENT
panel:
• The projection plane of any 2D feature;
• The projection surface for an Inspect Surface or Inspect Surface Point feature;
and
• Probe settings
before the feature solves. This is useful if you are measuring many of the same
type of feature that slight differences or special needs.

Live Measurement Results

The MEASUREMENT panel provides real-time feedback of the geometry currently
being measured. RMS values of the last reading display in the window (Laser
Tracker only). For more information, see “RMS Threshold” on page 71.
Geometric values appear in the window as soon as the minimum number of
points required to solve the feature have been recorded. The values displayed in
the window automatically update each time a new reading is recorded.
NOTE: For large numbers of readings at a high rate (such as scanning), the user
must pause for a sufficient period of time to allow the geometry to solve without
affecting the rate of point collection.

Automatic Probe Compensation

Solved geometry must be automatically probe-compensated to accurately
represent the measured geometry; as such, automatic probe compensation is the
default for all measured features. In this mode, the BACK button click will only
be used to end the measurement of a feature, not to indicate the compensation
direction.
Sampled End Click compensation may be used when the automatic or forced
inside/outside compensation techniques do not suffice. In this scenario,
geometric values shown while measuring may not match the resulting geometry

157
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 158 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
solved after the end click is taken. The current probe compensation method is a
preference. See “Default Compensation Method” on page 65.
NOTE: Measurement of geometry that always requires a single sample will
automatically complete after the first sample is taken.

Layers
Use layers as a way to group and organize features. You can show and hide layers
to help simplify your CAD view. Changes made to layers are saved along with
the CAM2 Measure measurement file and are not saved to the CAD in the
measurement file.
To access the Layers panel, click VIEW CLOSED PANELS and then click
Layers.

Creating a New Layer

1 Click NEW to create a new layer.
2 Enter a name for the layer.
3 To select a layer color for on-screen viewing, choose a color from the
OVERRIDE COLOR drop-down. You can also clear the color which sets the color
to White.
4 Check the Visible box to make the layer visible on-screen.
5 Click OK.

Editing a Layer
1 Highlight the layer and click EDIT or double-click on the layer name.
2 Edit a name for the layer, edit the override color from the drop-down, and
enable or disable the visibility of the layer.
3 Click OK.

Adding Features To A Layer

To add features to a layer, right-click a feature in the Navigation Window, point
to Assign a Layer, and select a layer in the Layer drop-down.
You can also left-click any item from the Navigation Window, drag it onto a
layer, and release the mouse button.

158
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 159 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Viewing Features On A Layer

To view all features associated with a layer, click the drop-down arrow to the left
of the layer name to expand the layer contents.
To the extreme right of all layers is the VISIBILITY icon (eye icon). Click the
VISIBILITY icon to hide a layer. Once hidden, the icon and layer name appear
gray. Click the VISIBILITY icon again to show the layer.
When hidden, the layer is not shown in the CAD view.

Deleting a Layer
To delete a layer, highlight the layer and click DELETE.

Labels
After adding the minimum number of readings to solve the feature, and an end
click point, the feature draws on the CAD view and an on-screen label adds to the
measurement file.

Figure 8-10 Feature Labels

159
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 160 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
This label shows the current data for the feature and the border changes color to
show any Out of Tolerance condition:
• Green - the feature is in tolerance
• Red - measurement is above the upper tolerance
• Blue - measurement is below the lower tolerance
Select a feature, or multiple features, and each label shows relevant values for the
feature. If the feature contains actual values, the label shows actual values. If the
feature contains nominal values, the label shows nominal values. If the feature
contains both actual and nominal values, the label shows actual values, nominal
values, and deviation.
NOTE: XYZ positional data does not show without a solved alignment.
When a feature is not selected, the label only shows the feature name. Move the
pointer over the label to temporarily show all of the values. Add or Remove
values from the labels using the FEATURE INFORMATION panel. See “Nominals
and Tolerances” on page 162.
To move a label, drag the label around the CAD view or press L to automatically
arrange the label in the view.
To show or hide a label, right-click the current feature in the FEATURES panel or
the CAD view, and select LABEL from the shortcut menu. Right-click again and
select DETAILED LABEL to change the label to the detailed format.
There are many preferences to control the visibility, content and behavior of the
feature labels. See “Labels” on page 59.

Readings
Readings are the individual digitized points of the feature.
NOTE: Selecting a “By Best Fit” constructed feature shows each individual
feature and its data to the constructed feature.

Figure 8-11 Readings panel

Select a feature, or multiple features, from the FEATURES panel and use the
READINGS panel to:

160
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 161 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
1 Analyze the readings of a feature.
• The default sort order of the rows is by the ID column. This is also the order
of the readings as they were added to the feature. Click a column to sort the
readings by that column, and click again to reverse the sort.
2 Remove a reading from the feature and re-calculate the feature using the
remaining readings.
• Clear the check box in the ON column to remove a reading. Click APPLY to
re-calculate the feature using the selected features.
3 Change the probe of existing readings.
• Select from the List the readings. See “Select from the List” on page 279.
• Click EDIT PROBE SETTINGS.
• In the EDIT PROBE SETTINGS dialog box, change the probe settings and click
OK. You can also enter values manually for any offsets.
4 Permanently delete a reading.
• Select a reading, right-click and select DELETE from the shortcut menu.
NOTE: The CLEAR READINGS deletes all readings from every feature in
your file. See “Clear Readings” on page 83.
5 Generate a report of the readings of a feature, or multiple features.
• Click REPORT to quickly generate a report. For more information, see
“Standard Report Window Commands” on page 40.
6 Aim the FARO Laser Tracker to the location of an individual reading.
• Select a reading, right-click and select AIM to point the laser at the location
of the reading.

Panel Settings
Change the order of the columns by dragging the top of a column to the left or
right. Resize a column by dragging the top edge of a column to the left or right.
Hide a column by dragging the top of a column down to the bottom of the
READINGS panel.
Right-click on the top of any column to get a shortcut menu:
1 Select Sort Ascending to Sort Descending to change the sort order of the
readings.
2 Select Column Chooser to see a list of hidden columns. To unhide a column,
drag the column from the list back to the READINGS panel.

161
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 162 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
3 Select Best Fit to automatically size the column.
4 Select Best Fit (all columns) to automatically size all the columns in the
READINGS panel.

Nominals and Tolerances

Add and edit nominal and tolerance information to a feature in the FEATURE
INFORMATION panel. Use this panel to:
• Add single or multiple nominal features to a feature.
• Type in nominal values and create a nominal feature.
• Change the default Upper and Lower tolerance values for each actual result
and see the Deviation values from nominal.
• Select or clear individual values for a feature. This controls visibility of the
values on the on-screen label and the report.
• Associate a DIN or ISO tolerance classification to a feature. Selecting a
tolerance class in either the lower or upper tolerance column will set the
tolerance values for both upper and lower tolerances. When associating a
tolerance classification to a feature, it will apply to all applicable properties of
that feature.

Figure 8-12 Feature Information panel

NOTE: You can select multiple features and edit each in the panel. See
“Selecting Features” on page 32.

Panel Settings
Each value has a check box; clear this check box to remove it from the on-screen
label and the report. Use SHOW ONLY SELECTED at the bottom of the
FEATURE INFORMATION panel to only show features with checked boxes.

Single Nominal
1 Select a feature from the FEATURES panel or the CAD view.
2 In the top row of the FEATURE INFORMATION panel, click the Nominal Feature
column cell, then click the drop-down arrow.

162
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 163 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
3 Select a Feature. See “Select a Feature” on page 280.
NOTE: Clicking X in the Nominals Feature column removes the nominal
feature from the current feature.

Multiple Nominals
1 Select a feature from the FEATURES panel or the CAD view.
2 In each row of the FEATURE INFORMATION panel, click the Nominals Feature
column cell, then click the drop-down arrow. Use the scroll bar on the right
side of the panel to move down the list and see other values.
3 Select a Feature. See “Select a Feature” on page 280.
NOTE: Clicking X in the Nominal Feature column removes the nominal feature
from the current feature.

Typing Nominal Values

1 Select a feature from the FEATURES panel or the CAD view.
2 In each row of the FEATURE INFORMATION panel, click in the Nominal column.
Type a numeric nominal value and press the ENTER key. Use the scroll bar on
the right side of the panel to move down the list and see other values.
Adding a nominal feature to a measured, or constructed, feature creates a group
in the Navigation Window. See “Navigation Window” on page 31.

Dynamic Nominals
In a few instances, the nominal feature is more complex than the measured
feature. In some measured features, CAM2 Measure automatically associates a
complex nominal to a simple measured feature. When this happens the simple
measured feature is projected (shortest distance) to the complex nominal. The
Actual to Nominal data is the simple measured feature and the projected simple
nominal feature.
For example, an INSPECT SURFACE POINT has a measured point and an
associated nominal surface. The projected nominal point is the closest point
anywhere on the surface. See “Measuring an Inspect Surface Point” on
page 124.

163
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 164 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Automatic Nominals
Once an Alignment is complete, any new measured feature is compared to all
nominals and CAD parts in the measurement file. For more information, see
“Alignments” on page 215.
If a similar nominal feature is found it is automatically associated. If there is a
feature in a CAD part, that feature automatically adds as a nominal and
associated to the measured feature. Automatic Nominals is a preference with
default search vales. See “Automatically Associate Nominal” on page 67.

Tolerances
NOTE: In addition to traditional rectangular tolerances, CAM2 Measure also
supports many GD&T tolerances. For more information, see “GD&T
Tolerances” on page 233.
You can change tolerance values for an individual or selected group of features.
You can also change the default tolerance values for the entire file in
PREFERENCES. See “Tolerance Preferences” on page 53.
1 Select a feature in the FEATURES panel or from the CAD window.
2 In the FEATURE INFORMATION panel, select or clear the check box in the first
column for each value to tolerance.
3 Change an individual tolerance value by clicking in the LOWER or UPPER cell
and typing a numeric value.
The OOT (Out of Tolerance) and Tolerance columns show the measured to
nominal deviations. Each feature parameter cell changes color to show any Out
of Tolerance condition:
• Green (Pass) - measurement is within the upper and lower tolerance
• Red - measurement is above the upper tolerance
• Blue - measurement is below the lower tolerance
The Tolerance column graphically shows the amount of tolerance that is
consumed by the deviation (Pass), or the amount above or below tolerance. If the
deviation is more than four times the tolerance a plus or minus sign is added to
the bar.
NOTE: You will not see some feature values in the on-screen label and the
report if an Alignment has not been completed. See “Manage Alignments” on
page 216.

164
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 165 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Changing Multiple Values
You can change the lower and upper tolerance value for multiple values of a
feature:
1 Select a feature in the FEATURES panel or from the CAD window.
2 In the FEATURE INFORMATION panel, hold down the SHIFT key and left-click
the first (top) parameter, then click the last parameter you want. For example,
the lower tolerance X Y and Z locations.
3 Type a numeric value into any tolerance field and press ENTER.
You can change the lower and upper tolerance for all values of a feature:
1 Select a feature in the FEATURES panel or from the CAD window.
2 In the FEATURE INFORMATION panel, left-click the empty cell at the top of the
lower or upper tolerance column.
3 Type a numeric value into any tolerance field and press ENTER.

Inspect Surface
Use this command to measure single or multiple points (point cloud) on your
CAD model. To measure a single point on a surface at any location, use
INSPECT SURFACE POINT. See “Measuring an Inspect Surface Point” on
page 124. To measure in an exact area of a surface, use HOME IN. See
“Measuring a Home In Point” on page 136.
Each reading for this feature will automatically create a nominal point on the
closest surface of your CAD model. The end click determines the compensation
vector of the digitized point(s).
NOTE: Surface points measured away from a selected surface appear as surface
edge points.
A round disk represents each reading of the Inspect Surface measurement. The
disk color is predetermined by the tolerance condition. The size of the disk is a
preference. See “Size and Scale” on page 58.

165
Chapter 8: Measure
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 166 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 167 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Chapter 9: Key-In
The KEY-IN commands are located in the KEY-IN tab across the top of the
screen. These commands are also available in the FEATURE CREATOR panel on
the right-hand side of your screen. The commands on the KEY-IN tab are
organized into Features and Dimensions groups.
Use these commands to create Nominal features using data on drawings or
spreadsheets.

Features
The FEATURES group contains all the construction commands for 2D and 3D
features.

0.0

Plane
Requires: three sets of XYZ values, or one XYZ value and a normal vector
value.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed plane.
• Plane: Select a radio button:
• Points: Type in the XYZ values. See “Typing values in different units and
coordinate systems” on page 282.
OR
• Point: Type in the XYZ value. See “Typing values in different units and
coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Normal: Type in the XYZ values. See “Typing values in different units and
coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Click CREATE to create the line.
NOTE: The vector of the constructed plane is determined by the Right-Hand
Rule. See “Right-Hand Rule” on page 278.

0.0

Line
Requires: two points.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed line.
167
Chapter 9: Key-In
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 168 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• Point on Line: Select a radio button:
• Point2 on Line: Type in the XYZ values. See “Typing values in different
units and coordinate systems” on page 282.
OR
• Line Vector: Type in the IJK values. See “Typing values in different units
and coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Length: Type in the length value. See “Typing values in different units” on
page 282.
• Click CREATE to create the line.

0.0

Point
Requires: an X, Y, and Z value.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed point.
• Points: Type in the XYZ values. See “Typing values in different units and
coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Click CREATE to create the point.

0.0

Vector Point
Requires: an X, Y, and Z value and a normal vector.
• Name: Type in a name for the vector point.
• Point: Type in the XYZ values. See “Typing values in different units and
coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Vector: Determine from CAD or Type in:
• From CAD: Select the DETERMINE VECTOR FROM CAD check box to
calculate the point’s vector from a CAD model.
• Vector: Type in the IJK values. See “Typing values in different units and
coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Home In Zone Size: Type in the size of the vector point’s home in zone (the
cylindrical zone around the point within which the user is expected to measure
the point).

168
Chapter 9: Key-In
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 169 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
NOTE: You can configure a default size using the Home In Zone Size
preference. See “Home In Zone Size” on page 69.
• Click CREATE to create the vector point.

0.0

Circle
Requires: an XYZ coordinate, a vector, and a diameter.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed circle.
• Circle: Type in the XYZ values. See “Typing values in different units and
coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Normal: Type in the IJK values. See “Typing values in different units and
coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Diameter: Type in the diameter value. See “Typing values in different units”
on page 282.
• Click CREATE to create the circle.
The constructed circle is located at the entered values in the current coordinate
system.

0.0

Sphere
Requires: a diameter and X, Y, and Z values.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed sphere.
• Center: Type in the XYZ values. See “Typing values in different units and
coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Diameter: Type in the diameter value. See “Typing values in different units”
on page 282.
• Click CREATE to create the sphere.

0.0

Cylinder
Requires: a diameter, and two center points, or a vector and a length.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed cylinder.

169
Chapter 9: Key-In
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 170 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• Point on Axis: Select a radio button:
• Point 2 on Axis: Type in the XYZ values. See “Typing values in different
units and coordinate systems” on page 282.
OR
• Axis Vector: Type in the IJK values. See “Typing values in different units
and coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Length: Type in the length value. See “Typing values in different units” on
page 282.
• Diameter: Type in the diameter value. See “Typing values in different units”
on page 282.
• Click CREATE to create the cylinder.

0.0

Torus
Requires: a center point, direction number of the torus axis, major diameter,
minor diameter, start vector, and sweep angle.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed torus.
• Center Point: Type in the XYZ values. See “Typing values in different units
and coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Point on Axis: Select a radio button:
• Point on Axis: Type in the XYZ values. See “Typing values in different units
and coordinate systems” on page 282.
OR
• Axis (Normal): Type in the IJK values. See “Typing values in different units
and coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Major Diameter: Type in the outermost or largest diameter of the torus.
• Minor Diameter: Type in the innermost or smallest diameter of the torus.
• Start Vector: Type in the IJK values. See “Typing values in different units and
coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Sweep Angle: Type in the size of the segment to construct. Full sweep angle
(360°) constructs the whole torus.
• Click CREATE to create the torus.

170
Chapter 9: Key-In
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 171 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
XYZ

Tube
Requires: a diameter, PTB or XYZ, and bend radius.
NOTE: PTB is sometimes labeled as yBC.
• Tube Diameter: Type in the diameter of the tube.
• Default Bend Radius: Type in the default value for the tube’s bend radius.
This value will automatically populate the Bend Radius field as you input PTB
or XYZ data.
• Key-in Tube Data As: Select a radio button:
• PTB: Type in the Pull, Turn, Bend, and Bend Radius values. See “Typing
values in different units and coordinate systems” on page 282.
OR
• XYZ: Type in the Breakpoints and Bend Radius values. See “Typing values
in different units and coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Click CREATE to create the tube.

0.0

Cone
Requires: see the options below.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed cone.
There are five different methods for this construction. Select from the
CONSTRUCT CONE BY drop-down:

Apex, Axis, Distance to Apex and Angle

• Apex: Type in the XYZ values. See “Typing values in different units and
coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Axis Direction: Type in the IJK values. See “Typing values in different units
and coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Distance to Apex: Type in a distance value.
• Angle: Type in the angle value. See “Typing values in different units” on
page 282.
• Half Angle: Clear this check box if you are entering the full angle of the
cone.

171
Chapter 9: Key-In
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 172 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• Click CREATE to create the cone.
The constructed cone is located at the entered values in the selected coordinate
system.

Apex, Axis Position and Angle

• Apex: Type in the XYZ values. See “Typing values in different units and
coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Axis Position: Type in the XYZ values. See “Typing values in different units
and coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Angle: Type in the angle value. See “Typing values in different units” on
page 282.
• Half Angle: Clear this check box if you are entering the full angle of the
cone.
• Click CREATE to create the cone.
The constructed cone is located at the entered values in the selected coordinate
system.

Axis, Point on Axis, Diameter at Point and Angle

• Axis Direction: Type in the IJK values. See “Typing values in different units
and coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Point on Axis: Type in the XYZ values. See “Typing values in different units
and coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Diameter at Point: Type in a diameter value. See “Typing values in different
units” on page 282.
• Angle: Type in the angle value. See “Typing values in different units” on
page 282.
• Half Angle: Clear this check box if you are entering the full angle of the
cone.
• Click CREATE to create the cone.
The constructed cone is located at the entered values in the selected coordinate
system.

Axis, Point on Axis, Distance to Apex and Diameter at Point

• Axis Direction: Type in the IJK values. See “Typing values in different units
and coordinate systems” on page 282.

172
Chapter 9: Key-In
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 173 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• Point on Axis: Type in the XYZ values. See “Typing values in different units
and coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Distance to Apex: Type in a distance value. See “Typing values in different
units” on page 282.
• Diameter at Point: Type in a diameter value. See “Typing values in different
units” on page 282.
• Click CREATE to create the cone.
The constructed cone is located at the entered values in the selected coordinate
system.

Axis, Axis Position, Distance from Point to Apex and Angle

• Axis Direction: Type in the IJK values. See “Typing values in different units
and coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Axis Position: Type in the XYZ values. See “Typing values in different units
and coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Distance from Point to Apex: Type in a distance value. See “Typing values
in different units” on page 282.
• Angle: Type in the angle value. See “Typing values in different units” on
page 282.
• Half Angle: Clear this check box if you are entering the full angle of the
cone.
• Click CREATE to create the cone.
The constructed cone is located at the entered values in the selected coordinate
system.

0.0

Round Slot
Requires: a center point, the vector of the major and minor axes, and the length
and the diameter of the round slot.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed rectangular slot.
• Center: Type in the XYZ values. See “Typing values in different units and
coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Normal: Type in the IJK values. See “Typing values in different units and
coordinate systems” on page 282.

173
Chapter 9: Key-In
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 174 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• Axis: Type in the IJK values. See “Typing values in different units and
coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Length: Type in the length value. See “Typing values in different units” on
page 282.
• Diameter: Type in the length value. See “Typing values in different units” on
page 282.
• Select or clear the Length is End to End check box.
• Click CREATE to create the round slot.
Length is End to End
Length is End to End

Figure 9-1 Round Slot

0.0

Rectangular Slot
Requires: a center point, the vector of the major and minor axes, and the length
and the width of the rectangular slot.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed rectangular slot.
• Center: Type in the XYZ values. See “Typing values in different units and
coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Normal: Type in the IJK values. See “Typing values in different units and
coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Axis: Type in the IJK values. See “Typing values in different units and
coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Length: Type in the length value. See “Typing values in different units” on
page 282.
• Width: Type in the length value. See “Typing values in different units” on
page 282.
• Click CREATE to create the rectangular slot.

174
Chapter 9: Key-In
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 175 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
0.0

Ellipse
Requires: a center point, the vector of the major and minor axes, and the length
of the major and minor axes.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed ellipse.
• Center: Type in the XYZ values. See “Typing values in different units and
coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Normal: Type in the IJK values. See “Typing values in different units and
coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Axis: Type in the IJK values. See “Typing values in different units and
coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Major: Type in the major length value. See “Typing values in different units”
on page 282.
• Minor: Type in the minor length value. See “Typing values in different units”
on page 282.
• Click CREATE to create the cylinder.

Paraboloid
Requires: an apex, the focal point of the major and minor axes, and the length
and the diameter of the paraboloid.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed paraboloid.
• Apex: Type in the XYZ values. See “Typing values in different units and
coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Focal Point: Type in the XYZ values. See “Typing values in different units and
coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Length: Type in the length value. See “Typing values in different units” on
page 282.
• Diameter: Type in the length value. See “Typing values in different units” on
page 282.
• Click CREATE to create the paraboloid.

175
Chapter 9: Key-In
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 176 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Dimensions
The DIMENSIONS group contains DIMENSION ANGLE BY KEY IN and
DIMENSION LENGTH BY KEY IN. The number of digits in the dimension
data is a preference. See “Units” on page 60.

0.0

Dimension Angle By Key-In

Requires: a numeric value.
• Name: Type in a name for the angle dimension.
• Angle: Type in the value.
• Click CREATE to create the dimension.

0.0

Dimension Length By Key-In

Requires: a numeric value.
• Name: Type in a name for the length dimension.
• Length: Type in the value. See “Typing values in different units” on page 282.
• Click CREATE to create the dimension.

176
Chapter 9: Key-In
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 177 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Chapter 10: Pick From CAD

The Pick from CAD commands are located in the PICK FROM CAD tab across
the top of the screen. These commands are also available in the FEATURE
CREATOR panel on the right-hand side of your screen.
Use these commands to create Nominal features from CAD models that you add
to the measurement file. For more information, see “CAD” on page 52.

Plane
Create a constructed plane from a CAD model. Select the feature, or select a
nominal point on a surface, surface trim line, polyline, or spline to create the
feature.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed plane.
• Add Statistics: Check this box to add geometric statistics (tolerancing
information) to the constructed plane.
• Points: Select a nominal point to create the feature. See “Select Nominal
Points” on page 281.
NOTE: The vector of the plane is determined by the CAD view at the time you
construct the plane. If necessary, use FLIP VECTOR to change the vector of
the constructed plane. See “Flip Vector” on page 83.

Line
Create a constructed line from a CAD model. Select the feature, or select a
nominal point on a surface trim line, polyline, or spline to create the feature.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed line.
• Add Statistics: Check this box to add geometric statistics (tolerancing
information) to the constructed line.
• Points: Select a nominal point to create the feature. See “Select Nominal
Points” on page 281.
NOTE: The vector of the line is determined by the CAD view at the time you
construct the line. If necessary, use FLIP VECTOR to change the vector of the
constructed line. See “Flip Vector” on page 83.

177
Chapter 10: Pick From CAD
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 178 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Point
Create a constructed point from a CAD model.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed point.
• Add Statistics: Check this box to add geometric statistics (tolerancing
information) to the constructed point.
• Points: Select a nominal point to create the feature. See “Select Nominal
Points” on page 281.

Vector Point
Create a vector point from a CAD model.
• Name: Type in a name for the vector point.
• Home In Zone Size: Type in the size of the vector point’s home in zone (the
cylindrical zone around the point within which the user is expected to measure
the point).
NOTE: You can configure a default size using the Home In Zone Size
preference. See “Home In Zone Size” on page 69.
• Click on any CAD surface to create the vector point.

Circle
Create a constructed circle from a CAD model. Select the feature, or select a
nominal point on a surface trim line, polyline, or spline to create the feature.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed circle.
• Add Statistics: Check this box to add geometric statistics (tolerancing
information) to the constructed circle.
• Points: Select a nominal point to create the feature. See “Select Nominal
Points” on page 281.
NOTE: The vector of the circle is determined by the CAD view at the time you
construct the circle. If necessary, use FLIP VECTOR to change the vector of
the constructed circle. See “Flip Vector” on page 83.

178
Chapter 10: Pick From CAD
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 179 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Sphere
Create a constructed sphere from a CAD model. Select the feature, or select a
nominal point on a surface trim line, polyline, or spline to create the feature.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed sphere.
• Add Statistics: Check this box to add geometric statistics (tolerancing
information) to the constructed sphere.
• Points: Select a nominal point to create the feature. See “Select Nominal
Points” on page 281.

Cylinder
Create a constructed cylinder from a CAD model. Select the feature, or select a
nominal point on a surface trim line, polyline, or spline to create the feature.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed cylinder.
• Add Statistics: Check this box to add geometric statistics (tolerancing
information) to the constructed cylinder.
• Points: Select a nominal point to create the feature. See “Select Nominal
Points” on page 281.
NOTE: The vector of the cylinder is determined by the CAD view at the time
you construct the cylinder. If necessary, use FLIP VECTOR to change the
vector of the constructed cylinder. See “Flip Vector” on page 83.

Torus
Create a constructed torus from a CAD model. Select the feature, or select a
nominal point on a surface trim line, polyline, or spline to create the feature.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed torus.
• Add Statistics: Check this box to add geometric statistics (tolerancing
information) to the constructed torus.
• Points: Select a nominal point to create the feature. See “Select Nominal
Points” on page 281.

179
Chapter 10: Pick From CAD
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 180 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Cone
Create a constructed cone from a CAD model. Select the feature, or select a
nominal point on a surface trim line, polyline, or spline to create the feature.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed cone.
• Add Statistics: Check this box to add geometric statistics (tolerancing
information) to the constructed cone.
• Points: Select a nominal point to create the feature. See “Select Nominal
Points” on page 281.
• Click CREATE to create the cone.
NOTE: The vector of the cone is determined by the CAD view at the time you
construct the cone. If necessary, use FLIP VECTOR to change the vector of the
constructed cone. See “Flip Vector” on page 83.

Round Slot
Create a constructed round slot from a CAD model. Select the feature, or select a
nominal point on a surface trim line, polyline, or spline to create the feature.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed round slot.
• Add Statistics: Check this box to add geometric statistics (tolerancing
information) to the constructed round slot.
• Points: Select a nominal point to create the feature. See “Select Nominal
Points” on page 281.
NOTE: The vector of the slot is determined by the CAD view at the time you
construct the slot. If necessary, use FLIP VECTOR to change the vector of the
constructed slot. See “Flip Vector” on page 83.

Rectangular Slot
Create a constructed rectangular slot from a CAD model. Select the feature, or
select a nominal point on a surface trim line, polyline, or spline to create the
feature.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed rectangular slot.

180
Chapter 10: Pick From CAD
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 181 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• Add Statistics: Check this box to add geometric statistics (tolerancing
information) to the constructed rectangular slot.
• Points: Select a nominal point to create the feature. See “Select Nominal
Points” on page 281.
NOTE: The vector of the slot is determined by the CAD view at the time you
construct the slot. If necessary, use FLIP VECTOR to change the vector of the
constructed slot. See “Flip Vector” on page 83.

Ellipse
Create a constructed ellipse from a CAD model. Select the feature, or select a
nominal point on a surface trim line, polyline, or spline to create the feature.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed ellipse.
• Add Statistics: Check this box to add geometric statistics (tolerancing
information) to the constructed ellipse.
• Points: Select a nominal point to create the feature. See “Select Nominal
Points” on page 281.
NOTE: The vector of the ellipse is determined by the CAD view at the time you
construct the ellipse. If necessary, use FLIP VECTOR to change the vector of
the constructed ellipse. See “Flip Vector” on page 83.

Paraboloid
Create a constructed paraboloid from a CAD model. Select the feature, or select a
nominal point on a surface trim line, polyline, or spline to create the feature.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed paraboloid.
• Add Statistics: Check this box to add geometric statistics (tolerancing
information) to the constructed ellipse.
• Points: Select a nominal point to create the feature. See “Select Nominal
Points” on page 281.
NOTE: The vector of the paraboloid is determined by the CAD view at the time
you construct the paraboloid. If necessary, use FLIP VECTOR to change the
vector of the constructed paraboloid. See “Flip Vector” on page 83.

181
Chapter 10: Pick From CAD
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 182 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 183 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Chapter 11: Construct

The Construct commands are located in the CONSTRUCT tab across the top of
the screen. These commands are also available in the FEATURE CREATOR panel
on the right-hand side of your screen. The CONSTRUCT tab contains eleven
feature commands, including seven that “flyout” to additional Construction
commands. The commands on the CONSTRUCT tab are organized into
Features, Dimensions, and Construct From Selected Features groups.

About Constructions
You can use Constructed features in other constructions, dimensions, coordinate
systems, or measurements.

Automatic Constructions
CAM2 Measure automatically creates a construction when you create a
construction feature using nominal features and then create and measure
measured features associated to the individual nominal features. See “Pick From
CAD” on page 177 and “Key-In” on page 167.
For Example:
• Add nominals to your measurement file, four circles in a bolt pattern.
• Construct a circle by best fit using those four circles. This is a nominal
constructed circle.
• Add Measurements to the four nominal circles.
• Add Readings to each of the four measured circles.
• A Constructed feature, by best fit, using the four measured circles
automatically adds to the measurement file and associates to the nominal
constructed circle.

Using Actual and Nominal Features

If you select a combination of Actual (measured and constructed) and Nominal
features in any CONSTRUCT command, a drop-down arrow adds to CREATE
in the dialog box. Select CREATE AS NOMINAL or CREATE AS ACTUAL from the
drop-down list.
CAUTION: Although at times it may be necessary to mix nominal, measured,
and constructed features when creating constructions, do it rarely and with
caution because mixing types of features to create a construction might cause
inaccuracies in your measurement data.

183
Chapter 11: Construct
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 184 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Features
The FEATURES group contains all the commands necessary to construct 2D and
3D features.

Construct Plane
A plane is constructed from point-reducible features, entered values, the
intersection of features, or a CAD model.

Construct Plane: By 3 Points and 3 Offsets

Requires: three points and three offset distances.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed plane.
• Points: Select a Point. See “Select a Point” on page 281.
• Offsets: Enter positive or negative offset distances. See “Typing values in
different units and coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Click CREATE to create the plane.
The plane is constructed so the perpendicular distance from the plane to the
selected points, using the offset values. The direction of the offset is determined
by the selected points, and follows the Right-Hand Rule. See “Right-Hand Rule”
on page 278.
NOTE: A plane can be constructed above or below the three points, which is
why the order that the points are selected determines which plane is created.

Z
Y X

Figure 11-1 Construct Plane: By 3 Points and 3 Offsets

184
Chapter 11: Construct
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 185 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Construct Plane: By Best Fit

Requires: three point-reducible features.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed plane.
• Points: Select from the List. See “Select from the List” on page 279.
• After you add the minimum number of features a preview feature draws in
the MAIN window and the dialog box displays preview feature data.
• Click CREATE to create the line.
The selected features are constructed into a Best Fit Plane. See “Best Fit Plane”
on page 276. Use the READINGS panel to see the point data of the feature. For
more information, see “Readings” on page 160.

Construct Plane: By Bisection

Requires: two planes.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed plane.
• Planes: Select a Plane. See “Select a Plane” on page 280.
• Click CREATE to create the line.
• If the two planes are not parallel, another plane is constructed equidistantly
from both planes.
• If the two planes are parallel, another plane is constructed midway between
the two planes, with the same vector as the first plane.

Z
Y X

Figure 11-2 Construct Plane: By Bisection

NOTE: There are two possible solutions that are determined by the vector of
the selected planes. For more information, see “Flip Vector” on page 83.
185
Chapter 11: Construct
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 186 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Construct Plane: By Offset

Requires: a plane and an offset value, a point and an offset distance, or a vector
and an offset value.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed plane.
• Plane: Select a Plane. See “Select a Plane” on page 280.
• Offset: Select a radio button:
• Absolute Offset: Enter a positive or negative offset distance. See “Typing
values in different units” on page 282.
OR
• Point: Select a Point. See “Select a Point” on page 281.
• Offset: Enter a positive or negative offset distance. See “Typing values in
different units” on page 282.
OR
• Along Normal: Select a Plane. See “Select a Plane” on page 280.
• Offset: Enter a positive or negative offset distance. See “Typing values in
different units” on page 282.
• Click CREATE to create the line.
To construct a parallel plane, select the plane as a vector and type in an offset
value.

Z
Y X

Figure 11-3 Construct Plane: By Offset

186
Chapter 11: Construct
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 187 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Construct Plane: Perpendicular

Requires: a line (two points) and a point.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed plane.
• Line: Select a radio button:
• Line: Select a Line. See “Select a Line” on page 281.
OR
• Points: Select a Point. See “Select a Point” on page 281.
• Point: Select a Point. See “Select a Point” on page 281.
The plane is constructed perpendicular to the line and through the point. The
normal vector of the constructed plane is the same as the vector of the selected
line.

Z
Y X

Figure 11-4 Construct Plane: Perpendicular

187
Chapter 11: Construct
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 188 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Construct Line
A line is constructed from point-reducible features, entered values, the
intersection of features, or a CAD model.

Construct Line: By Best Fit

Requires: point-reducible or line-reducible features for a 3D line, and point-
reducible or line-reducible features and a plane for a 2D line.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed line.
• Points/Lines: Select from the List. See “Select from the List” on page 279.
• Plane: Select a Plane. See “Select a Plane” on page 280. Or clear the USE
PLANE check box.
• After you add the minimum number of features a preview feature draws in
the MAIN window and the dialog box displays preview feature data.
• Click CREATE to create the line.
If the USE PLANE check box is selected, the features are projected to the plane
before constructed into a Best Fit Line. Otherwise, the features are fit to a plane.
See “Best Fit Line” on page 275. Use the READINGS panel to see the point data
of the feature. For more information, see “Readings” on page 160. Use the
READINGS panel to see the point data of the feature. For more information, see
“Readings” on page 160.

Construct Line: By Axis Best Fit

Use this command to determine best-fit centerlines for shafts or gears containing
different-sized cylinders.
Requires: line-reducible features for a 3D line, and line-reducible features and a
plane for a 2D line.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed line.
• Lines: Select from the List. See “Select from the List” on page 279.
• Plane: Select a Plane. See “Select a Plane” on page 280. Or clear the USE
PLANE check box.
• After you add the minimum number of features a preview feature draws in
the MAIN window and the dialog box displays preview feature data.

188
Chapter 11: Construct
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 189 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• Click CREATE to create the line.
If the USE PLANE check box is selected, the features are projected to the plane
before constructed into a Best Fit Line. Otherwise, the features are fit to a plane.
See “Best Fit Line” on page 275. Use the READINGS panel to see the point data
of the feature. For more information, see “Readings” on page 160. Use the
READINGS panel to see the point data of the feature. For more information, see
“Readings” on page 160.

Construct Line: By Bisection

Requires: a line and another line.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed line.
• Lines: Select a Line. See “Select a Line” on page 281.
• Click CREATE to create the line.
• If the two lines are not parallel, another line is constructed equidistantly from
both lines.
• If the two lines are parallel, another line is constructed midway between the
two lines, with the same vector as the first line.

Z
Y X

Figure 11-5 Construct Line: By Bisection

NOTE: There are two possible solutions that are determined by the vector of
the selected lines. For more information, see “Flip Vector” on page 83.

189
Chapter 11: Construct
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 190 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Construct Line: By Intersection of 2 Planes

Requires: two planes.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed line.
• Planes: Select a Plane. See “Select a Plane” on page 280.
• Click CREATE to create the line.
The line is constructed from the intersection of the two selected planes.

Z
Y X

Figure 11-6 Construct Line: By Intersection of 2 Planes

Construct Line: By Offset

Requires: a plane, two points, and/or two offsets.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed line.
• Plane: Select a Plane. See “Select a Plane” on page 280.
• Offset: Select a radio button:
• Line: Select a Line. See “Select a Line” on page 281.
• Offsets: Enter a positive or negative offset distance. See “Typing values in
different units” on page 282.
OR
• Points: Select a Point. See “Select a Point” on page 281.
• Offsets: Enter positive or negative offset distances. See “Typing values in
different units” on page 282.
• Click CREATE to create the line.

190
Chapter 11: Construct
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 191 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
The line is constructed by the order of the selected points and follows the Right-
Hand Rule. This command is often used to construct a coordinate axis from two
points at a known distance from that axis. See “Right-Hand Rule” on page 278.
NOTE: There are two possible solutions that are determined by the order you
select the points.

Z
Y X

Figure 11-7 Construct Line: By Offset

191
Chapter 11: Construct
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 192 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Construct Line: By Projection

Requires: a plane and a line (two points).
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed line.
• Line: Select a radio button:
• Line: Select a Line. See “Select a Line” on page 281.
OR
• Points: Select a Point. See “Select a Point” on page 281.
• Plane: Select a Plane. See “Select a Plane” on page 280.
• Click CREATE to create the line.
The line is constructed from the projection of the selected line to the selected
plane.

Z
Y X

Figure 11-8 Construct Line: By Projection

Construct Line: Parallel

Requires: a line (or two points) and another point and/or an offset, or a distance
in an existing plane.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed line.
• Source Line: Select a radio button:
• Line: Select a Line. See “Select a Line” on page 281.
OR

192
Chapter 11: Construct
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 193 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• Points: Select a Point. See “Select a Point” on page 281.
• New Line: Select a radio button:
• Point: Select a Point. See “Select a Point” on page 281.
OR
• Offset: Type in the XYZ values. See “Typing values in different units and
coordinate systems” on page 282.
OR
• Plane: Select a Plane. See “Select a Plane” on page 280.
• Offset: Type in the XYZ values. See “Typing values in different units and
coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Click CREATE to create the line.
The line is constructed parallel to the selected line and through the point, or
parallel to the selected line in the selected plane.

Z
Y X

Figure 11-9 Construct Line: Parallel

Construct Line: Perpendicular

Requires: a plane and a point.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed line.
• Plane: Select a Plane. See “Select a Plane” on page 280.
• Point: Select a Point. See “Select a Point” on page 281.
• Click CREATE to create the line.

193
Chapter 11: Construct
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 194 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
The line is constructed perpendicular to the selected plane and through the point,
or perpendicular to the selected line and through the point.

Z
Y X

Figure 11-10 Construct Line: Perpendicular

Construct Point
A point is constructed from point-reducible features, entered values, the
intersection of features, or a CAD model.

Construct Point: By Best Fit

Requires: point-reducible features.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed point.
• Points: Select from the List. See “Select from the List” on page 279.
• After you add the minimum number of features a preview feature draws in
the MAIN window and the dialog box displays preview feature data.
• Click CREATE to create the point.
The selected features are constructed into a Best Fit Point. See “Best Fit Point”
on page 276. Use the READINGS panel to see the point data of the feature. For
more information, see “Readings” on page 160.

Construct Point: By Bisection

Requires: two features.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed point.
• Features: Select a Feature. See “Select a Feature” on page 280.
• Click CREATE to create the point.

194
Chapter 11: Construct
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 195 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• The point is constructed between the two selected points, or the MidPoint.

Z
Y X

Figure 11-11 Construct Point: By Bisection

Construct Point: By Intersection

Requires: two features or three planes.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed point.
• Point: Select a radio button:
• Features: Select a Feature. See “Select a Feature” on page 280.
OR
• Planes: Select a Plane. See “Select a Plane” on page 280.
• Click CREATE to create the point.

Two Feature Examples

The point is constructed at the intersection of two lines.

Z
Y X

Figure 11-12 Construct Point: Two Lines

NOTE: If the two lines do not intersect, a point is created at the midpoint of the
segment and is defined by the shortest distance between the lines.

195
Chapter 11: Construct
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 196 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
The point is constructed at the intersection of the two circles.

Z
Y X

Figure 11-13 Construct Point: Two Circles

NOTE: There are two possible solutions for this point based on the order in
which the circles are selected. The constructed point is determined by the
Right-Hand Rule. See “Right-Hand Rule” on page 278.
The point is constructed at the intersection of the line and a plane.

Z
Y X

Figure 11-14 Construct Point: Line and Plane

• Line and Circle: the line is projected to the plane of the circle and the point is
constructed where the line exits the circle.
• Line and Cylinder: where the line exits the cylinder.
• Line and Sphere: where the line exits the sphere.
NOTE: Since the point is constructed at the exit point (second intersection) the
vector direction of the line is important. For more information, see “Flip
Vector” on page 83.

196
Chapter 11: Construct
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 197 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Three Planes Example
The point is constructed at the intersection of three planes.

Z
Y X

Figure 11-15 Construct Point: Three Planes

Construct Point: By Offset

Requires: a point and a 3D offset distances.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed point.
• Point: Select a Point. See “Select a Point” on page 281.
• Offset: Select a radio button:
• Absolute Offset: Enter a positive or negative offset distance. See “Typing
values in different units” on page 282.
OR
• Along Line: Select a Line. See “Select a Line” on page 281.
• Distance: Enter positive or negative offset distances. See “Typing values in
different units” on page 282.
OR
• Along Normal: Select a Plane. See “Select a Plane” on page 280.
• Offset: Enter positive or negative offset distances. See “Typing values in
different units” on page 282.
• Click CREATE to create the point.

197
Chapter 11: Construct
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 198 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
The point is constructed offset from the selected point.

Z
Y X

Figure 11-16 Construct Point: By Offset

Construct Point: By Projection

Requires: a point and a feature.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed point.
• Point: Select a Point. See “Select a Point” on page 281.
• Feature: Select a Feature. See “Select a Feature” on page 280.
• Click CREATE to create the point.

Point Projection Examples

The point is constructed from the projection of the selected point to the selected
line.

Z
Y X

Figure 11-17 Construct Point: Point Project to a Line

198
Chapter 11: Construct
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 199 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
The point is constructed from the projection of the selected point to the selected
plane, or surface. If you select the X, Y, or Z axis you may also select any
coordinate system to guide the projection.

Z
Y X

Figure 11-18 Construct Point: Point Project to a Plane/Surface

Construct Circle
A circle is constructed from point-reducible features, the intersection of features,
entered values, or a CAD model.

Circle Vectors
Some CONSTRUCT < CIRCLE commands have an option to select the vector
direction of the constructed circle. This vector direction is for the finished
constructed circle - not the direction of the construction.

Construct Circle: By Best Fit

Requires: a plane and a minimum of three point-reducible features.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed circle.
• Points: Select from the List. See “Select from the List” on page 279.
• Plane: Select a Plane. See “Select a Plane” on page 280. Or clear the USE
PLANE check box.
• After you add the minimum number of features a preview feature draws in
the MAIN window and the dialog box displays preview feature data.
• Click CREATE to create the dimension.

199
Chapter 11: Construct
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 200 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
If the USE PLANE check box is selected, the features are projected to the plane
before constructed into a Best Fit Circle. Otherwise, the features are fit to a plane.
See “Best Fit Circle” on page 273. Use the READINGS panel to see the point data
of the feature. For more information, see “Readings” on page 160.

Construct Circle: By Intersection of a Plane and a Feature

Requires: a plane and a sphere, a plane and a cone, or a plane and a cylinder.
NOTE: This constructs a best fit circle at the intersection of the plane and the
feature. It does not create an ellipse. See “Construct Ellipse: By Intersection”
on page 207.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed circle.
• Plane: Select a Plane. See “Select a Plane” on page 280.
• Sphere, Cone, Cylinder: Select a Feature. See “Select a Feature” on
page 280.
• Lock Plane of Circle: The intersection points can project to one of two planes.
Select a radio button:
• In Plane of Feature 1
• Perpendicular to Feature 2
• Click CREATE to create the dimension.

Z
Y X

Figure 11-19 Construct Circle: Plane Intersect

200
Chapter 11: Construct
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 201 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Construct Circle: By Offset

Requires: a circle and a 3D offset.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed circle.
• Circle: Select a Feature. See “Select a Feature” on page 280.
• Offset: Select a radio button:
• Absolute Offset: Type in positive or negative X, Y, and Z offset distances.
See “Typing values in different units and coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Offset Along a Line: Select a Line. See “Select a Line” on page 281. Type
in an offset distance. See “Typing values in different units and coordinate
systems” on page 282.
• Offset Along a Normal: Select a Plane. See “Select a Plane” on page 280.
Type in an offset distance. See “Typing values in different units and
coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Flip Vector: Reverse the vector of the constructed circle by selecting this
check box. See “Circle Vectors” on page 199.
• New Diameter: Change the diameter of the constructed circle by selecting this
check box and typing in the diameter value. See “Typing values in different
units and coordinate systems” on page 282.

Construct Circle: By Coaxial Intersection

Requires: two intersecting coaxial cones, or the intersection of a coaxial cone
and cylinder.
NOTE: Features must be located and orientated relative to each other so that
their surfaces of revolution intersect.
• Features: Select a Feature. See “Select a Feature” on page 280.
• Angle Tolerance: Type in the angle to determine co-linearity (maximum 5°).
• Click CREATE to create the circle.

Construct Circle: From Cone

Requires: a cone, and a distance, diameter, or feature.

201
Chapter 11: Construct
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 202 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed circle.
• Cone: Select a Feature. See “Select a Feature” on page 280.
• Distance: Type in a positive or negative distance. The distance you enter is
measured from the apex of the cone. The diameter of the circle is determined
by the diameter of the cone at the constructed center point of the circle. See
“Typing values in different units” on page 282.
• Diameter: Type in a diameter. The circle is constructed at the position within
the cone. See “Typing values in different units” on page 282.
• Feature: Select a Feature. See “Select a Feature” on page 280. The selected
features diameter is used, and the circle is constructed at the position within the
cone.
• Click CREATE to create the cone.

Construct Sphere
A sphere is constructed from point-reducible features, entered values, or a CAD
model.

Construct Sphere: By Best Fit

Requires: five point-reducible features.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed sphere.
• Points: Select from the List. See “Select from the List” on page 279.
• After you add the minimum number of features a preview feature draws in
the MAIN window and the dialog box displays preview feature data.
• Click CREATE to create the sphere.
The selected features are constructed into a Best Fit Sphere. See “Best Fit
Sphere” on page 278. Use the READINGS panel to see the point data of the
feature. For more information, see “Readings” on page 160.

Construct Sphere: By Offset

Requires: a sphere, two points, and/or two offsets.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed sphere.

202
Chapter 11: Construct
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 203 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• Feature: Select a Feature. See “Select a Feature” on page 280.
• Offset: Select a radio button:
• Absolute Offset: Enter a positive or negative offset distance. See “Typing
values in different units” on page 282.
OR
• Along Line: Select a Line. See “Select a Line” on page 281.
• Distance: Enter positive or negative offset distances. See “Typing values in
different units” on page 282.
OR
• Along Normal: Select a Plane. See “Select a Plane” on page 280.
• Offset: Enter positive or negative offset distances. See “Typing values in
different units” on page 282.
• New Diameter: Change the diameter of the constructed circle by selecting this
check box and typing in the diameter value. See “Typing values in different
units and coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Click CREATE to create the sphere.

Construct Cylinder
A cylinder is constructed from point-reducible features, entered values, or a CAD
model.

Construct Cylinder: By Best Fit

Requires: a minimum of three point-reducible features.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed cylinder.
• Points: Select from the List. See “Select from the List” on page 279.
• After you add the minimum number of features a preview feature draws in
the MAIN window and the dialog box displays preview feature data.
• Click CREATE to create the cylinder.
The selected features are constructed into a Best Fit Cylinder. See “Best Fit
Cylinder” on page 274. Use the READINGS panel to see the point data of the
feature. For more information, see “Readings” on page 160.

203
Chapter 11: Construct
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 204 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Construct Torus
A torus is constructed from existing features.

Construct Torus: By Best Fit

Requires: a minimum of nine point-reducible features.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed torus.
• Points: Select from the List. See “Select from the List” on page 279.
• After you add the minimum number of features a preview feature draws in
the MAIN window and the dialog box displays preview feature data.
• Click CREATE to create the torus.
The selected features are constructed into a Best Fit Torus. See “Best Fit Torus”
on page 278. Use the READINGS panel to see the point data of the feature. For
more information, see “Readings” on page 160.

Construct Tube
A tube is constructed from existing measured or nominal features.

Construct Tube: From Features

Requires: two planes, two or more cylinders, a tube diameter and a tube bend
radius.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed tube.
• Diameter: Enter a value, or automatically use the average diameter from the
features.
• Start Plane: Select a Plane. This is END-B. See “Select a Plane” on page 280.
• End Plane: Select a Plane. This is END-A. See “Select a Plane” on page 280.
• Bend Radius: Enter the Bend Radius of the tube.
• Straight Segment: Select a Feature. Select each feature and then click ENTER
to add more features. Select the cylinders in order from start to end. See
“Select a Feature” on page 280.
• Click CREATE to create the tube.

204
Chapter 11: Construct
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 205 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Breakpoints
Breakpoints are constructed points and are the intersection of features along the
tube:
• END-B and the first straight segment.
• First and second segment, second and third, third and fourth, etc.
• A radius constructs at the intersection point using the bend radius value.
• END-A and the last straight segment.
A polyline constructs from through all of the breakpoints from END-B to END-
A.

Construction
A round tube constructs along this polyline from start to end using the diameter
value.

Construct Cone
A cone is constructed from point-reducible features, entered values, or a CAD
model.

Construct Cone: By Best Fit

Requires: a minimum of six point-reducible features.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed cone.
• Points: Select from the List. See “Select from the List” on page 279.
• After you add the minimum number of features a preview feature draws in
the MAIN window and the dialog box displays preview feature data.
• Click CREATE to create the dimension.
The selected features are constructed into a Best Fit Cone. See “Best Fit Cone”
on page 273. Use the READINGS panel to see the point data of the feature. For
more information, see “Readings” on page 160.

205
Chapter 11: Construct
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 206 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Construct Slot
Rectangular and round slots are constructed from existing features or a CAD
model.

Construct Rectangular Slot: By Best Fit

Requires: six point-reducible features.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed rectangular slot.
• Points: Select from the List. See “Select from the List” on page 279.
• After you add the minimum number of features a preview feature draws in
the Main window and the dialog box displays preview feature data.
• Click CREATE to create the rectangular slot.
The selected features are constructed into a Best Fit Rectangular Slot. See “Best
Fit Rectangular Slot” on page 277. Use the READINGS panel to see the point data
of the feature. For more information, see “Readings” on page 160.

Construct Round Slot: By Best Fit

Requires: six point-reducible features.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed round slot.
• Points: Select from the List. See “Select from the List” on page 279.
• After you add the minimum number of features a preview feature draws in
the MAIN window and the dialog box displays preview feature data.
• Click CREATE to create the round slot.
The selected features are constructed into a Best Fit Round Slot. See “Best Fit
Round Slot” on page 277. Use the READINGS panel to see the point data of the
feature. For more information, see “Readings” on page 160.

206
Chapter 11: Construct
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 207 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Construct Ellipse
An ellipse is created from point-reducible features, entered values, or a CAD
model.

Construct Ellipse: By Best Fit

Requires: a minimum of three point-reducible features.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed ellipse.
• Points: Select from the List. See “Select from the List” on page 279.
• After you add the minimum number of features a preview feature draws in
the MAIN window and the dialog box displays preview feature data.
• Click CREATE to create the ellipse.
The selected features are constructed into a Best Fit Ellipse. See “Best Fit
Ellipse” on page 274. Use the READINGS panel to see the point data of the
feature. For more information, see “Readings” on page 160.

Construct Ellipse: By Intersection

Requires: a cylinder and a plane.
• Name: Type in a name for the constructed ellipse.
• Cylinder: Select a Feature. See “Select a Feature” on page 280.
• Plane: Select a Plane. See “Select a Plane” on page 280.
• Click CREATE to create the dimension.

Z
Y X

Figure 11-20 Construct Ellipse: By Intersect

207
Chapter 11: Construct
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 208 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Dimensions
The CONSTRUCT section of the FEATURE CREATOR panel, on the right-hand
side of your screen, contains ANGLE FROM FEATURES and LENGTH FROM
FEATURES. These commands are also available in the CONSTRUCT tab across
the top of the screen. Dimensions appear on the screen with the dimension data.
The number of digits in the dimension data is a preference. See “Units” on
page 60.

Automatic Dimension
CAM2 Measure automatically creates a dimension when you create a dimension
feature using nominal features and then create and measure measured features
associated to the individual nominal features. See “Pick From CAD” on
page 177 and “Key-In” on page 167.
For Example:
• Add nominals to your measurement file, two circles.
• Add a length dimension between those two circles. This is a nominal
dimension.
• Add Measurements to the two nominal circles.
• Add Readings to each of the two measured circles.
• A Dimension feature, length: from features, using the two measured circles
automatically adds to the measurement file and associates to the nominal
dimension.

Angle
Angle commands calculate the angular difference between two features.

Angle From Features

Requires: two features or three points.
• Name: Type in a name for the angle dimension. Select the TWO FEATURES or
THREE POINTS radio button.
• Features: Select a Feature. See “Select a Feature” on page 280.
OR
• Points: Select a Point. See “Select a Point” on page 281.
• Click CREATE to create the dimension.

208
Chapter 11: Construct
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 209 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Two Features Example
The angle dimension is the angle between the two lines.
NOTE: If the lines do not intersect, the calculated angle is the projection of the
first line to the second line.

90° 0’ 16.06”

Figure 11-21 Angle: Line/Line

The angle dimension is the angle between the line and the plane.

90° 30’ 26.62”

Figure 11-22 Angle: Line/Plane

The angle dimension is the angle between the two planes.

90° 16’ 51.32”

Figure 11-23 Angle: Plane/Plane

209
Chapter 11: Construct
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 210 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Three Points Example
The angle dimension is constructed from the first point to the second, using the
third point as the apex.

45° 1’ 38.3”

Figure 11-24 Angle: Three Points

210
Chapter 11: Construct
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 211 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Length
Length commands calculate the length between two features and report changes
in X, Y, and Z axis and the 3D distance.

Length From Features

Requires: two features.
• Name: Type in a name for the length dimension.
• Length: Select a Feature. See “Select a Feature” on page 280. Select plane,
line or point for each feature. See “Select” on page 279.
• Click CREATE to create the dimension.

Two Feature Examples

Line-Line
The length dimension is the shortest distance from the first to the second line.

25.23mm

Figure 11-25 Length: Line/Line

Coplanar Lines
If the lines are coplanar, the length is measured from the center point of one line
to the center point of the other line.
NOTE: If the lines do not intersect, the length dimension is the shortest vertical
distance between the two lines. If the lines are greater than 3 degrees deviation
from parallel, the length cannot solve. See “Figure 11-25, Length: Line/Line.
Parallel Lines
The resulting dimension is the distance between the parallel lines. Measured lines
will never be exactly parallel, so the two lines are analyzed to see if they are not

211
Chapter 11: Construct
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 212 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
parallel before the final calculation is displayed. This calculation will give you a
non-zero result.
Skew Lines
Skew lines do not lie on the same plane. In such cases, the result will be the
shortest distance between the lines as if they were infinite. If the lines intersect,
the length dimension will be 0.
Co-Planar Non-Parallel Lines
All lines that are co-planar and non-parallel will intersect, so normally this would
create a 0 length; however, the resulting dimension is the distance from the mid-
point of the first line to the second line as if it were infinite.
NOTE: The result of co-planar non-parallel lines may not provide repeatable
results.
Plane-Plane
The length dimension is the perpendicular length from the center point of the first
plane to the second plane.

25.23mm

Figure 11-26 Length: Plane/Plane

NOTE: If the planes do not intersect, the length dimension is the shortest
vertical distance between the two planes. If the planes are greater than 3
degrees deviation from parallel, the length cannot solve. See “Figure 11-26,
Length: Plane/Plane.

212
Chapter 11: Construct
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 213 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Point-Line
The length dimension is the shortest distance between the point and the line.

65.61mm

Figure 11-27 Length: Point/Line

Point-Point
The length dimension is the shortest distance between the two points.

269.96mm

Figure 11-28 Length: Point/Point

Point-Plane
The length dimension is the shortest distance between the point and the plane.

95.72mm

Figure 11-29 Length: Point/Plane

213
Chapter 11: Construct
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 214 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Point-Surface
The length dimension is the shortest distance between the point and the surface.

95.72mm

Figure 11-30 Length: Point/Surface

NOTE: A surface has boundaries, so the shortest distance is the distance from
the point to the surface or surface edge.

Construct From Selected Features

The CONSTRUCT FROM SELECTED FEATURES group contains
construction commands based on the features you select. See “Select a Feature”
on page 280.
This group is empty until you select one or more features within the
measurement file. When you make a selection, CAM2 Measure populates the
gallery with construction commands appropriate to the type of feature(s) that you
select. For example, if you select a single circle, CAM2 Measure populates the
CONSTRUCT FROM SELECTED FEATURES gallery with CONSTRUCT
POINT. If you select two circles, CAM2 Measure populates the gallery with
CONSTRUCT LINE, CONSTRUCT POINT, ANGLE FROM FEATURES, and
LENGTH FROM FEATURES.
Click any command in the CONSTRUCT FROM SELECTED FEATURES
gallery to add the construction to the measurement file.

214
Chapter 11: Construct
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 215 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Chapter 12: Alignments

The Alignment and Coordinate System commands are available in the
ALIGNMENTS tab across the top of the screen. The commands on the
ALIGNMENTS tab are organized into Alignments and Coordinate Systems
groups.

Alignments
The Alignments group on the ALIGNMENTS tab contains the following
Alignment commands:
• Coordinate System
• Iterative
• Constrained Iterative
• Three Feature
Alignments in which nominal data (CAD) is matched to measured data (Part) are
often called “Coordinate System” alignments. This can be a best fit of features or
an exact fit of constructed coordinate systems. See “Alignment Using Coordinate
Systems” on page 224.
Alignments use all the active readings of measured features, regardless of the
device position. Editing the readings of an alignment feature (feature used in an
alignment command) causes a recalculation of the alignment. See “Readings” on
page 160.
After completing an Alignment you should run PRESET VIEWS. See “Preset
Views” on page 90. This will help you see the part as you are measuring.
NOTE: CAM2 Measure only supports Right-Hand Rule coordinate systems.
See “Right-Hand Rule” on page 278.
If you are using multiple alignments in your measurement file, quickly switch
between each coordinate system by choosing it from the ALIGNMENT drop-down
window. This drop-down window is a toolbar, and its default location is just
under the pull-down menus at the top of the CAM2 Measure window.

215
Chapter 12: Alignments
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 216 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Manage Alignments
Select MANAGE ALIGNMENTS to access the ALIGNMENTS window. The
ALIGNMENTS window consists of three boxes: The CREATE ALIGNMENTS box,
the EXISTING ALIGNMENTS box, and the DETAILS box. You can also press the A
hot key on the keyboard.

‘
Figure 12-1 Alignments window

Alignment Requirements
Alignments require Measured/Constructed features with associated nominals, or
two Constructed Coordinate Systems (Measured and Nominal). These
alignments move the Measured/Constructed features to their nominals according
to the position of each feature.
• The CREATE ALIGNMENTS box contains five buttons for each creation method:
Iterative, Constrained Iterative, Three Feature, Coordinate System, and Import.
• The EXISTING ALIGNMENTS box contains a list of created alignments. The
active alignment is shown in bold. Highlight an alignment to view the
alignment’s properties in the DETAILS box.
• The DETAILS box contains properties pertaining to the alignment highlighted in
the EXISTING ALIGNMENTS box, including Name, Status, Temperature, and
Material.

Status
The Status of the alignment is Undefined until you assign parameters to the
alignment’s features and click APPLY/SOLVE. The Status becomes Defined
once the alignment solves.

216
Chapter 12: Alignments
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 217 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
NOTE: If you have a Defined alignment (e.g. iterative alignment with a
minimum of 3 features required) and you delete one or more features from the
alignment’s features list, the alignment status will become Undefined.

Set Active
From the ALIGNMENTS window, highlight an alignment in the Existing
Alignments box and click SET ACTIVE to make that alignment current.
NOTE: The active alignment will appear in bold text in the EXISTING
ALIGNMENTS box
NOTE: To “clear” the alignment, select NONE from the ALIGNMENT drop-
down window. This drop-down window is a toolbar, and its default location is
just under the pull-down menus at the top of the CAM2 Measure window.

Recalculation
When you edit one or more features comprising an alignment, CAM2 Measure
automatically recalculates the alignment based on the updated information.
NOTE: Recalculation may be time-consuming depending on the complexity of
the alignment. You may find it beneficial to remove the alignment, edit the
component features, and then re-create the alignment.

Delete
Click DELETE to delete any selected Alignment.

Export
Click EXPORT to save the current Alignment to a text file (*.xal) on your
computer. Use IMPORT to add this alignment to any other file.

217
Chapter 12: Alignments
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 218 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Iterative
In the ALIGNMENTS window, click ITERATIVE, or select ITERATIVE from the
ALIGNMENTS tab.
Requires: three or more point-reducible features with associated nominals, or
four inspect surface/vector points and one feature point (RPS alignment).

Figure 12-2 Alignments window - Iterative

NOTE: If a measured feature does not have a nominal, you must add one to
continue. For more information, see “Nominals and Tolerances” on page 162.
Point cloud features generated with INSPECT SURFACE may be used in an
iterative alignment. For more information, see “Inspect Surface” on page 165.
Home-in points with nominal surface points cannot be used in an iterative
alignment; you can only home in to a nominal point.
Details box:
• Select a Feature. See “Select a Feature” on page 280.
• You can also select features from the CAD View, or the FEATURES panel before
running the command:
• Select the features.
• Create an Iterative alignment.
• Click ADD FEATURE in the DETAILS box.
• Remove any feature by clicking the X next to the drop-down arrow to the right
of the feature name.
Options box:

218
Chapter 12: Alignments
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 219 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• Enter a Maximum Iterations number for the calculations, or use the default
value. Use this number if your alignment calculation seems to “loop” between
two or more solutions. Change the default value using PREFERENCES. See
“Maximum Iterations” on page 71.
• Enter a Tolerance for the Iterative best fit error of the Measured to Nominal
features, or use the default value. Change the default value using
PREFERENCES. See “Iterative Alignment Tolerance” on page 71.
• Click APPLY/SOLVE.
Results box:
• The NUMBER OF ITERATIONS of the alignment solution.
• The maximum ERROR between the measured and nominal features.
NOTE: The 3D, X, Y, and Z errors for each feature to its nominal are listed to
the right of the feature name.
• Any calculated SCALE of the alignment solution.

Set Weights
Each feature can have an X, Y, and Z coordinate value used with a higher priority
in the calculation.
• Select the SET WEIGHTS check box to add the Weights columns to the feature
list.
• Enter a value for the X, Y, and Z coordinate value for each feature. The default
value is 1; input a number greater than 1 to emphasize a weight.
NOTE: When you check the SET WEIGHTS check box, CAM2 Measure will
automatically calculate weight values for measured vector points. For more
information, see “Measuring a Vector Point” on page 140. For all other
feature types, weights of 1,1,1 are set by default. You can then change the
values.

Fit Scale
You can select to scale the measured features during the best fit calculations. The
scale is the ratio between the measured features and their nominal features.
• Select the FIT SCALE check box to scale measured features during best fit
calculations.

219
Chapter 12: Alignments
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 220 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Material Temperature
CAM2 Measure adjusts measurements to the current part temperature entered. A
nominal temperature of 20°C (68°F) is used. The ability to scale for temperature
allows you to measure parts in areas that are either warmer or cooler. The
measurement results are adjusted for thermal expansion or contraction.
To scale for material temperature changes:
• In the DETAILS box, click the drop-down arrow and select a material from the
library of materials. You will see the coefficient of linear expansion next to the
material name. You cannot change this value.
• Enter the temperature of the part, and select Celsius (°C) or Fahrenheit (°F)
from the drop-down arrow.
NOTE: If the material you are using is not available in the library and you know
the coefficient of linear expansion of the material you are using, click PLUS
(+) next to the MATERIALS drop-down arrow. In the CREATE NEW MATERIAL
dialog box, enter a name and coefficient of linear expansion value for the new
material. Click OK to add this material to the library.

Constrained Iterative
In the ALIGNMENTS window, click CONSTRAINED ITERATIVE, or select
CONSTRAINED ITERATIVE from the ALIGNMENTS tab.
Requires: three or more point-reducible features with associated nominals, or
four inspect surface/vector points and one feature point (RPS alignment).
NOTE: If a measured feature does not have a nominal, you must add one to
continue. For more information, see “Nominals and Tolerances” on page 162.
Point cloud features generated with INSPECT SURFACE may be used in a
constrained iterative alignment. For more information, see “Inspect Surface”
on page 165.
Home-in points with nominal surface points cannot be used in a constrained
iterative alignment; you can only home in to a nominal point.
Details box:
• Select a Feature. See “Select a Feature” on page 280.
• You can also select features from the CAD View, or the FEATURES panel before
running the command:
• Select the features.

220
Chapter 12: Alignments
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 221 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• Create a Constrained Iterative alignment.
• Click ADD FEATURE in the DETAILS box.
• Remove any feature by clicking the X next to the drop-down arrow to the right
of the feature name.
Options box:
• Enter a Maximum Iterations number for the calculations, or use the default
value. Use this number if your alignment calculation seems to “loop” between
two or more solutions. Change the default value using PREFERENCES. See
“Maximum Iterations” on page 71.
• Enter a Tolerance for the Iterative best fit error of the Measured to Nominal
features, or use the default value. Change the default value using
PREFERENCES. See “Iterative Alignment Tolerance” on page 71.
• Click APPLY/SOLVE.
Results box:
• The NUMBER OF ITERATIONS of the alignment solution.
• The maximum ERROR between the measured and nominal features.
NOTE: The 3D, X, Y, and Z errors for each feature to its nominal are listed to
the right of the feature name.

Constraints
You can constrain the alignment using a line between two features and/or a point.
Select two features to make a line, or select a point, and click Add Selection to
establish a constraint for the Constrained Iterative Alignment.

Set Weights
Each feature can have an X, Y, and Z coordinate value used with a higher priority
in the calculation.
• Select the SET WEIGHTS check box to add the Weights columns to the feature
list.
• Enter a value for the X, Y, and Z coordinate value for each feature. The default
value is 1; input a number greater than 1 to emphasize a weight.
NOTE: When you check the SET WEIGHTS check box, CAM2 Measure will
automatically calculate weight values for measured vector points. For more
information, see “Measuring a Vector Point” on page 140. For all other
feature types, weights of 1,1,1 are set by default. You can then change the
values.

221
Chapter 12: Alignments
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 222 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Fit Scale
You can select to scale the measured features during the best fit calculations. The
scale is the ratio between the measured features and their nominal features.
• Select the FIT SCALE check box to scale measured features during best fit
calculations.

Material Temperature
CAM2 Measure adjusts measurements to the current part temperature entered. A
nominal temperature of 20°C (68°F) is used. The ability to scale for temperature
allows you to measure parts in areas that are either warmer or cooler. The
measurement results are adjusted for thermal expansion or contraction.
To scale for material temperature changes:
• In the DETAILS box, click the drop-down arrow and select a material from the
library of materials. You will see the coefficient of linear expansion next to the
material name. You cannot change this value.
• Enter the temperature of the part, and select Celsius (°C) or Fahrenheit (°F)
from the drop-down arrow.
NOTE: If the material you are using is not available in the library and you know
the coefficient of linear expansion of the material you are using, click PLUS
(+) next to the MATERIALS drop-down arrow. In the CREATE NEW MATERIAL
dialog box, enter a name and coefficient of linear expansion value for the new
material. Click OK to add this material to the library.

Three Feature
Requires: three features with associated nominals. The type of features is
determined by the Alignment method.
• Method: Select an Alignment method.
• Features: Select a Primary, Secondary, and Tertiary feature. See “Select” on
page 279.
NOTE: Associated nominals are required for this command. If a measured
feature does not have a nominal, you must add one to continue. For more
information, see “Nominals and Tolerances” on page 162.’
The alignment solves as:

222
Chapter 12: Alignments
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 223 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• The primary feature moves exactly to its nominal. There will be no alignment
error between this actual and nominal feature.
• The secondary feature moves as close to its nominal without moving the
primary feature. There may be some alignment error between this actual and
nominal feature.
• The tertiary feature moves as close to its nominal without moving the primary
of secondary features. Most of the alignment error is between this actual and
nominal feature.

Coordinate System
For simplicity, there are two coordinate systems for use in a Coordinate System
Alignment:
1 World Coordinate System (WCS) - a coordinate system containing the
associated nominal features. This is the default coordinate system of a new file.
2 Measured Coordinate System (MCS) - a coordinate system containing the
Measured and Constructed features. See “Alignment Using Coordinate
Systems” on page 224.
NOTE: You can also construct a Nominal Coordinate System (NCS) using
COORDINATE SYSTEM WIZARD. See “Coordinate System Wizard” on
page 224.
Requires: a Constructed and a Nominal coordinate system.
• Measured Coordinate System: Select a Coordinate System. See “Select a
Coordinate System” on page 282.
• Nominal Coordinate System: Select a Coordinate System. See “Select a
Coordinate System” on page 282.
The Measured Coordinate System (MCS) moves to the Nominal Coordinate
System (NCS) or the World Coordinate System (WCS). See “Coordinate
Systems” on page 224.
NOTE: In most cases, the MCS to NCS alignment removes the need for
rotating and translating a Constructed Coordinate System to match the World
Coordinate System.

223
Chapter 12: Alignments
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 224 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Import
Select ALIGNMENTS < IMPORT to create the current alignment from a file.
• Select an existing Alignment file and click APPLY/SOLVE.

Coordinate Systems
The Coordinate Systems group on the ALIGNMENTS tab consists of Coordinate
System commands.
CAUTION: Although, at times it may be necessary to mix nominal,
measured, and constructed features when creating constructions, do it with
caution. Mixing types of features to create a construction might cause
inaccuracies in your measurement data.

Coordinate System Wizard

Using the existing features in a file, you can click CREATE to construct a
coordinate system. You can also press the C hot key on the keyboard to create a
coordinate system. The default coordinate system is World, which is the same
coordinate system as your measurement device.
• Nominal Coordinate Systems, NCS, are generated from nominal and/or
constructed features.
• Measured/Constructed Coordinate Systems, MCS, are generated from
measured and/or constructed features.
If you are using multiple coordinate systems in your measurement file, quickly
switch between each coordinate system by choosing it from the COORDINATE
SYSTEM drop-down on the Quick Launch Toolbar. For more information, see
“Quick Launch Toolbar” on page 18.

Alignment Using Coordinate Systems

One way to align Measured data with Nominal CAD data:
1 Create a Coordinate System from the Nominal CAD data. This is known as the
Nominal Coordinate System (NCS).
2 Create a Measured Coordinate System from the measured/constructed data.
This is known as the Measured Coordinate System (MCS).

224
Chapter 12: Alignments
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 225 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
3 Create a new Coordinate System alignment and select these two coordinate
systems in the command. See “Coordinate System” on page 223.
NOTE: CAM2 Measure only supports Right-Hand Rule coordinate systems.
See “Right-Hand Rule” on page 278.

Basic Tab
Use the BASIC tab when you have a plane, a line, and a point that define the
coordinate system.
Requires: three features that define a coordinate system.
• Name: Type in a name for the coordinate system.
• Plane Feature: Select a Plane. See “Select a Plane” on page 280. You can
also select the coordinate axis that this feature defines. The default Axis value
is +Z.
• Line Feature: Select a Line. See “Select a Line” on page 281. You can also
select the coordinate axis that this feature defines. The default Axis value is
+X.
• Point Feature: Select a Point. See “Select a Point” on page 281.
Other Functions:
• Align With: Select a Coordinate System. See “Select a Coordinate System” on
page 282. The coordinate system automatically aligns with another existing
coordinate system. The default value is World. For more information, see
“Coordinate System” on page 223.
NOTE: After you create a coordinate system alignment by checking the Align
With checkbox and clicking OK, clearing the checkbox will not remove the
alignment.
• Offset: Select the check box and type the XYZ location for the origin of the
new coordinate system. See “Typing values in different units and coordinate
systems” on page 282.
• Rotation: Select the check box and type the amount of rotation around any of
the three axes. (Negative values are allowed.)
NOTE: If you select both OFFSET and ROTATE ABOUT check boxes, you can
select to offset or rotate first.
Click OK to create the coordinate system. The features construct a coordinate
system. Any coordinate system offset and rotation follows the Right-Hand Rule.
See “Right-Hand Rule” on page 278.

225
Chapter 12: Alignments
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 226 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
NOTE: If you select a hybrid of measured and nominal features as Primary,
Secondary, and Origin features, you have the option of creating the coordinate
system as Actual or Nominal. Click the drop-down arrow on OK to create the
coordinate system as Actual or Nominal.

Basic Coordinate System Examples

The coordinate system constructs in the plane. All features temporarily project to
the plane in the construction of the coordinate system.
Plane/Line/Point
This is commonly referred to as the 3-2-1 coordinate system: 3 points (plane) - 2
points (line) - 1 point (point).
• Plane Feature: a plane.
• Line Feature: a line.
• Point Feature: a point. This defines the origin (0,0,0) of the coordinate
system.

Z
Y X

Figure 12-3 Plane/Line/Point

Advanced Tab
Use the ADVANCED tab when you have features for, or features that construct a
plane, a line, or a point that define the coordinate system.
Requires: features that define a coordinate system.
• Name: Type in a name for the coordinate system.

• Primary: Click the PLANE or LINE icon. Select a Feature. See “Select a
Feature” on page 280. You can select the coordinate axis that this feature
defines. The default Axis value is +Z. You can type in an offset value for the
feature.

226
Chapter 12: Alignments
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 227 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

• PLANE icon: Select features that define a plane. Three point- reducible,
two line-reducible, two point and one line-reducible, or a plane. The Right-
Hand Rule determines the axis direction of the plane when you use multiple
features. See “Right-Hand Rule” on page 278.

• LINE icon: Select features that define a line. Two point-reducible or a

line. The order of the two points determines the axis direction of the line.

• Secondary: Click the PLANE or LINE icon. Select a Feature. See

“Select a Feature” on page 280. You can select the coordinate axis that this
feature defines. The default Axis value is +X. You can type in an offset value
for the feature.

• PLANE icon: Select features that define a plane. Three point- reducible,
two line-reducible, two point and one line-reducible, or a plane. The Right-
Hand Rule determines the axis direction of the plane when you use multiple
features. See “Right-Hand Rule” on page 278.

• LINE icon: Select features that define a line. Two point-reducible or a

line. The order of the two points determines the axis direction of the line.
• Origin: Select a Feature. See “Select a Feature” on page 280.
• Hold Position: the coordinate system is at the center of the feature.
• Hold to Primary: the coordinate system is at the closest point on the
primary feature from the origin feature.
• Hold to Secondary: the coordinate system is at the closest point on the
secondary feature from the origin feature.
• Hold to Key-In: the coordinate system corresponds to the location (primary,
secondary and origin) keyed-in by the user.
Other Functions:
• Align With: Select a Coordinate System. See “Select a Coordinate System” on
page 282. The coordinate system automatically aligns with another existing
coordinate system. The default value is World. For more information, see
“Coordinate System” on page 223.
• Offset: Select the check box and type the XYZ location for the origin of the
new coordinate system. See “Typing values in different units and coordinate
systems” on page 282.

227
Chapter 12: Alignments
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 228 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• Rotation: Select the check box and type the amount of rotation around any of
the three axes. (Negative values are allowed.)
NOTE: If you select both OFFSET and ROTATION check boxes, you can select to
offset or rotate first.
Click OK to create the coordinate system. The features construct a coordinate
system. Any coordinate system offset and rotation follows the Right-Hand Rule.
See “Right-Hand Rule” on page 278.

Advanced Coordinate System Examples

Plane/Line (two points)/Point
This is commonly referred to as the 3-2-1 coordinate system: 3 points (plane) - 2
points (line) - 1 point (point).
• Primary: a plane.
• Secondary: two points. Point 1 to Point 2 define the axis.
• Origin: a point. This defines origin (0,0,0) of the coordinate system.

Z
Y X

Figure 12-4 Plane/Line (two points)/Point

Plane/Plane/Plane
This is commonly referred to as the 3 Plane coordinate system.
• Primary: a plane.
• Secondary: a second plane. The intersection of the first and second plane
defines the axis.

228
Chapter 12: Alignments
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 229 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• Origin: a third plane. This defines the origin (0,0,0) of the coordinate system.
The origin is the intersection of the axis and the third plane.

Z
Y X

Figure 12-5 Plane/Plane/Plane

Point/Point/Point
This is commonly referred to as the 3 Point coordinate system.
• Primary: three points. Point 1, to Point 2, to Point 3 define the plane.
• Secondary: two points. Point 1 to Point 2 define the axis.
• Origin: a point. This defines origin (0,0,0) of the coordinate system.

Z
Y X

Figure 12-6 Point/Point/Point

Plane/Line/Point Hold Secondary
This is commonly referred to as the Perpendicular Intersection coordinate
system.
• Primary: a plane.
• Secondary: a line.

229
Chapter 12: Alignments
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 230 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• Origin: a point. Select the HOLD SECONDARY radio button. This defines origin
(0,0,0) of the coordinate system and moves it to the nearest point on the line.

Z
Y X

Figure 12-7 Plane/Line/Point Hold Secondary

Plane/Line/Line
This is commonly referred to as the Line/Line Intersect coordinate system.
• Primary Feature: a plane.
• Secondary Feature: a line.
• Origin Feature: a second line. This defines the origin (0,0,0) of the coordinate
system. The origin is the point at which the second line intersects the first line.

Z
Y X

Figure 12-8 Plane/Line/Line

Plane/Line/Cylinder
This is commonly referred to as the Bore coordinate system.
• Primary Feature: This defines the plane.
• Secondary Feature: This defines the axis.

230
Chapter 12: Alignments
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 231 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• Origin Feature: This defines the origin (0,0,0) of the coordinate system. The
origin is the point at which the cylinder intersects the plane.

Z
Y X

Figure 12-9 Plane/Line/Cylinder

Coordinate System: By Offset

Create a new coordinate system by rotating and/or offsetting (moving) an
existing coordinate system.
• Name: Type in a name for the coordinate system.
• Select a Coordinate System. See “Select a Coordinate System” on page 282.
• Offset: Select the check box and type the XYZ location for the origin of the
new coordinate system. See “Typing values in different units and coordinate
systems” on page 282.
• Rotation: Select the check box and type the amount of rotation around any of
the three axes. (Negative values are allowed.)
NOTE: If you select both OFFSET and ROTATE ABOUT check boxes, you can
select to offset or rotate first.
• Align With: Select a Coordinate System. See “Select a Coordinate System” on
page 282. The coordinate system automatically aligns with another existing
coordinate system. The default value is World. For more information, see
“Coordinate System” on page 223.
• Click CREATE to create the coordinate system.
Offset and Rotation are applied according to the Right-Hand Rule. See “Right-
Hand Rule” on page 278.

231
Chapter 12: Alignments
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 232 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Coordinate System: By Key-In
Type the coordinates of the new origin, a point on the X axis and a point on the
XY plane to define the coordinate system.
• Name: Type in a name for the coordinate system.
• Origin: Type in the XYZ values. See “Typing values in different units and
coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Point on X Axis: Type in the XYZ values. See “Typing values in different
units and coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Point on XY Plane: Type in the XYZ values. See “Typing values in different
units and coordinate systems” on page 282.
• Align With: Select a Coordinate System. See “Select a Coordinate System” on
page 282. The coordinate system automatically aligns with another existing
coordinate system. The default value is World. For more information, see
“Coordinate System” on page 223.
• Click CREATE to create the coordinate system.

232
Chapter 12: Alignments
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 233 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Chapter 13: GD&T Tolerances

The GD&T (Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing) panel consists of a drop-
down menu of commands for a part that is toleranced using the GD&T system.
For more information, see “GD&T” on page 96. The GD&T system accurately
displays dimensions and tolerances in a specific graphical format on a drawing.
• GD&T is represented by a series of symbols that have specific meanings.
• GD&T tolerances allow you to measure parts and compare them to a datum to
ensure that specific design and tolerance requirements are being met. See
“Datum” on page 234.
To use GD&T tolerancing in CAM2 Measure:
• Add a feature to your measurement file.
• Select a feature from the FEATURES panel, or the CAD View, and add
individual GD&T tolerances in the GD&T panel.
• GD&T tolerances and results add to each feature in the report.
• GD&T form tolerances appear with the appropriate name and image in the
FEATURE INFORMATION panel, reports, and labels.
CAM2 Measure includes the following GD&T tolerances:
GD&T Tolerance GD&T Command

Form
Circularity

Cylindricity

Flatness

Straightness

Profile
Profile of a Surface

Profile of a Line

233
Chapter 13: GD&T Tolerances
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 234 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

GD&T Tolerance GD&T Command

Orientation
Angularity

Concentricity

Parallelism

Perpendicularity

Runout
Total Runout

Position
Position
Regardless of Feature Size (RFS)
Maximum Material Condition (MMC)
Least Material Condition (LMC)

For more information, see “GD&T Tolerances” on page 259.

Exact Feature Length

The Orientation GD&T tolerances use the location of the readings to calculate
the length of the feature. Sometimes this is not very accurate because it is
difficult to digitize on an edge of your part. To enter an exact length for a feature:
1 Create an Orientation GD&T tolerance.
2 Right-Click the feature in the GD&T panel and select OVERRIDE LENGTH from
the shortcut menu.
3 Select the OVERRIDE LENGTH check box and in the length value. See “Typing
values in different units” on page 282.
The GD&T tolerance calculates the readings and the exact length of the feature.

Datum
The datum is the theoretically exact plane or line (axis) from which a
dimensional measurement is made, and is used for comparison in the Orientation,
Runout, and Position GD&T tolerances. The Form and Profile GD&T tolerances
do not require a datum because they use simple geometry for comparison.

234
Chapter 13: GD&T Tolerances
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 235 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
To define a datum:
1 Select an existing feature from the FEATURES panel, or the CAD View.
2 Right-Click the feature and select ASSIGN DATUM from the shortcut menu.
3 Select the type of datum for the feature; PLANE or LINE.
4 Select the letter to identify the Datum; only unassigned Datum letters are
available.
To delete a datum:
1 Select an existing feature from the FEATURES panel, or the CAD View.
2 Right-Click the feature and select ASSIGN DATUM from the shortcut menu.
3 Select NONE from the shortcut menu to remove a Datum letter from a feature.

Circularity
To tolerance the measured form of a circle:
1 Select an existing circle in the FEATURES panel, or the CAD View.
2 In the GD&T panel, click NEW GD&T TOLERANCE and select
CIRCULARITY. See “GD&T” on page 96.
3 Type a tolerance from your drawing, or use the default.
To remove any GD&T tolerance:
1 Select an existing GD&T tolerance.
2 In the GD&T panel, click REMOVE GD&T TOLERANCE.
For more information, see “Circularity” on page 260.

Cylindricity
To tolerance the measured form of a cylinder:
1 Select an existing cylinder in the FEATURES panel, or the CAD View.
2 In the GD&T panel, click NEW GD&T TOLERANCE and select
CYLINDRICITY. See “GD&T” on page 96.
3 Type a tolerance from your drawing, or use the default.
To remove any GD&T tolerance:

235
Chapter 13: GD&T Tolerances
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 236 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
1 Select an existing GD&T tolerance.
2 In the GD&T panel, click REMOVE GD&T TOLERANCE.
For more information, see “Cylindricity” on page 265.

Flatness
To tolerance the measured form of a plane:
1 Select an existing plane in the FEATURES panel, or the CAD View.
2 In the GD&T panel, click NEW GD&T TOLERANCE and select FLATNESS.
See “GD&T” on page 96.
3 Type a tolerance from your drawing, or use the default.
To remove any GD&T tolerance:
1 Select an existing GD&T tolerance.
2 In the GD&T panel, click REMOVE GD&T TOLERANCE.
For more information, see “Flatness” on page 261.

Straightness
To tolerance the measured form of a line:
1 Select an existing line in the FEATURES panel, or the CAD View.
2 In the GD&T panel, click NEW GD&T TOLERANCE and select
STRAIGHTNESS. See “GD&T” on page 96.
3 Type a tolerance from your drawing, or use the default.
To remove any GD&T tolerance:
1 Select an existing GD&T tolerance.
2 In the GD&T panel, click REMOVE GD&T TOLERANCE.
For more information, see “Straightness” on page 262.

Profile of a Surface
To tolerance the profile of a surface:

236
Chapter 13: GD&T Tolerances
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 237 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
1 Select an existing point cloud feature in the FEATURES panel or the CAD View.
For more information, see “Inspect Surface” on page 165. No datum is
required.
2 In the GD&T panel, click NEW GD&T TOLERANCE and select SURFACE
PROFILE. See “GD&T” on page 96.
3 Type a tolerance from your drawing, or use the default.
To remove any GD&T tolerance:
1 Select an existing GD&T tolerance.
2 In the GD&T panel, click REMOVE GD&T TOLERANCE.
For more information, see “Profile of a Surface” on page 266.

Profile of a Line
To tolerance the profile of a line:
1 Select an existing polyline feature in the FEATURES panel or the CAD View.
For more information, see “Measuring a Polyline” on page 143. No datum is
required.
2 In the GD&T panel, click NEW GD&T TOLERANCE and select LINE
PROFILE. See “GD&T” on page 96.
3 Type a tolerance from your drawing, or use the default.
To remove any GD&T tolerance:
1 Select an existing GD&T tolerance.
2 In the GD&T panel, click REMOVE GD&T TOLERANCE.
For more information, see “Profile of a Line” on page 266.

Angularity
To define an Angularity tolerance:
1 Select an existing plane or line-reducible feature in the FEATURES panel or the
CAD View.
2 In the GD&T panel, click NEW GD&T TOLERANCE and select
ANGULARITY. See “GD&T” on page 96.
3 Type a tolerance from your drawing, or use the default.

237
Chapter 13: GD&T Tolerances
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 238 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
4 Click the Datum Reference drop-down and select a datum.
To specify and angle and length for an Angularity tolerance:
1 Select an existing tolerance.
2 In the GD&T panel, right-click the tolerance and select Override Length and
Angle.
3 Enter values for angle and/or length, and click OK.
To remove any GD&T tolerance:
1 Select an existing GD&T tolerance.
2 In the GD&T panel, click REMOVE GD&T TOLERANCE.
NOTE: The feature being toleranced must have a nominal associated or you must
specify an angle value.
For more information, see “Angularity” on page 259.

Concentricity
Concentricity measures how well a cylinder fits inside of another cylinder. To
tolerance a cylinder to a datum:
1 Select an existing cylinder in the FEATURES panel, or the CAD View.
2 In the GD&T panel, click NEW GD&T TOLERANCE. This adds a control frame
to the GD&T panel. See “GD&T” on page 96.
3 Click in the left control frame and select CONCENTRICITY.
4 Type a tolerance from your drawing, or use the default.
5 Click in the right control frame and select a datum. See “Datum” on page 234.
You can also enter the Exact Feature Length. For more information, see “Exact
Feature Length” on page 234.
To remove any GD&T tolerance:
1 Select an existing GD&T tolerance.
2 In the GD&T panel, click REMOVE GD&T TOLERANCE.
For more information, see “Concentricity” on page 263.

238
Chapter 13: GD&T Tolerances
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 239 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Parallelism
Parallelism measures the condition of a surface or center plane that is equal in
distance at all points from the datum plane. To tolerance a plane or line to a
datum:
1 Select an existing feature in the FEATURES panel, or the CAD View.
2 In the GD&T panel, click NEW GD&T TOLERANCE. This adds a control frame
to the GD&T panel. See “GD&T” on page 96.
3 Click in the left control frame and select PARALLELISM.
4 Type a tolerance from your drawing, or use the default.
5 Click in the right control frame and select a datum. See “Datum” on page 234.
You can also enter the Exact Feature Length. For more information, see “Exact
Feature Length” on page 234.
To remove any GD&T tolerance:
1 Select an existing GD&T tolerance.
2 In the GD&T panel, click REMOVE GD&T TOLERANCE.
For more information, see “Parallelism” on page 264.

Perpendicularity
Perpendicularity measures the condition of a surface, center plane, or axis at a
right angle (90 degrees) to a datum plane or axis. To tolerance a plane or line to a
datum:
1 Select an existing feature in the FEATURES panel, or the CAD View.
2 In the GD&T panel, click NEW GD&T TOLERANCE. This adds a control frame
to the GD&T panel. See “GD&T” on page 96.
3 Click in the left control frame and select PERPENDICULARITY.
4 Type a tolerance from your drawing, or use the default.
5 Click in the right control frame and select a datum. See “Datum” on page 234.
You can also enter the Exact Feature Length. For more information, see “Exact
Feature Length” on page 234.
To remove any GD&T tolerance:

239
Chapter 13: GD&T Tolerances
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 240 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
1 Select an existing GD&T tolerance.
2 In the GD&T panel, click REMOVE GD&T TOLERANCE.
For more information, see “Perpendicularity” on page 264.

Total Runout
Total Runout controls the composite surface variations of circularity, cylindricity,
parallelism, straightness, taper and profile of a surface where applied to features
constructed around a datum axis. Total Runout applied to surfaces constructed
perpendicular to a datum axis controls composite variations of perpendicularity
and flatness. The tolerance is applied simultaneously at all circular and profile
measuring positions as the part is rotated through 360°.
You will need to measure a cylinder (feature), and a plane (datum) perpendicular
to the cylinder. Make sure to rotate the cylinder the full 360° as you are adding
readings. It is recommended that you measure down the length of the shaft, rotate
the shaft a little, and continue measuring until you rotate the shaft all the way
around. To tolerance the total runout of a cylinder:
1 Select an existing feature in the FEATURES panel, or the CAD View.
2 In the GD&T panel, click NEW GD&T TOLERANCE. This adds a control frame
to the GD&T panel. See “GD&T” on page 96.
3 Click in the left control frame and select TOTAL RUNOUT.
4 Type a tolerance from your drawing, or use the default.
5 Click in the right control frame and select a datum. See “Datum” on page 234.
You can also enter the Exact Feature Length. For more information, see “Exact
Feature Length” on page 234.
To remove any GD&T tolerance:
1 Select an existing GD&T tolerance.
2 In the GD&T panel, click REMOVE GD&T TOLERANCE.
For more information, see “Total Runout” on page 267.

240
Chapter 13: GD&T Tolerances
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 241 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Position
To tolerance the position of a feature:
1 Select an existing plane-reducible or line-reducible feature in the FEATURES
panel or the CAD View.
2 In the GD&T panel, click NEW GD&T TOLERANCE and select POSITION. See
“GD&T” on page 96.
3 Type a tolerance from your drawing, or use the default.
4 Click on the Material Condition symbol, to the right of the tolerance, and
select:
• RFS - Regardless of Feature Size
• MMC - Maximum Material Condition
• LMC - Least Material Condition
5 Click the Datum Reference drop-down list and select a datum. Repeat this step
to select three datums.
NOTE: You can specify a datum scheme for each Position tolerance. The
specified datum scheme will be used to create a temporary alignment to the
nominal data for the purposes of evaluation the tolerance. Datum features must
have a nominal feature associated in order to perform the alignment.
To remove any GD&T tolerance:
1 Select an existing GD&T tolerance.
2 In the GD&T panel, click REMOVE GD&T TOLERANCE.
See “RFS and MMC for a Measured Hole” on page 268, or “RFS and MMC for
a Measured Shaft” on page 269.

241
Chapter 13: GD&T Tolerances
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 242 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 243 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Chapter 14: CAM2® Measure Remote

CAM2 Measure Remote offers an interface to control CAM2 Measure, in
combination with the iPhone®, iPod® Touch, or iPad®. The ability to invoke
commands without needing to go back to the computer is essential when you are
working at a distance.
To enable remote control of CAM2 Measure and your FARO Laser Tracker or
FaroArm:
• Connect your computer to an existing wireless network, or set up an ad hoc
network on your computer.
• Connect your iPhone, iPod Touch, or iPad to that wireless network.
• Start the CAM2 Measure Remote application, and connect to your FARO
Laser Tracker or FaroArm.

Using a Wireless Network

If your computer is already connected to a network that has a wireless router, get
the current Internet Protocol, or IP, address (nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn) for the wireless
network, and use CAM2 Measure Remote to connect to that network. Continue
to “Setting up the Remote Device” on page 245. In that section, use your current
wireless network name and security key.

Using an Ad Hoc Network

This section details how to setup a computer-to-computer, or ad hoc, network on
your computer running Windows XP, Windows Vista, or Windows 7. Create an
ad hoc network only if you do not have an existing wireless network.

Windows XP
NOTE: Make sure your iPhone, iPod Touch, or iPad has been registered and
working properly prior to CAM2 Measure installation.
1 Open the START menu and click CONTROL PANEL.
2 Under PICK A CATEGORY, click NETWORK AND INTERNET CONNECTIONS.
3 Under OR PICK A CONTROL PANEL ICON, click NETWORK CONNECTIONS.
4 Right-click your wireless network connection, and then click PROPERTIES.
5 In the WIRELESS NETWORK CONNECTION PROPERTIES dialog box, click the
WIRELESS NETWORKS tab.

243
Chapter 14: CAM2® Measure Remote
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 244 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
6 On the WIRELESS NETWORKS tab, under PREFERRED NETWORKS, click
ADD.
7 In the WIRELESS NETWORK PROPERTIES dialog box, on the ASSOCIATION
tab, type the name of your ad hoc wireless network in NETWORK NAME (SSID)
box. For example, you could type FARO Remote.
• Clear the THE KEY IS PROVIDED FOR ME AUTOMATICALLY check box and
select the THIS IS A COMPUTER-TO-COMPUTER (AD HOC) NETWORK check
box.
• Create a 13-digit password and type it in both the NETWORK KEY and
CONFIRM NETWORK KEY boxes. For the best security, include letters,
numbers, and punctuation. Then click OK.You will also need to enter this
key into your iPhone, iPod Touch, or iPad later.
8 Click OK again to save your changes.

Windows Vista
NOTE: Make sure your iPhone, iPod Touch, or iPad has been registered and
working properly prior to CAM2 Measure installation.
1 Open the START menu.
2 Click CONNECT TO.
3 Click SETUP A CONNECTION OR NETWORK.
4 Click SETUP A WIRELESS AD HOC NETWORK and click NEXT.
5 Enter the new network name such as FARO Remote.
6 Enter a Security Key. You will also need to enter this key into your iPhone,
iPod Touch, or iPad later.
7 Check SAVE THIS NETWORK.

Windows 7
NOTE: Make sure your iPhone, iPod Touch, or iPad has been registered and
working properly prior to CAM2 Measure installation.
1 Open the START menu and click CONTROL PANEL.
2 Click NETWORK AND INTERNET, then click NETWORK AND SHARING
CENTER.
3 Under CHANGE YOUR NETWORKING SETTINGS, click SETUP A NEW
CONNECTION OR NETWORK.
4 Click SETUP A WIRELESS AD HOC (COMPUTER-TO-COMPUTER) NETWORK.

244
Chapter 14: CAM2® Measure Remote
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 245 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
5 Click NEXT twice.
6 Enter the Network name such as FARO Remote.
7 Select the Security WAP (or WEP) and enter the Security key or password.
You will also need to enter this key into your iPhone, iPod Touch, or iPad later.
8 Select the SAVE THIS NETWORK checkbox.
9 Click TURN ON INTERNET CONNECTION SHARING.

Setting up the Remote Device

This section details the installation of operating system software for the iPhone,
iPod Touch, or iPad and the CAM2 Measure Remote application. Before
continuing, you should have already registered your iPhone, iPod Touch, or iPad
and created an iTunes account.

Apple iOS Software

Before you begin, make sure that the iPhone, iPod Touch, or iPad has the latest
operating system software installed. To check this:
1 Connect the iPhone, iPod Touch, or iPad to your PC or Notebook and start
iTunes.
2 In iTunes select the iPhone, iPod Touch, or iPad device on the left side of the
screen. iTunes shows the version of the installed operating system software.
3 Click CHECK FOR UPDATE.

245
Chapter 14: CAM2® Measure Remote
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 246 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

If there is a new update, iTunes will ask you to install it. Install the update.

Figure 14-1 Apple iTunes

NOTE: CAM2 Measure Remote requires iOS 3.1.1 or later and has been fully
tested on iOS 4.

CAM2 Measure Remote Application

The CAM2 Measure Remote application is a free download from the iTunes
store.
1 In iTunes, select the iTunes Store.
2 Search for CAM2 Measure Remote and download the application.
3 After the download is complete, select the iPhone, iPod Touch, or iPad device
and click SYNC. This copies the CAM2 Measure Remote application to your
iPhone, iPod Touch, or iPad.

Setting up the Wi-Fi Connection

This section details how to setup your iPhone, iPod Touch, or iPad in order to
control CAM2 Measure via a Wi-Fi network connection. Make sure your
computer’s Wi-Fi connection is active and switch on the iPhone, iPod Touch, or
iPad.

246
Chapter 14: CAM2® Measure Remote
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 247 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
1 On the START screen touch the SETTINGS application.

Figure 14-2 Start Screen

2 On the SETTINGS screen touch WiFi.

Figure 14-3 Settings

3 Active the WiFi by touching the On/Off switch.
4 On the WI-FI NETWORKS screen you should see a list of all available Wi-Fi
networks including the network that you just setup on your computer
(FARO Remote). Touch this network.
5 Enter the Security Key, or Password, from the network that your setup on your
computer (FARO Remote). Please note that this key is case-sensitive (you have
to touch Shift on the onscreen keyboard EACH TIME before entering a
capital letter).
6 Touch JOIN.
7 Press the HOME key to return to the START screen.

Manually Connecting to the Network

If the network does not appear on WI-FI NETWORKS screen:
1 Touch OTHER.

247
Chapter 14: CAM2® Measure Remote
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 248 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
2 On the OTHER NETWORK screen, type your network name (FARO Remote).
3 Touch SECURITY and choose WEP. Touch Other network to return to the
OTHER NETWORK screen.
4 On the OTHER NETWORK screen, type the Security Key, or Password, from the
network that your setup on your computer (FARO Remote). Please note that
this key is case-sensitive (you have to touch Shift on the onscreen keyboard
EACH TIME before entering a capital letter).
5 Touch JOIN.

Starting CAM2 Measure Remote

Since CAM2 Measure Remote will control the CAM2 Measure software, make
sure that you have started the CAM2 Measure software on your computer and
check that at least one measuring device is connected.
Before starting the CAM2 Measure Remote application, you must get the
Internet Protocol, or IP, address for your wireless network connection. You will
enter this twelve digit address (nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn) just after starting the
CAM2 Measure Remote application.
1 On your computer, open the START menu and click RUN.
2 Type cmd and press OK.
3 Type ipconfig and press ENTER.
4 Look for the Wireless Network Connection section and write down the twelve
digit IP address (nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn). Close the command window.
5 On your remote device, Touch CAM2 Measure Remote.
6 Enter the twelve digit IP address and touch CONNECT.
7 On the DEVICES screen, touch a measuring device to control remotely.

CAM2 Measure Remote Screens

This section describes the CAM2 Measure Remote screens. The COMMANDS
screen and the QUICKTOOLS screen are the two main screens. After selecting a
command or QuickTool, the three sections of the MEASUREMENT panel screen
shows you the measurement data.

Commands Screen
The Commands screen contains all of the CAM2 Measure measurement
commands. Touch a command to measure.

248
Chapter 14: CAM2® Measure Remote
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 249 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Starting a command with CAM2 Measure Remote:
• Automatically adds a measurement feature to the CAM2 Measure
measurement file
• Switches CAM2 Measure to MEASUREMENT mode
• Switches CAM2 Measure Remote to the MEASUREMENT screen

QuickTools Screen
Touch QuickTools at the bottom of the screen to see a list of any QuickTools in
the current measurement file. Touch a QuickTool to measure.
NOTE: This list automatically refreshes if you change to another
CAM2 Measure measurement file on your computer.

Measurement Screen
The CAM2 Measure MEASUREMENT panel is your control panel during
measurement, providing the current measurement mode, the position of the
probe, the position and form of the feature being measured, and an image of the
part when running a QuickTools program. For more information, see
“Measurement Panel” on page 155.
This same information is also now available in the MEASUREMENT screen of
CAM2 Measure Remote. Use the buttons on this screen to measure:
• Return to Commands - Touch the button in the upper right corner of the
screen to return to the COMMANDS screen.
• Probe Settings - Touch the button in the upper right corner of the screen to
change the probe/tooling, and the measurement mode.
• Record Measurement - Touch the button in the lower left of the screen to add
a reading to the feature.
• Record End Click - Touch the button in the lower center of the screen to add
an end click to the feature.
• Remove Last Point - Touch the button in the lower right of the screen to
remove the last reading from the feature.
The MEASUREMENT screen has three screen sections. Notice the three dots just
above the three buttons that indicate the current section. Slide the screen to the
left or right to change:
Feature Information (left dot) - This section shows the results for the feature.
QuickTools Picture (center dot) - This section shows any QuickTool images for
the feature.

249
Chapter 14: CAM2® Measure Remote
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 250 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
Live Digital Readout (right dot) - This section shows a live X,Y,Z location of
the probe.

Operating and Troubleshooting

As you are using the CAM2 Measure Remote application to control your
CAM2 Measure measurement file, you should be aware of potential issues with
the wireless connection.

Preventing Disconnection
The ad hoc network connection will be disconnected if the iPhone, iPod Touch,
or iPad Auto-Locks. Consider setting the Auto-Lock time to 5 Minutes or Never
to prevent frequent disconnects (SETTINGS > GENERAL > AUTO-LOCK).
If the device loses the ad hoc connection, it will default to the next available
wireless network that is available and configured on the iPhone, iPod Touch, or
iPad.

iPhone, iPod Touch, or iPad Troubleshooting

If you are encountering problems with the Wi-Fi connection this could have
several reasons:
• Is your iPhone, iPod Touch, or iPad already connected to another wireless
network?
• Microsoft Windows does not support a wireless network connection with a
simultaneous ad hoc wireless connection. If you are connected through a Wi-
Fi network use that network to connect to the device and do not create an ad
hoc wireless connection.
or
• On the Wifi Network screen, touch the arrow next to the network name and
then touch FORGET NETWORK.
• Do you have the latest iPhone, iPod Touch, or iPad software installed? Older
versions might have problems with setting up a stable connection to the
computer.
• Have you entered the Security key correctly? Try to enter the Security key
again. Please note that the Security key is case-sensitive and that you have to
click Shift on the onscreen keyboard each time before you enter a capital letter.
• In rare circumstances the iPhone, iPod Touch, or iPad accepts the ad hoc
network but the network cannot be used.

250
Chapter 14: CAM2® Measure Remote
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 251 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
1 On the START screen, touch SETTINGS.
2 Touch Wifi.
3 Make sure a check mark is visible before your ad hoc network name.
4 Touch the arrow next to your ad hoc network name.
5 The IP address should begin with169.254.xxx.xxx on Windows XP and
192.168.xxx.xxx on Windows Vista and Windows 7.
If there is no IP (blank field), this is why CAM2 Measure can't connect. Wait
about 60 seconds on that screen and a new IP address will be assigned
automatically.

251
Chapter 14: CAM2® Measure Remote
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 252 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 253 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Chapter 15: Hot Keys and Shortcut Menus

There are many Hot Keys and Shortcut menus to quickly launch some commands
in CAM2 Measure.
NOTE: Hot Keys function for the active device only. For more information, see
“Hardware Configuration” on page 99.

Hot Keys
The following is a list of Hot Keys, or keyboard shortcuts, that you can use to
quickly start some CAM2 Measure commands.
Hot Key Function
ARROW KEYS Pans the view in the specified direction.
2,4,6,8 on numeric
keypad
F1 Help
F2 Measuring a Point
F3 Measuring a Plane
F4 Measuring a 2D Line
F5 Measuring an Inspect Surface Point
F10 Measuring a Circle
F11 Measuring a Cylinder
F12 Measuring a Sphere
INSERT Add Readings
G Record Measurement
H Record End Click
BACKSPACE Delete the Last Measurement
SHIFT + A Measure All
SHIFT + R Remeasure
ALT + ENTER Feature Properties

253
Chapter 15: Hot Keys and Shortcut Menus
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 254 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Hot Key Function

PLUS SIGN (+) on Increase Whisker Scale
keyboard
MINUS SIGN (-) on Decrease Whisker Scale
keyboard
4 +X/-X View
5 +Y/-Y View
6 +Z/-Z View
7 Isometric SE
8 Isometric SW
9 Isometric NE
0 Isometric NW
I Zoom In
PLUS SIGN (+) on
numeric keypad
O Zoom Out
MINUS SIGN (-) on
numeric keypad
E Reset Zoom
W Zoom To Area
7 on numeric keypad Rotate Around X Counterclockwise
9 on numeric keypad Rotate Around X Clockwise
1 on numeric keypad Rotate Around Y Counterclockwise
3 on numeric keypad Rotate Around Y Clockwise
0 on numeric keypad Rotate Around Z Counterclockwise
PERIOD (.) on numeric Rotate Around Z Clockwise
keypad
S Switch between the three shaded and
wireframe views

254
Chapter 15: Hot Keys and Shortcut Menus
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 255 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Hot Key Function

SHIFT + ALT + ENTER Full Screen
NUMBER SIGN (#) Show-Hide Grid
R Reset View
L Labels
ESC Cancels the Current Measurement
P Hardware Configuration
D Show Feature Window
A Manage Alignments
C Coordinate System Wizard
M Move Device
DELETE Delete any selected item
ENTER Repeat Last Command
HOME Reset
T Motor On Off
B Set Backsight
V Drive Beam
CRTL + N New file
CRTL + O Open file
CRTL + S Save file
ALT + F4 Exit CAM2 Measure

255
Chapter 15: Hot Keys and Shortcut Menus
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 256 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Shortcut Menus
Right-click in areas of the CAM2 Measure window or control panels to quickly
access commands.

Any Panel’s Title Bar

• Floating - Undock a panel from the edge of the screen.
• Dock - Move and attach a floating panel to the edge of the screen.
• Auto Hide - Set the panel to Auto Hide mode.
• Hide - Temporarily hide a panel. Use VIEW PANELS to show any hidden
panel. For more information, see “Panels” on page 95.

Any Selected Feature in the Features Panel or CAD Window

NOTE: Some menu items are not available for all feature types, or if multiple
features are selected.
• Rename - Edit the feature name. Press the ENTER key to continue.
• Delete - Permanently delete the feature from the file.
• Add Readings - Add readings to the feature with the current device. See “Add
Readings” on page 19.
• Add Readings From - Add readings to the feature with any device. See “Add
Readings” on page 19.
• Remeasure - Add readings to the feature with any device, and replace all
existing readings. See “Remeasure” on page 19.
• Add Measurement - Create a measured feature and associate the selected
feature as a nominal.
• Clear Readings - Permanently delete all readings from the feature. See
“Readings” on page 160.
• Aim - Laser Tracker Only, Aim at the feature with the current device. See
“Aim” on page 105.
• Aim With - Laser Tracker Only, Aim at the feature with any device. See
“Aim” on page 105.
• Add CAD Parts - Add a CAD part to the measurement file. See “CAD” on
page 52.
• Show in Feature List - CAD Window Only, Highlights the feature in the
FEATURES panel.
• Assign Datum - Assign a GD&T Datum to the feature. See “Datum” on
page 234.
• Edit GD&T - Opens the GD&T Tolerance panel. See “GD&T Tolerances” on
page 233.
• Label - Show or Hide the feature’s label. See “Labels” on page 159.

256
Chapter 15: Hot Keys and Shortcut Menus
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 257 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• Flip Vector - Reverses the direction of the feature’s normal vector. See “Flip
Vector” on page 83.
• Properties - Edit the feature. See “Properties” on page 79.
• Label Style - Specify the style of the feature’s label. See “Labels” on page 93.
• Features Readings - View the feature’s readings in the Main window. See
“Readings” on page 24.
• Whiskers - View the feature’s whiskers in the Main window. See “Whisker
Scale” on page 89.
• Nominal Whiskers - View the feature’s nominal whiskers in the Main
window. See “Whisker Scale” on page 89.
• Import CAD Part(s) - Import a CAD part into the measurement file. See
“Import CAD” on page 81.
• Copy Tolerances - Copy all tolerances for the feature. See “Copy Tolerances”
on page 85.
• Paste Tolerances - Paste a set of tolerances copied from another feature. See
“Paste Tolerances” on page 85.
• Generate Shortcut - Create a shortcut. See “Shortcuts” on page 117.
• Make Actual - Designate the feature as actual. See “Features” on page 31.
• Make Nominal - Designate the feature as nominal. See “Features” on
page 31.

Any Selected Reading in the Readings Panel

• Aim - FARO Laser Tracker only - Automatically point the laser beam to the
X,Y,Z coordinate of the reading.
• Delete - Permanently delete the reading from the file.
For more information, see “Readings” on page 160.

Any Tab in the Ribbon

• Show Quick Access Toolbar Below The Ribbon - Places the Quick Access
Toolbar below the ribbon. For more information, see “Quick Access Toolbar”
on page 16.
• Minimize - Minimize the appearance of a ribbon. For more information, see
“Minimize the Ribbon” on page 15.

Any Feature Label

• Select All - Select all of the Features in your measurement file.
• Show/Hide Label(s) - Show or hide the labels of the selected features. This
will switch the state of the label.
• Delete - Permanently delete the feature from the file.

257
Chapter 15: Hot Keys and Shortcut Menus
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 258 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
• Properties - Edit the properties of a feature. This is not available when
multiple features are selected.
• Show In Feature List - Show the feature in the Feature List.
For more information, see “Labels” on page 159.

Any Selected QuickTools Program

• Play - Start playing the contents of a QuickTools program.
• Record - Start recording, or adding to, a QuickTools program.
• Delete - Permanently delete the QuickTools program from the file.

258
Chapter 15: Hot Keys and Shortcut Menus
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 259 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Chapter 16: Operational Concepts

This chapter describes some glossary terms, definitions, and specifics on
tolerances in CAM2 Measure.

GD&T Tolerances
The following are examples of the Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing
(GD&T) for measured circles, which show the Maximum Material Condition
(MMC) and the Regardless of Feature Size (RFS) options. For more information
on GD&T Tolerancing, refer to GEO METRICS III - The Application of
Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing Techniques, by Lowell W. Foster, and
published by Addison-Wesley Publishing Company Inc.

Angularity

0.1
Angularity measures how much a surface, axis, or plane can deviate from an
angle described in the design. This tolerance requires a datum reference, and no
bonus tolerance is permissible.
POSSIBLE AXIS ORIENTATION

0.5

In the figure above, the angularity tolerance is used to control the center axis of
an angled hole. The tolerance zone of 0.5 is indicated by the parallel lines.
This form of angularity tolerance applies only in the drawing view in which the
tolerance is specified, and requires the permissible variation to be defined for
other views.
NOTE: In GD&T, the degree of permissible variation is not specified as a
tolerance on the angle. Instead, an indirect method is used where one specifies

259
Chapter 16: Operational Concepts
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 260 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
a tolerance zone at a specified angle from a datum, within which a part feature,
axis, or center plane must lie.

Circularity

0.1
Circularity measures the form deviation of a circle.

Max:

Min:

In this example, the circle is measured with seven points. The Circularity
calculation is the Maximum distance plus the Minimum distance.
NOTE: The result and report values for the circle show the maximum error as a
positive number, and the minimum error as a negative number. These positive
and negative signs indicate the direction of the maximum and minimum error
readings from the circle. The Circularity result value is the absolute distance
between the maximum and minimum error.

260
Chapter 16: Operational Concepts
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 261 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Flatness

0.1
Flatness measures the form deviation of a plane.

Max:

Min:
In this example, the plane is measured with seven points. The Flatness
calculation is the Maximum distance plus the Minimum distance.
NOTE: The result and report values for the plane show the maximum error as a
positive number, and the minimum error as a negative number. These positive
and negative signs indicate the direction of the maximum and minimum error
readings from the plane. The Flatness result value is the absolute distance
between the maximum and minimum error.

261
Chapter 16: Operational Concepts
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 262 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Straightness

0.1
Straightness measures the form deviation of an line.

Max:

Min:
In this example, the line is measured with seven points. The Straightness
calculation is the Maximum distance plus the Minimum distance.
NOTE: The result and report values for the line show the maximum error as a
positive number, and the minimum error as a negative number. These positive
and negative signs indicate the direction of the maximum and minimum error
readings from the line. This calculation does not add a positive and a negative
number together for a smaller value. The Straightness result value is the
absolute distance between the maximum and minimum error.

262
Chapter 16: Operational Concepts
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 263 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Concentricity

0.2 A
Concentricity measures how well a cylinder (line) fits inside of another cylinder
(line).

0.2 A

0.2 Tolerance
Zone
A
The center line of the measured cylinder is compared to the center line of the
datum cylinder. The center line of the measured cylinder must be inside the
tolerance zone. Concentricity is always RFS (Regardless of Feature Size) for the
diameter of the cylinder; however, the measured length of the cylinder is critical
in the calculation.

263
Chapter 16: Operational Concepts
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 264 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Parallelism

0.2 A
Parallelism measures the condition of a plane that is equal in distance at all points
from the datum plane.

0.2 A

A 0.2 Tolerance
Zone
The measured plane, line, or cylinder is compared to the datum plane, line, or
cylinder. The measured feature must be inside the tolerance zone, and the
measured length of the feature is critical in the calculation.

Perpendicularity

0.2 A
Perpendicularity measures the condition of a plane at a right angle (90 degrees)
to a datum plane.

0.2 A

A 0.2 Tolerance
Zone

264
Chapter 16: Operational Concepts
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 265 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
The measured plane, line, or cylinder is compared to the datum plane, line, or
cylinder. The measured feature must be inside the tolerance zone, and the
measured length of the feature is critical in the calculation.

Cylindricity

0.1
Cylindricity measures the form deviation of a cylinder.

Max:

Min:

In this example, the cylinder is measured with 13 points. The Cylindricity

calculation is the Maximum distance plus the Minimum distance.
NOTE: The result and report values for the cylinder show the maximum error
as a positive number, and the minimum error as a negative number. These
positive and negative signs indicate the direction of the maximum and
minimum error readings from the cylinder. This calculation does not add a
positive and a negative number together for a smaller value. The Cylindricity
result value is the absolute distance between the maximum and minimum error.

265
Chapter 16: Operational Concepts
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 266 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Profile of a Surface

0.1
Profile of a Surface is a three-dimensional geometric tolerance that controls how
much a surface can deviate from the true profile. It represents the smallest
tolerance zone conforming to the nominal surface contour that will hold the
entire measured surface.
0.8 TOLERANCE ZONE EQUALLY
ACTUAL PROFILE SPACED ABOUT THE TRUE PROFILE,
OR 0.4 EACH SIDE

DATUM PLANE A
In the figure above, the surface profile tolerance of 0.8 is equally spaced on either
side of the true profile. The true profile must be situated between the uniform
boundary of 0.4 (upper and lower) with respect to Datum Plane A.
NOTE: Profile of a Surface is computed as the most positive error value minus
the most negative error value (or zero if no negative errors).

Profile of a Line

0.1
Profile of a Line is a two-dimensional geometric tolerance that controls how
much a polyline, or curve, can deviate from the true profile. It represents the

266
Chapter 16: Operational Concepts
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 267 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
smallest tolerance zone conforming to the nominal curve contour that will hold
the entire measured surface.
0.8 TOLERANCE ZONE EQUALLY
ACTUAL PROFILE SPACED ABOUT THE TRUE PROFILE,
OR 0.4 EACH SIDE

DATUM PLANE A
In the figure above, the line profile tolerance of 0.8 is equally spaced on either
side of the true profile. The true profile must be situated between the uniform
boundary of 0.4 (upper and lower) with respect to Datum Plane A.
NOTE: Profile of a Line is computed as the most positive error value minus the
most negative error value (or zero if no negative errors).

Total Runout

0.2 A
Total Runout controls the composite surface variations of circularity, cylindricity,
parallelism, straightness, taper and profile of a surface where applied to features
constructed around a datum axis. Total Runout applies to an entire surface
simultaneously, not just individual circular elements.

0.2 A

DATUM A

In the figure above, the Total Runout tolerance of .2 indicates that the entire
surface must have cylindrical surface variation of less than 0.2 relative to Datum

267
Chapter 16: Operational Concepts
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 268 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
A as the part is rotated. The tolerance is applied simultaneously at all circular and
profile measuring positions as the part is rotated through 360°.

RFS and MMC for a Measured Hole

Measured Nominal +Tol. -Tol. Deviation Out of Tol.

X: 0.100 0.000 +0.010 -0.010 0.100 0.090

Y: 0.000 0.000 +0.010 -0.010 0.000 *****

Z: 0.000 0.000 +0.010 -0.010 0.000 *****

Diam: 1.050 1.000 +0.010 -0.010 0.050 0.040

RFS: 0.2001 +0.0203 0.200 0.1805

MMC: 0.2002 +0.0404 0.200 0.1606

Bonus is at its maximum: 0.020

See “Nominals and Tolerances” on page 162.

1 Measured RFS = twice the 2D distance between the Nominal and Measured
points.
2 Measured MMC = twice the 2D distance between the Nominal and Measured
points.
• HOLE: The MMC bonus is the difference between the measured diameter
and the minimum limit, not to exceed total size of the tolerance band. There
is no bonus if the part is smaller than the maximum limit.
• SHAFT: The MMC bonus is the difference between the measured diameter
and the maximum limit, not to exceed total size of the tolerance band. There
is no bonus if the part is larger than the maximum limit.
3 “+Tol” of RFS = Entered by operator.
4 “+Tol” of MMC = “+Tol” of RFS + Bonus.
5 “Out of tolerance” of RFS = Measured RFS minus the RFS tolerance.
6 “Out of tolerance” of MMC = Measured MMC minus the MMC tolerance.

268
Chapter 16: Operational Concepts
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 269 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

RFS and MMC for a Measured Shaft

Measured Nominal +Tol. -Tol. Deviation Out of Tol.

X: 0.016 0.000 +0.010 -0.010 0.016 0.006

Y: 0.000 0.000 +0.010 -0.010 0.000 *****

Z: 0.000 0.000 +0.010 -0.010 0.000 *****

Diam: 1.002 1.000 +0.010 -0.010 0.002 *****

RFS: 0.0321 +0.0203 0.032 0.0125

MMC: 0.0322 +0.0204 0.032 0.0046

Bonus = 0.008
See “Nominals and Tolerances” on page 162.

1 Measured RFS = twice the 2D distance between the Nominal and Measured
points.
2 Measured MMC = twice the 2D distance between the Nominal and Measured
points.
• HOLE: The MMC bonus is the difference between the measured diameter
and the minimum limit, not to exceed total size of the tolerance band. There
is no bonus if the part is smaller than the maximum limit.
• SHAFT: The MMC bonus is the difference between the measured diameter
and the maximum limit, not to exceed total size of the tolerance band. There
is no bonus if the part is larger than the maximum limit.
3 “+Tol” of RFS = Entered by operator.
4 “+Tol” of MMC = “+Tol” of RFS + Bonus.
5 “Out of tolerance” of RFS = Measured RFS minus the RFS tolerance.
6 “Out of tolerance” of MMC = Measured MMC minus the MMC tolerance.

269
Chapter 16: Operational Concepts
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 270 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

CAM2 Measure True Position

ANSI Y 14.5M is very specific in its description of the meaning and usage of true
position tolerance. FARO has incorporated True Position into CAM2 Measure
with the intent of matching this specification as close as possible, based upon the
amount and type of data that is made available during a normal measurement
session.
True Position is defined as a cylindrical tolerance zone about the nominal center
line, through the thickness of the material into which the hole was drilled (or the
height of the stud). This tolerance requires three datum references that can make
an orthogonal coordinate system. A point-reducible datum is not supported;
however, bonus tolerance is permissible for MMC and LMC. To apply the
concept of True Position to CAM2 Measure measurements, one must make some
simplifying assumptions.
1 The datum features specified on the engineering drawing were used in the
coordinate system. For more information, see “Coordinate System Wizard” on
page 224.
2 There are small deviations between the nominal primary datum and the
measured primary datum.
3 Material thickness is much less than the diameter of the feature.
4 Feature centerlines are perpendicular to the primary datum.
Regarding MMC and RFS, CAM2 Measure can apply these conditions to
features only and not to the datums. Should engineering data require the
application of these conditions to datums, manual calculations will need to be
performed to determine the True Position. CAM2 Measure calculates the True
Position of features as follows:
• For measured 2D features, the true position is calculated as twice the distance
between the measured and the nominal as projected to the plane of the
measured feature.

270
Chapter 16: Operational Concepts
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 271 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Nominal

Measured
Circle
X = Distance between measured and nominal in plane of measured
circle.
True Position = 2 * X
Figure 16-1 True Position of a Circle

A more exact definition would be twice the distance between the measured and
the nominal, as projected to the plane of the nominal feature. But, since the plane
of the nominal feature is not generally provided, it is practical to use the plane of
the measured if the aforementioned simplifying assumptions are valid.
• For all other measured point-reducible features, the True Position is calculated
as twice the distance between the measured and the nominal as projected to the
XY Plane.

271
Chapter 16: Operational Concepts
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 272 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Measured

Nominal

XY Plane

X = Distance between measured and nominal in plane of measured

circle.
True Position = 2 * X
Figure 16-2 True Position of a Point

MMC cannot be applied if there is no measured diameter from which to calculate

a bonus tolerance. If the features cannot be measured as circles and do not lie in
the XY plane, then manual calculations will need to be performed to determine
the true position.

272
Chapter 16: Operational Concepts
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 273 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Glossary and Definitions

This section describes the glossary terms and definitions used in this manual.

Best Fit Circle

Max:

Min:

Best Fit Cone

Max:

Min:

273
Chapter 16: Operational Concepts
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 274 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Best Fit Cylinder

Max:

Min:

Best Fit Ellipse

Max:

Min:

274
Chapter 16: Operational Concepts
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 275 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Best Fit Line

Max:

Min:

Best Fit Paraboloid

Min:

Max:

275
Chapter 16: Operational Concepts
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 276 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Best Fit Plane

Max:

Min:

Best Fit Point

Max:

276
Chapter 16: Operational Concepts
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 277 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Best Fit Rectangular Slot

Max:

Min:

Best Fit Round Slot

Max: Min:

277
Chapter 16: Operational Concepts
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 278 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Best Fit Sphere

Max:
Min:

Best Fit Torus

Max:
Min:

Right-Hand Rule
Cartesian coordinates describe the position of points in space relative to three
mutually perpendicular axes X, Y, & Z. The intersection of these axes form the
origin, or zero of the system.
Each axis emanates from the origin according to the right-hand rule. The right-
hand rule defines the positive direction of each axis, such that when the hand is
positioned according to the figure below, the + Z points along the thumb, the + X

278
Chapter 16: Operational Concepts
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 279 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
axis points along the index finger, and the + Y axis points along the middle
finger.

NOTE: CAM2 Measure does not support left hand rule coordinate systems.

Unsolved Features
A feature that does not have the minimum readings to complete the calculation of
the feature, or a feature that has enough readings and fails the best-fit calculation.

Select
When in a dialog box, click the drop-down arrow and scroll down to select a
feature. You can also click the name of the feature with the LEFT MOUSE button
in the FEATURES panel.
To select a feature from the MAIN Window, move the pointer over the drop-down
list box and click the FROM SCREEN icon that appears. This selects the drop-
down list and you can then click a feature with the LEFT MOUSE button in the
MAIN window. If the drop-down list is already selected, then just click the feature
with the LEFT MOUSE button in the MAIN window.

Select from the List

When in a dialog box, click in the SELECTED CHOICES window.
Select a single feature by clicking the name of the feature with the LEFT
MOUSE button.
Select multiple, consecutive features from the FEATURE panel by holding down
the SHIFT key, clicking the first (top) feature in the sequence with the LEFT

279
Chapter 16: Operational Concepts
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 280 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
MOUSE button, then clicking the last feature in the sequence with the LEFT
MOUSE button.
Select multiple features in non-consecutive order by holding down the CTRL key
and clicking each feature with the LEFT MOUSE button.
You can also click a feature with the LEFT MOUSE button in the MAIN window,
or the name of the feature with the LEFT MOUSE button in the FEATURES panel.

Select a Feature
When in a dialog box, click the drop-down arrow and scroll down to select a
feature. You can also click the name of the feature with the LEFT MOUSE button
in the FEATURES panel.
To select a feature from the MAIN Window, move the pointer over the drop-down
list box and click the FROM SCREEN icon that appears. This selects the drop-
down list and you can then click a feature with the LEFT MOUSE button in the
MAIN window. If the drop-down list is already selected, then just click the feature
with the LEFT MOUSE button in the MAIN window.

Select a Plane
When in a dialog box, click the drop-down arrow and scroll down to select a
plane, or plane reducible, feature. You can also click the name of the plane with
the LEFT MOUSE button in the FEATURES panel.
To select a plane from the MAIN Window, move the pointer over the drop-down
list box and click the FROM SCREEN icon that appears. This selects the drop-
down list and you can then click a plane with the LEFT MOUSE button in the
MAIN window. If the drop-down list is already selected, then just click the plane
with the LEFT MOUSE button in the MAIN window.

Select a Surface
When in a dialog box, click the drop-down arrow and scroll down to select a
surface. You can also click the name of the surface with the LEFT MOUSE
button in the SURFACES panel.
To select a surface from the MAIN Window, move the pointer over the drop-down
list box and click the FROM SCREEN icon that appears. This selects the drop-
down list and you can then click a surface with the LEFT MOUSE button in the
MAIN window. If the drop-down list is already selected, then just click the
surface with the LEFT MOUSE button in the MAIN window.

280
Chapter 16: Operational Concepts
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 281 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Select a Line
When in a dialog box, click the drop-down arrow and scroll down to select a line,
or line reducible, feature. You can also click the name of the line with the LEFT
MOUSE button in the LINES panel.
To select a line from the MAIN Window, move the pointer over the drop-down list
box and click the FROM SCREEN icon that appears. This selects the drop-down
list and you can then click a line with the LEFT MOUSE button in the MAIN
window. If the drop-down list is already selected, then just click the line with the
LEFT MOUSE button in the MAIN window.
NOTE: Two points can also be used to define a line. You can construct a line
using two points using CONSTRUCT LINE: BY BEST FIT. See “Construct
Line: By Best Fit” on page 188.

Select a Point
When in a dialog box, click the drop-down arrow and scroll down to select a
point, or point reducible, feature. You can also click the name of the point with
the LEFT MOUSE button in the POINTS panel.
To select a point from the MAIN Window, move the pointer over the drop-down
list box and click the FROM SCREEN icon that appears. This selects the drop-
down list and you can then click a point with the LEFT MOUSE button in the
MAIN window. If the drop-down list is already selected, then just click the point
with the LEFT MOUSE button in the MAIN window.

Select Nominal Points

When choosing points from a CAD model, click any part of the surface,
individual points, surface trim lines, polylines, or splines. When picking a line,
you use the point at which the mouse pointer intersects the line.

Select the Vector

After choosing the points for a feature, an arrow indicates the positive direction
of the vector. Click the LEFT MOUSE button to change the direction of the
vector. Click the RIGHT MOUSE button to accept the constructed nominal
circle.

281
Chapter 16: Operational Concepts
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 282 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Select a Coordinate System

When in a dialog box, click the drop-down arrow and scroll down to select a
coordinate system. You can also click the name of the coordinate system with the
LEFT MOUSE button in the COORDINATE SYSTEMS panel.
To select a coordinate system from the MAIN Window, move the pointer over the
drop-down list box and click the FROM SCREEN icon that appears. This selects
the drop-down list and you can then click a coordinate system with the LEFT
MOUSE button in the MAIN window. If the drop-down list is already selected,
then just click the coordinate system with the LEFT MOUSE button in the MAIN
window.

Typing values in different units

You can type a value in any unit, and CAM2 Measure converts the value to the
default unit value. For example, the default value is 0mm but the diameter is
10inches. Type 10in and CAM2 Measure automatically converts the value to
254 millimeters.

Typing values in different units and coordinate systems

You can type a value in any unit, and CAM2 Measure converts the value to the
default unit value. For example, the default value is 0,0,0 mm but your feature is
5,5,10 inches. Type 5in, 5in, 10in and CAM2 Measure automatically
converts the value to 127, 127, 254 millimeters.
To change the coordinate system, click the arrow on the right side of the dialog
box and select from the menu. CAM2 Measure automatically converts the values
to the current coordinate system during the feature construction.

282
Chapter 16: Operational Concepts
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 283 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

Technical Support
FARO Technologies, Inc. is committed to providing the best technical
support to our customers. Our Service Policy is detailed in Appendix C:
Industrial Products Service Policy of this manual. If you have any
problem using one of our products, please follow these steps before
contacting our Technical Support Team:
• Be sure to read the relevant sections of the documentation to find the
help you need.
• Visit the FARO Customer Care area on the Web at www.faro.com to
search our technical support database. This is available 24 hours a day
7 days a week.
• Document the problem you are experiencing. Be as specific as you
can. The more information you have, the easier the problem will be to
solve.
• If you still cannot resolve your problem, have your device’s Serial
Number available before calling.
Support Hours (Monday through Friday)
North America:
8:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time (EST).
Europe:
8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Central European Standard Time (CET).
Asia:
8:30 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. Singapore Standard Time (SST).
Japan:
9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Japan Standard Time (JST).
China:
8:30 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. China Standard Time (CST).
India:
9:30 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. India Standard Time (IST).
You can also e-mail or fax any problems or questions 24 hours a day.

283
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 284 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

• Phone
North America:
800 736 2771, +1 407 333 3182 (Worldwide)
Mexico:
866-874-1154
Europe:
+800 3276 7378, +49 7150 9797-400 (Worldwide)
Asia:
1800 511 1360, +65 6511 1350 (Worldwide)
Japan:
+800 6511 1360, +81 561 63 1411 (Worldwide)
China:
+800 6511 1360, +86 21 6191 7600 (Worldwide)
India:
000800 650 1397, +91 11 4167 6330/1 (Worldwide)
• Fax
North America:
+1 407 333 8056
Europe:
+800 3276 1737, +49 7150 9797-9400 (Worldwide)
Asia:
+65 6543 0111
Japan:
+81 561 63 1412
China:
+86 21 6494 8670
India:
+91 11 4167 6332
• E-Mail
North America:
[email protected]
Europe:
[email protected]
Asia:
[email protected]

284
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 285 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

Japan:
[email protected]
China:
[email protected]
India:
[email protected]
E-Mails or Faxes sent outside regular working hours usually are
answered before 12:00 p.m. the next working day. Should our staff be
on other calls, please leave a voice mail message; calls are always
returned within 4 hours. Please remember to leave a detailed description
of your question and your device’s Serial Number. Do not forget to
include your name, fax number, telephone number and extension so we
can reach you promptly.

285
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 286 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 1 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

Appendix A: Software License

Agreement
BEFORE INSTALLING, COPYING, DOWNLOADING,
ACCESSING, OR OTHERWISE USING THE SOFTWARE, YOU
SHOULD CAREFULLY READ THE FOLLOWING TERMS AND
CONDITIONS. INSTALLING, COPYING, DOWNLOADING,
ACCESSING, OR OTHERWISE USING THE SOFTWARE
INDICATE THAT YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS
SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND THAT YOU AGREE
TO BE BOUND BY ALL THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS. IF
YOU DO NOT AGREE WITH THEM, DO NOT INSTALL,
COPY, DOWNLOAD, ACCESS, OR OTHERWISE USE THE
SOFTWARE.
FARO TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT
This Software License Agreement is a legal agreement between You
(defined below) and FARO Technologies, Inc. (“FARO”). If You do not
agree with these terms: (a) do not install, copy, download, access, or
otherwise use the Software (defined below); and (b) return the
complete, unused Software and all accompanying items (including
written materials) and packaging, within thirty (30) days after purchase,
for a full refund of any amounts paid for the returned Software. By
installing, copying, downloading, accessing, or otherwise using the
Software you represent that you are acting on behalf of your employer
(such employer being hereinafter referred to as “You,” “you” or the
“Licensee”), and are authorized to, and do, accept these terms and
conditions on its behalf.
I. Definitions
1.1 Agreement. “Agreement” shall mean this Software License
Agreement.
1.2 Licensed Software. “Licensed Software” shall mean the
computer software, in machine-readable, object code form only,
owned and distributed by FARO via CD ROM, the Internet, or other
distribution mechanism, including any Upgrades to such Licensed
Software that may be provided by FARO pursuant to this Agreement.
Licensed Software does not include third party software even if it is
included in products supplied by FARO.
A-1
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 2 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

1.3 Licensed Software Materials. “Licensed Software Materials”

shall mean any materials related to the Licensed Software and
provided by FARO hereunder for use in connection with the Licensed
Software.
1.4 Software. “Software” shall mean the Licensed Software and
Licensed Software Materials.
II. License Grant.
2.1 License. Subject to compliance with the terms of this
Agreement, FARO grants, and You accept, a non-exclusive, non-
transferable, limited license to use the Software for internal business
purposes only on a single computer by one user at a time.
2.2 Reservation of Rights. FARO shall retain all right, title,
copyright, trade secrets, patents and other proprietary rights in and to
the Software, and all modifications, enhancements and any derivative
works thereof, regardless of origin. You do not acquire any rights,
express or implied, in the Software or derivative works thereof, other
than those specified in this Agreement, and all rights in and to the
Software that are not expressly granted herein are reserved to FARO.
2.3 Copies. You may make one (1) copy of the Licensed
Software, provided that such copy is used exclusively by You and
solely for archival purposes. Except as set forth in this Section II
(License Grant) You shall not use, print, copy, translate, or display the
Software, in whole or in part. You shall not copy the Licensed
Software Materials without FARO's prior written consent. You shall
include, and shall under no circumstances remove, FARO's and its
licensor's (if any) copyright, trademark, service mark and other
proprietary notices on any complete or partial copies of the Software
in the same form and location as the notice appears in the original.
2.4 Modifications. You shall not, and will not permit others to,
modify, adapt, translate code, reverse engineer, decompile,
disassemble or otherwise attempt to create derivative works from the
Licensed Software, otherwise alter the Licensed Software, or discover
its source code.
2.5 Compliance with Applicable Laws. You shall at all times
comply with all foreign, federal, state and local laws, whether in the
form of statutes, regulations, rules, standards, directives, guidelines,
judicial or administrative decisions, or any other federal, state or local
action having the effect of law.

A-2
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 3 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

2.6 Audit Right. FARO shall have the right, upon reasonable
notice during business hours, to audit your use of the Software for
purposes of evaluating your compliance with this Agreement.
2.7 Metering Devices. The Licensed Software may contain
technology-based metering devices and passive restraints to regulate
usage. For example, the Licensed Software may contain a license file
limiting use to the licensed number of concurrent users or named
users or may temporarily restrict usage until license and other fees
have been paid in full. You acknowledge that such passive restraints
and metering devices are a reasonable method to ensure compliance
with the license and have been factored into the license and other fees
and the Agreement as a whole. You agree that you will not
circumvent, override, or otherwise bypass such metering devices and
passive restraints that regulate the use of the Licensed Software.
2.8 Maintenance Package. A separate maintenance package for
the Licensed Software is available for purchase from FARO at a
standard list price (the “Maintenance Package”). If you have selected
and have paid for the Maintenance Package, then the Limited
Warranty under Section 3.1 shall be extended for an extended
warranty period (the “Extended Warranty Period”) which shall expire
upon the expiration of the term of the Maintenance Package or at any
time that You fail to pay any amount due in respect of the
Maintenance Package. In addition, if You have a current Maintenance
Package in good standing at the time of release of any enhancement,
upgrade or modification of the Software (including any new version
of the Licensed Software) (each an “Upgrade”), You shall be entitled
to any such Upgrade without additional charge. If You do not have a
current Maintenance Package in good standing at the time of the
release of an Upgrade, then you acknowledge that you are not entitled
to any such Upgrade.
III. Limited Warranty
3.1 Licensed Software Performance. FARO warrants that, for a
period of thirty (30) days following the delivery of the Licensed
Software to you (the “Standard Warranty Period”), the Licensed
Software, as delivered, will substantially conform to the Licensed
Software Materials provided by FARO to you, when properly used in
the operating environment specified by FARO (the “Limited
Warranty”).

A-3
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 4 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

3.2 Exclusive Remedy. If, during the Warranty Period (or

Extended Warranty Period if You have a Maintenance Package as set
forth in Section 2.8), you notify FARO of any non-compliance with
the Limited Warranty occurring during such period, FARO will, in its
sole option and discretion: (a) use commercially reasonable efforts to
provide the programming services necessary to correct any verifiable
non-compliance in the License Software; or (b) replace any non-
conforming Licensed Software; or (c) terminate this Agreement in
whole or in part, and refund to you the amounts paid for the non-
conforming Licensed Software (provided that during the Extended
Warranty Period the maximum amount subject to refund shall be the
amount paid for the Maintenance Package). FARO does not guarantee
results or represent or warrant that all errors or defects will be
corrected. THE FOREGOING STATES YOUR SOLE AND
EXCLUSIVE REMEDY WITH RESPECT TO NON-
COMPLIANCE WITH THE LIMITED WARRANTY IN THIS
SECTION III (LIMITED WARRANTY).
3.3 Warranty Disclaimer: EXCEPT FOR THE LIMITED
WARRANTY CONTAINED IN SECTION 3.1 (AS EXTENDED IN
TIME FOR PURCHASERS OF A MAINTENANCE PACKAGE),
FARO DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES RELATED
TO THE SOFTWARE WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
WRITTEN OR ORAL, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
INTEROPERABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, QUIET ENJOYMENT, OR
THOSE ARISING FROM TRADE USAGE OR COURSE OF
DEALING. FARO DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE
SOFTWARE WILL BE FREE FROM DEFECTS OR THAT USE OF
THE LICENSED SOFTWARE WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR
ERROR FREE. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, FARO
DOES NOT WARRANT THE CORRECTNESS OF TEXT
DISPLAYED BY THE SOFTWARE IN LANGUAGES OTHER
THAN ENGLISH. IT IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY TO CONFORM
TO FARO'S STATED HARDWARE AND OPERATING SYSTEM
REQUIREMENTS.

A-4
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 5 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

IV. Fees and Payment

4.1 Fees, Invoicing and Payment. You shall pay the fees and
charges for the Software and Maintenance Package if selected within
thirty (30) days after the date of FARO's invoice. All fees and other
charges paid hereunder are non-refundable. All past due amounts
shall bear interest at the lesser of (a) one and one-half percent (1.5%)
per month, or (b) the maximum rate allowed by law.
4.2 Taxes. The fees, charges or expenses under this Agreement
do not include sales, use, property, excise, value-added, service or
other taxes, or any penalties or interest related to such taxes, now or
hereafter levied by any federal, state, local or other taxing authority
relating to (a) any services rendered by FARO, (b) the Software or
their use; (c) the license granted hereunder; or (d) this Agreement
(collectively, “Taxes”). In addition to the payments otherwise due
under this Agreement, you shall pay all Taxes. If FARO is required to
pay Taxes (except Taxes based on FARO's income), FARO shall
invoice You for such Taxes, and you shall pay such invoice in
accordance with Section 4.1 (Fees, Invoicing and Payment). You
agree to indemnify FARO for and hold it harmless against any out of
pocket costs, interest and penalties imposed upon or incurred by
FARO by reason of your failure to perform your obligations under
this Agreement.
V. Term and Termination.
5.1 Termination.
5.1.1By FARO. FARO may terminate this Agreement
immediately upon written notice if You fail to comply with any of
the terms and conditions of this Agreement or failing to pay any
fees or other charges when due. Termination of this Agreement by
FARO shall, among other things, constitute termination of all
licenses granted hereunder.
5.1.2By You. You may terminate this Agreement by prior
written notice to FARO, if FARO fails to perform any material term
or condition of this Agreement, and does not cure such failure
within forty-five (45) days after FARO's receipt of written notice
from You particularly stating the default and your intention to
terminate.

A-5
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 6 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

5.1.3Effect of Termination. Within fifteen (15) days after any

termination of this Agreement, You will furnish to FARO a written
certification that through your best efforts and to the best of your
knowledge, the original and all copies of the Software received
from FARO or made in connection with such license have been
returned to FARO or destroyed. Termination of this Agreement
shall not limit either party from pursuing any other remedies
available to it, nor shall termination relieve your obligation to pay
all fees that have accrued or are otherwise owed by You hereunder.
VI. Limitation Of Remedies And Liability
6.1 Selection and Use of Software. You accept sole
responsibility for 1) the selection of the Software to achieve your
intended results; 2) the installation of the Software (unless installed
by FARO); 3) the use of the Software; 4) the results obtained from
Software and the use of those results; and 5) lost or damaged data and
the adoption of procedures and safeguards (e.g., regular data backups)
to prevent such loss or damage. You also accept sole responsibility for
the selection and use of, and results obtained from, any other
programs, programming, equipment or services used with the
Software. You accept sole responsibility for all loss, claim, liability,
or damage, and related costs and expenses arising directly or
indirectly out of or in any way related to your own fault or negligence.
6.2 CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGE WAIVER. IN NO EVENT
SHALL FARO BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT,
CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR PUNITIVE
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY
DAMAGES ASSOCIATED WITH LOSS OF USE,
INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF DATA OR LOSS OF
PROFITS).
6.3 LIMITATION ON DAMAGES. IN NO EVENT SHALL
FARO BE LIABLE FOR ANY AMOUNT IN EXCESS OF THE
AMOUNTS PAID TO FARO BY YOU IN RESPECT OF THE
SOFTWARE ITEM TO WHICH THE DEFAULT RELATES.
6.4 BASIS OF THE AGREEMENT. THE ABOVE
LIMITATIONS SHALL APPLY TO ANY CLAIMS OR DAMAGES
ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS
AGREEMENT, REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION,

A-6
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 7 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF

FARO HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES. You acknowledge that FARO has set its prices and
entered into this Agreement in reliance upon the limitations of
damages, waiver of consequential damages and disclaimers of
warranties and damages set forth in this Agreement, and that the same
form an essential basis of the bargain between you and FARO. You
agree that the limitations, exclusions or disclaimers in this Agreement
will survive and apply even if the exclusive remedies in Sections 3.2
(Exclusive Remedy) and 7.1 (Infringement Claims) are found to have
failed of their essential purpose.
VII.Intellectual Property Infringement
7.1 Infringement Claims. FARO agrees to defend you in a
lawsuit or other judicial action, and pay the amount of any adverse
final judgment (or settlement to which FARO consents) from such
lawsuit or judicial action, asserted by any third party against you that
the Software infringe any U.S. patent, copyright or trademark issued
as of the date FARO provided you with the Software (each, a
“Claim”); provided, that you (a) promptly notify FARO in writing of
the Claim; (b) give FARO sole control over the defense and
settlement, if any, of the Claim; (c) provide FARO with full
cooperation and assistance in the defense of the Claim; and (d) fully
comply with FARO's direction to cease any use of the potentially
infringing Software. In addition to the obligations set forth above, if
FARO receives information concerning a Claim, FARO may, at its
expense, but without obligation to do so, undertake further actions
such as: (a) procuring for you such patent, copyright or trademark
right(s) or license(s) as may be necessary to address the Claim; or (b)
replace or modify the Software to make it non-infringing. In the event
FARO is, in FARO's sole discretion, unable to procure the right to
continued use of the allegedly infringing Software or replace or
modify the Software to make it non-infringing as set forth above,
FARO may terminate this Agreement in whole or in part, and the
allegedly infringing Software shall be promptly returned to FARO. In
such event, FARO's sole and maximum liability for such infringement
shall be to refund to you the amount paid to FARO for such infringing
item, less depreciation as calculated on a five-year straight-line basis
commencing with the Effective Date.

A-7
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 8 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

7.2 Limitations. The obligations set forth in this Section VII

(Intellectual Property Infringement) shall not apply, and FARO shall
have no obligations with respect to, any Claim or infringement arising
out of: (a) the use of the Software other than in strict accordance with
this Agreement and any applicable documentation or instructions
supplied by FARO; (b) any alteration, modification or revision of the
Software not performed by FARO; (c) your failure to use or
implement Updates made available without charge by FARO; (d)
your distribution, marketing or use of the Software for the benefit of
third parties; (e) the combination of the Software with materials not
supplied by FARO; or (f) information, materials or specifications
provided by or on behalf of yourself. In the event that FARO is
required to defend a lawsuit or other judicial action pursuant to
Section 7.1 (Infringement Claims) above and such lawsuit or other
judicial action includes allegations with respect to non-FARO
products (including without limitation, third party materials), then
you shall retain, at your sole expense, separate counsel to defend
against such allegations, and agree to reimburse FARO for any and all
attorney's fees and costs incurred by FARO with respect to defending
against such allegations. Moreover, FARO and its suppliers shall have
no liability for any intellectual property infringement claim
(including, without limitation, any Claim) based on your
manufacture, use, sale, offer for sale, information or other disposition
or promotion of the Software after it has received FARO's notice that
you should cease use of such Software due to such claim. You shall
indemnify and defend FARO from and against all damages, costs and
expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees incurred due to your
continued use of the allegedly infringing Software after FARO
provides such notice. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION VII
(INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY INFRINGEMENT) STATE FARO'S
ENTIRE LIABILITY AND YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE
REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIM OR OTHER
ALLEGATION INVOLVING INFRINGEMENT OR
MISAPPROPRIATION OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
RIGHTS.

A-8
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 9 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

VIII.Protection And Security of Software

8.1 Confidentiality. You acknowledge that the ideas, methods,
techniques and expressions thereof contained in the Software or
disclosed or delivered through the provision of services hereunder
(collectively, “FARO Confidential Information”) constitute
confidential and proprietary information belonging to FARO, the
unauthorized use or disclosure of which would be damaging to
FARO. You agree to hold the Software and FARO Confidential
Information in strictest confidence, disclosing same only to your
employees (excluding independent contractors) with a need to know
and to use such information only for the purposes authorized by this
Agreement. You are responsible for and agree to take all reasonable
precautions, by instruction, agreement or otherwise, to ensure that
your employees who are required to have access to such information
in order to perform under this Agreement, are informed that the
Software and FARO Confidential Information are confidential
proprietary information belonging to FARO and to ensure that they
make no unauthorized use or disclosure of such information. You may
disclose said materials if you are required to do so pursuant to a
governmental agency or court of law so long as you provide FARO
with written notice of such request prior to such disclosure and
cooperates with FARO to obtain a protective order.
8.2 Disposal. Prior to disposing of any media reflecting or on
which is stored or placed any Software, you shall ensure that such
Software thereon or therein have been erased or otherwise destroyed.
8.3 Equitable Relief. You recognize that no remedy at law for
damages is adequate to fully compensate FARO for the breach of the
covenants in this Section VIII. Therefore, FARO shall be entitled to
temporary injunctive relief against you without the necessity of
proving actual damages. Such injunctive relief shall in no way limit
any other remedies FARO may have as a result of breach by you of
the covenants contained herein.
IX. Miscellaneous.
9.1 Notices. Any notices required or permitted to be given
hereunder by either party to the other shall be given in writing: (1) by
personal delivery; (2) by electronic facsimile with confirmation sent
by United States first class registered or certified mail, postage
prepaid, return receipt requested; (3) by bonded courier or by a
nationally recognized overnight delivery company; or (4) by United

A-9
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 10 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

States first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return

receipt requested. In the case of notice sent to FARO, all such notices
shall be sent to the attention of Customer Service at FARO. Notices
shall be deemed received on the earliest of personal delivery, upon
delivery by electronic facsimile with confirmation from the
transmitting machine that the transmission was completed, one
business day following deposit with a bonded courier or overnight
delivery company, or three business days following deposit in the
U.S. Mail as required herein.
9.2 Entire Agreement/Interpretation. This Agreement together
with the Quotation to which this Agreement is attached and any
applicable provision in any other appendix to such Quotation
constitutes the complete and exclusive statement of the agreement
between FARO and You with respect to the subject matter hereof, and
all previous representations, discussions, and writings are superseded
by this Agreement. With respect to matters relative to Software, this
Agreement shall prevail over any conflicting or inconsistent terms
and conditions which may appear in any other Appendix to the
Quotation. No alteration, amendment, or modification of the terms of
this Agreement shall be valid or effective unless in writing and signed
by You and FARO. If any provision of this Agreement is found to be
invalid or unenforceable by any court, such provision shall be
ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability
without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof. You
acknowledge and agree that you desire to execute and accept this
Agreement electronically in substitution for conventional paper-based
documents. You agree that this Agreement shall be admissible as
between the parties to the same extent and under the same conditions
as other business records originated and maintained in documentary
form.
9.3 Force Majeure. Any delays in, or failure to perform, any
provision of this Agreement (other than for the payment of amounts
due hereunder) caused by acts, omissions, events, causes or
conditions beyond the parties' reasonable control (including, without
limitation, acts of God, third-party nonperformance, failure of or
defects and errors in third party software or hardware, acts of
governmental entities, civil disobedience or insurrection, lock-outs,
freight embargoes, acts of civil or military authorities, terrorists, fires,
floods, wars, or riots) shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement
and shall not give rise to any claim for damages, and the time for

A-10
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 11 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

performance of such provision, if any, shall be deemed to be extended

for a reasonable period of time at least equal to the duration of the
conditions preventing performance.
9.4 Waiver. All waivers under this Agreement shall be in
writing and be identified in such writing as a waiver to this
Agreement in order to be effective. No failure or delay by a party to
exercise any right it may have by reason of the default of the other
party shall operate as a waiver of default or modification of this
Agreement or shall prevent the exercise of any right of the non-
defaulting party under this Agreement.
9.5 Survival. The expiration or termination of this Agreement
for any reason will not release either party from any liabilities or
obligations set forth herein which (a) the parties have expressly stated
will survive such expiration or termination, (b) remain to be
performed, or (c) by their nature would be intended to be applicable
following such expiration or termination.
9.6 Governing Law and Venue. This Agreement shall be
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida. The
parties agree that all actions or proceedings arising in connection with
this Agreement shall be tried and litigated exclusively in the state or
federal (if permitted by law and a party elects to file an action in
federal court) courts located in ___________________. Any action of
any kind brought by you and arising out of or in any way connected
with this Agreement must be commenced within one (1) year of the
date upon which the cause of action accrued.
9.7 Assignment. You may not sublicense, assign or transfer this
Agreement or the Software without prior written consent of FARO.
Any attempt to sublicense, assign or transfer any of the rights, duties
or obligations hereunder without prior written consent of FARO is
null and void.
9.8 Export Restrictions. The Software are licensed for use in the
specific country authorized by FARO. You may not export the
Software to another country without FARO's written permission and
payment of any applicable country specific surcharges. You agree to
comply fully with all relevant export laws and regulations of the
United States and foreign nations in which the Software will be used
(“Export Laws”) to ensure that neither the Software nor any direct
product thereof are (a) exported, directly or indirectly, in violation of
any Export Laws; or (b) are intended to be used for any purposes

A-11
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 12 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

prohibited by the Export Laws. Without limiting the foregoing, you

will not export or re-export the Software: (a) to any country to which
the United States or European Union has embargoed or restricted the
export of goods or services or to any national of any such country,
wherever located, who intends to transmit or transport the Software
back to such country; (b) to any user who you know or have reason to
know will utilize the Software in the design, development or
production of nuclear, chemical or biological weapons; or (c) to any
user who has been prohibited from participating in export transactions
by any federal or national agency of the U.S. government or European
Union.
9.9 U.S. Government Restricted Rights. The Software is a
“commercial item” as that term is defined at 48 CFR 2.101 (October
1995), consisting of “commercial computer software” and
“commercial computer software documentation”, as such terms are
used in 48 CFR 12.212 (September 1995), and is provided to the U.S.
Government only as a commercial end item. Consistent with 48 CFR
12.212 and 48 CFR 227.7202-1 through 227.7202-4 (June 1995), all
U.S. Government End Users acquire the Software with only those
rights set forth herein.

A-12
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 1 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

Appendix B: Purchase Conditions

All Purchase Orders (hereafter, the “Order”) for FARO-provided
products and services (hereafter, the “Product”) are subject to the
following terms and conditions, which are agreed to by the Purchaser.
All capitalized terms are defined in Section 8.00 Definitions hereafter.
1.00Payment of Purchase Price
1.01Purchaser hereby promises to pay to the order of FARO all deferred
portions of the Purchase Price, together with interest on late purchase
price payments payable at 1.5% per month (18% per annum).
1.02The Purchaser grants to FARO a security interest in the products
sold pursuant to the Order, which may be perfected by UCC-1
Financing Statements to be recorded in the applicable County of the
Purchaser’s business location and filed with the Secretary of State’s
Office, which security interest will remain in effect until payment in full
of the purchase price together with interest on late purchase price
payments payable thereon had been received by FARO.
1.03If the Purchaser fails to make full payment of the purchase price
within the period set out in the Order, FARO shall at its option have the
following remedies, which shall be cumulative and not alternative:
a) the right to cancel the Order and enter the Purchaser’s premises to
re-take possession of the Product, in which event the Purchaser agrees
that any down-payment or deposit shall be forfeited to FARO, as
liquidated damages and not as a penalty, and all costs incurred by
FARO in connection with the removal and subsequent transportation
of the Product shall be payable by the Purchaser upon written
demand;
b) the right to enter the Purchaser’s premises and remove any
Software, components of the Product or other items necessary in
order to render the Product inoperative;
c) the right to withhold all services which would otherwise be
required to be provided by FARO pursuant to the Warranties set out in
Section 4.00 Warranties and Limitation of Liability hereof;
d) terminate any existing software license agreement and

B-1
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 2 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

e) pursue any other available remedy, including suing to collect any

remaining balance of the purchase price (i.e., accelerate the payment
of the purchase price causing the entire balance to immediately
become due and payable in full).
f) Customer will be charged a 20% restocking fee for refusal to accept
equipment as delivered. Equipment must be returned unopened within
10 business days of receipt at customer facility.
1.04If Purchaser fails to make payment(s) in accordance with the terms
of this Order, the Purchaser’s Products may be rendered inoperable until
such payment terms are met.
No waiver by FARO of its rights under these conditions shall be deemed
to constitute a waiver of subsequent breaches or defaults by the
Purchaser. In the event more than one Product is being purchased
pursuant to the Order, unless otherwise set forth herein, each payment
received by FARO from Purchaser shall be applied pro rata against the
cost of each product rather than being applied to the purchase price of
any product.
2.00Delivery and Transportation
2.01Delivery dates are estimates and not guarantees, and are based upon
conditions at the time such estimate is given.
2.02FARO shall not be liable for any loss or damage, whether direct,
indirect or consequential, resulting from late delivery of the Product.
The Purchaser’s sole remedy, if the Product is not delivered within 90
days of the estimated delivery date, shall be to cancel the Order and to
recover from FARO without interest or penalty, the amount of the down-
payment or deposit and any other part of the purchase price which has
been paid by the Purchaser. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such right of
cancellation shall not extend to situations where late delivery is
occasioned by causes beyond FARO’s control, including, without
limitation, compliance with any rules, regulations, orders or instructions
of any federal, state, county, municipal or other government or any
department or agency thereof, force majuere, acts or omissions of the
Purchaser, acts of civil or military authorities, embargoes, war or
insurrection, labor interruption through strike or walkout, transportation
delays and other inability resulting from causes beyond FARO’s control
to obtain necessary labor, manufacturing facilities or materials from its
usual sources. Any delays resulting from such causes shall extend
estimated delivery dates by the length of such delay.

B-2
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 3 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

2.03Responsibility for all costs and risks in any way connected with the
storage, transportation and installation of the Product shall be borne
entirely by the Purchaser. If any disagreement arises as to whether or not
damage to the Product was in fact caused in storage, transit or on
installation, the opinion of FARO’s technical advisors, acting
reasonably, shall be conclusive.
3.00Installation and Operator Training
3.01The Purchaser shall be responsible for installation of the Product,
including, without limitation, the preparation of its premises, the
uncrating of the Product and setting up of the Product for operation.
Purchaser may elect to order contract services from FARO to perform
this service should they elect to do so.
4.00Warranties and Limitation of Liability
4.01FARO warrants that (subject to Section 4.06), the Product shall be
free from defects in workmanship or material affecting the fitness of the
Product for its usual purpose under normal conditions of use, service
and maintenance. A complete statement of FARO’s maintenance/
warranty service is set forth in Appendix B: Purchase Conditions.
4.02FARO warrants that the Software shall operate according to
specifications and the System shall operate and perform in the manner
contemplated in connection with the usual purpose for which it is
designed.
4.03The maintenance/warranty set out in paragraphs 4.01 shall expire at
the end of the twelve (12) month period commencing on the date of
shipment from the FARO factory (the “Maintenance/Warranty Period”).
4.04Subject to the limitations contained in Section 4.06, the Warranties
shall apply to any defects found by the Purchaser in the operation of the
Hardware Device and reported to FARO within the Maintenance/
Warranty Period. If the Hardware Device or the Software is found by
FARO, acting reasonably, to be defective, and if the defect is
acknowledged by FARO to be the result of FARO’s faulty material or
workmanship, the Hardware Device will be repaired or adjusted to the
extent found by FARO to be necessary or at the option of FARO,
replaced with a new Hardware Device or parts thereof at no cost to the
Purchaser.

B-3
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 4 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

4.05Claims under the Warranties shall be made by delivering written

notice to FARO of the defect in the System, the Hardware Device.
Within a reasonable time of receipt of such notice, FARO shall have the
System and Hardware Device diagnosed by its service personnel, and
maintenance/warranty service will be provided at no cost to the
Purchaser if the System and Hardware Device is found by FARO to be
defective within the meaning of this Section.
(If, in the reasonable opinion of FARO after diagnosis of the system and
the Hardware Device are not defective, the Purchaser shall pay the cost
of service, which shall be the amount that FARO would otherwise
charge for an evaluation under a non-warranty service evaluation.
4.06The Warranties do not apply to:
a) Any defects in any component of a System where, if in the
reasonable opinion of FARO, the Hardware Device, Software or
System has been improperly stored, installed, operated, or
maintained, or if Purchaser has permitted unauthorized modifications,
additions, adjustments and/or repair to any hard drive structure or
content, or any other part of the System, or which might affect the
System, or defects caused or repairs required as a result of causes
external to FARO workmanship or the materials used by FARO. As
used herein, “unauthorized” means that which has not been approved
and permitted by FARO.
b) The Warranties shall not cover replacement of expendable items,
including, but not limited to, fuses, diskettes, printer paper, printer
ink, printing heads, disk cleaning materials, or similar items.
c) The Warranties shall not cover minor preventive and corrective
maintenance, including, but not limited to, replacement of fuses, disk
drive head cleaning, fan filter cleaning and system clock battery
replacement.
d) Any equipment or its components which was sold or transferred to
any party other than the original Purchaser without the expressed
written consent of FARO.
4.07Factory Repairs
a) IF SYSTEM IS UNDER MAINTANENCE/WARRANTY: The
Purchaser agrees to ship the Product to FARO in the original packing
containers. FARO will return the repaired or replacement Product.

B-4
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 5 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

FARO will incur the expense of the needed part and all return
shipping charges to the Purchaser. FARO may authorize the
manufacturer of a component of the Product to perform the service.
b) IF SYSTEM IS UNDER PREMIUM SERVICE PLAN: When
practical and subject to availability, FARO will make available to the
Purchaser substitute component parts or Hardware Device’s
(“Temporary Replacements”) while corresponding parts of the
Purchaser’s system or Hardware Device are undergoing repair at
FARO’s factory. Shipping charges for these “Temporary
Replacement” parts or Hardware Device’s will be the responsibility of
FARO.
c) IF SYSTEM IS NOT UNDER MAINTANENCE/WARRANTY:
The Purchaser is responsible for the cost of the replacement part or
software, and all shipping charges. All charges shall be estimated and
prepaid prior to commencement of repairs.
4.08Nothing herein contained shall be construed as obligating FARO to
make service, parts, or repairs for any product available after the
expiration of the Maintenance/Warranty Period.
4.09Limitation of Liability
FARO shall not be responsible under any circumstances for special,
incidental or consequential damages, including, but not limited to,
injury to or death of any operator or other person, damage or loss
resulting from inability to use the System, increased operating costs,
loss of production, loss of anticipated profits, damage to property, or
other special, incidental or consequential damages of any nature arising
from any cause whatsoever whether based in contract, tort (including
negligence), or any other theory of law. FARO’s only liability
hereunder, arising from any cause whatsoever, whether based in
contract, tort (including negligence) or any other theory of law, consists
of the obligation to repair or replace defective components in the
System or Hardware Device subject to the limitations set out above in
this section.
This disclaimer of liability for consequential damage extends to any
such special, incidental or consequential damages which may be
suffered by third parties, either caused directly or indirectly resulting
from test results or data produced by the system or any component
thereof and the Purchaser agrees to indemnify and save FARO harmless
from any such claims made by third parties.

B-5
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 6 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

4.10The foregoing shall be FARO’s sole and exclusive liability and the
Purchaser’s sole and exclusive remedy with respect to the system.
THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF FARO UNDER THE
WARRANTIES IS STATED HEREIN AND FARO SHALL NOT BE
LIABLE FOR CONSEQUENTIAL, INDIRECT, OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES, WHETHER THE CLAIM IS FOR BREACH OF
WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, OR OTHERWISE.
OTHER THAN THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES HEREIN STATED,
FARO DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES INCLUDING IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS.
4.11FARO does not authorize any person (whether natural or corporate)
to assume for FARO any liability in connection with or with respect to
the Products. No agent or employee of FARO has any authority to make
any representation or promise on behalf of FARO, except as expressly
set forth herein, or to modify the terms or limitations of the Warranties.
Verbal statements are not binding upon FARO.
4.12The Maintenance/Warranties extend only to the Purchaser and are
transferable, only under the following conditions:
• The Hardware Device is currently under maintenance/warranty.
• New owner is, or becomes, a certified user.
• A FARO maintenance/warranty transfer form is completed, and
submitted to Customer Service.
All claims under the Warranties must originate with the Purchaser, or
any subsequent owner, and the Purchaser will indemnify and save
FARO harmless from any claims for breach of warranty asserted against
FARO by any third party.
4.13Oral representations of FARO or its sales representatives, officers,
employees or agents cannot be relied upon as correctly stating the
representations of FARO in connection with the system. Refer to this
purchase order, any exhibits hereto and any written materials supplied
by FARO for correct representations.

B-6
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 7 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

4.14PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS PURCHASED

THE SYSTEM BASED UPON ITS OWN KNOWLEDGE OF THE
USES TO WHICH THE SYSTEM WILL BE PUT. FARO
SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY OR LIABILITY
RELATED TO THE FITNESS OF THE SYSTEM FOR ANY
PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR ARISING FROM THE INABILITY OF
THE PURCHASER TO USE THE SYSTEM FOR ANY
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
5.00Design Changes
5.01The Hardware Device, the Software and the System are subject to
changes in design, manufacture and programming between the date of
order and the actual delivery date. FARO reserves the right to
implement such changes without the Purchaser’s consent, however,
nothing contained herein shall be construed as obligating FARO to
include such changes in the Hardware Device, Software or System
provided to the Purchaser.
6.00Non-Disclosure
6.01All Software including, without limitation, the Operating System
Program and any FARO special user programs, provided to the
Purchaser as part of the system, either at the time of or subsequent to the
delivery of the Hardware Device, is the intellectual property of FARO.
The Purchaser shall not reproduce or duplicate, disassemble, decompile,
reverse engineer, sell, transfer or assign, in any manner the Software or
permit access to or use thereof by any third party. The Purchaser shall
forthwith execute any further assurances in the form of non-disclosure
or licensing agreements which may reasonably be required by FARO in
connection with the software.
7.00Entire Agreement / Governing Law / Miscellaneous /
Guarantee
7.01These Purchase conditions constitute the entire agreement between
FARO and the Purchaser in respect to the Product. There are no
representations or warranties by FARO, express or implied, except for
those herein contained and these conditions supersede and replace any
prior agreements between FARO and the Purchaser.
7.02No representative of FARO has any authority to modify, alter,
delete or add to any of the terms or conditions hereof. Any such
modifications shall be absolutely void unless made by instrument in

B-7
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 8 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

writing properly executed by an actual authorized employee or agent of

FARO.
7.03The terms and conditions hereof shall be binding upon FARO and
the Purchaser, and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the
State of Florida, United States of America.
7.04FARO shall be entitled to recover all of its reasonable fees and costs
including, but not limited to, its reasonable attorney’s fees incurred by
FARO in connection with any dispute or litigation arising thereunder or
in connection herewith, including appeals and bankruptcy or creditor
reorganization proceeds.
7.05These conditions shall not be construed more strictly against one
party than another as a result of one party having drafted said
instrument.
8.00Definitions
8.01“FARO” means FARO Technologies, Inc.
8.02“Purchaser” means the party buying the Product and who is legally
obligated hereunder.
8.03“Software” means all computer programs, disk drive directory
organization and content, including the computer media containing such
computer programs and disk drive directory organization and content,
sold pursuant to the Order.
8.04“Product” means the Hardware Device, the Software, operating
manuals and any other product or merchandise sold pursuant to the
Order. If the Purchaser is buying only a Hardware Device, or the
Software, Product will mean the product being purchased by the
Purchaser pursuant to the Order.
8.05“System” means a combination of the Hardware Device, the
Software, the Computer, and optional parts and accessories associated
with the Hardware Device.
8.06“Certified user” means any person who has completed and passed
the written exam issued by FARO. The exam is available upon request.
8.07“Purchase Order” means the original document issued from the
Purchaser to FARO, listing all parts and/or services to be purchased and
the agreed purchase price.

B-8
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 9 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

8.08“Maintenance/Warranty Transfer Form” means a document to be

completed for the transfer of the FARO Maintenance/Warranty. This
document is available from FARO upon request.

B-9
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 10 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

B-10
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 1 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

Appendix C: Industrial Products

Service Policy
A one-year maintenance/warranty comes with the purchase of new
FARO manufactured hardware products. Supplemental Service Plans
are also available at additional cost. See Appendix D: Industrial Service
Policy for further details.

FARO Hardware under Maintenance/

Warranty
The following is a summary of what services can be obtained under the
original warranty or Supplemental Service Plan.
1 Factory repairs on FARO-manufactured hardware products.
2 Factory repairs are targeted for completion within 7 (FaroArms) or 14
(Laser Trackers and Laser Scanners) working days of FARO’s receipt
of the defective item. The customer is responsible for returning the
hardware to FARO in the original packing container or custom case.
3 FARO will return the hardware via 2-day air service to the
Continental U.S. Outside the Continental U.S., FARO will return the
hardware to the customs broker via 2-day air service. Expedited
service can be arranged at the customer’s expense.
4 Upon expiration of original warranty a Supplemental Service Plan
may be purchased and can be renewed annually on
FARO-manufactured hardware products.
5 All Supplemental Service Plans will be due for renewal at the end of
the month in which the Service Plan or warranty was purchased, plus
12 months.
6 The original warranty and Supplemental Service Plan are transferable
to subsequent owners under certain conditions:
• The Hardware Device is currently under the original warranty and
Supplemental Service Plan.
• New owner is, or becomes, a certified user.
• A FARO Transfer of Original Warranty or Service Plan Agreement
form is completed and submitted to Customer Service.

C-1
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 2 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

FARO Hardware NOT under Maintenance/

Warranty
Factory assessments and repairs on FARO-manufactured products will
follow the following procedure:
1 The customer obtains a service number from FARO’s Customer
Service Department.
2 The customer sends the part to FARO with the service number on the
label along with payment or a corporate purchase order for system
testing and evaluation, which includes calibration and recertification.
3 The payment will be applied toward the total service cost beyond the
initial payment. The estimated repair cost will be given to the
customer prior to the repair. The total cost must be paid prior to
beginning the service.
4 System testing and evaluation can take up to 30 days. FARO-
manufactured part repairs can take up to 60 days. However, the part
will be scheduled for service as soon as it arrives at FARO’s factory.
5 The customer is responsible for all shipping charges to and from
FARO, including import and export fees for international customers.

FARO Software
All FARO Software users will receive maintenance releases until the
end of life for the version at no charge electronically or at a minimal fee
for the computer media package. All enhancement and functionality
upgrades will be available for purchase upon release.

Hardware & Software Training

FARO’s training program is designed to instruct trainees in the
operation of FARO’s hardware and software, which the customer has
purchased. The training classes are set up for each trainee to obtain
valuable hands on application exposure. This will help the trainees in
their everyday use of the hardware and software. FARO also feels that
once the trainee completes the training, finding solutions to problems or
applying applications will be simpler. Details are as follows:

C-2
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 3 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

1 The training class will prepare attendees to successfully attain an

operators certification (see Certification Requirements section for
more details).
2 The fee schedules for advanced additional training courses can be
obtained from Customer Service, or the Sales department.

Certification Requirements
The Hardware Device operator’s inherent ability to understand 3D
concepts may be in their background training. However, the precision
with which the operator performs 3D measurements with the Hardware
Device is critical in establishing the accuracy and repeatability of the
results of subsequent measurements.
In order to establish the proficiency of Hardware Device operators,
FARO has instituted an Operator Certification program, where each
operator’s knowledge and understanding of the Hardware Device is
evaluated. The successful operator is awarded a certificate which
identifies him/her as an accredited Hardware Device operator. The
requirements are as follows:
1 Attend a FARO-conducted basic training course, either at a FARO
Facility or on site at your facility.
2 Certification will be awarded once the class has been completed, and
then the certified user will be registered for hardware and software
support.
To certify an operator, call FARO’s Training Department, 800.736.0234
(North America), +1 407.333.9911 (Worldwide), for updated
information.

Hardware Device Repair Fee Schedule

(Out of Maintenance/Warranty Owners Only!)
System Testing and Evaluation Fee - Contact your local FARO
Service Center for pricing.
A fee is charged for any system testing and evaluation. This includes
system diagnosis, calibration and/or recertification, and applies to all
Hardware Devices. However, this fee does not include disassembly/
repair costs if required. An estimated cost for disassembly/repair will be

C-3
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 4 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

given to the customer prior to the repair. The disassembly/repair charges

must be paid in full prior to the actual disassembly/repair. However, if
no repairs are needed the fee will be applied to the cost of system testing
and evaluation. All evaluations contain a recertification. Re-certification
will be performed on an “as needed” basis.
Contact your local FARO Service Center for the current system testing
and evaluation fee pricing.

Repair Times
Calibration and/or Recertification Only - Can take up to 14 days to
complete.
Disassembly and Repair - Can take up to 60 days to complete. This
time is dependent on the supply of purchased components.
*Includes Calibration and Recertification

C-4
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 5 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

Transfer of Original Warranty or Service Plan

Agreement
_________________________________________________________
(SELLER’S CORPORATE OR INDIVIDUAL NAME AS APPLICABLE),
hereby waives all rights under the warranty service policy for
Hardware Device Serial Number______________________________
CAM2 Port Lock Number __________________
purchased originally on ______________________(DATE).

_________________________________________________________
(BUYER’S CORPORATE OR INDIVIDUAL NAME AS APPLICABLE),
hereby assumes all rights and obligations of the Hardware and/or Software Warranty
Service Policy from __________________ (DATE OF TRANSFER).
This transfer is only valid under the following conditions.
1 The Hardware Device is currently under maintenance/warranty
2 New owner is, or becomes, a certified user.
3 This maintenance/warranty transfer form is completed and submitted to FARO Customer
Service.
AGREED

________________________________ ________________________________
(PRINT SELLER’S CORPORATE OR (PRINT SELLER’S CORPORATE OR
INDIVIDUAL NAME AS INDIVIDUAL NAME AS
APPLICABLE) APPLICABLE)

BY BY
X_____________________________ X_____________________________
(PRINT NAME OF SIGNATORY) (PRINT NAME OF SIGNATORY)
FARO Technologies, Inc.

Approved by x _________________________________

_________________________________
(PRINT NAME OF SIGNATORY)

C-5
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 6 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 1 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

Appendix D: Industrial Service Policy

This Service Plan (hereafter, the “Plan”) is part of the Operating Manual
for the FARO manufactured product purchased from FARO
TECHNOLOGIES INC. (hereafter, “FARO”). The Plan and all of the
optional additions, are subject to the conditions in Appendices A, B, &
C, and are subject to change. This appendix refers to FARO’s service
plans as written in the sales advertising literature, and is meant to
provide additional details that the literature does not permit.
1.00The purchase of the Plan shall occur with the purchase of the FARO
products.
1.01The plan shall apply to systems exclusively created or authored by
FARO.
1.02The plan shall include FARO product hardware only, and can not be
extended or transferred through the sale of any part of the system to a
third party unless the entire system has been sold or transferred.
1.03The plan shall not cover Hardware or Software which has been
subjected to misuse or intentional damage. FARO reserves the right to
determine the condition of all returned Hardware and/or Software.
1.04FARO shall determine the service method and contractor to service/
repair all hardware which is not directly manufactured by FARO. All
outside contractor terms and conditions are available from FARO and
are incorporated herein by reference.
1.05FARO shall not be responsible for any non-FARO authored
software which inhibits the operation of the system. Furthermore the
plan will not cover the re-installation of any software.
1.06The Hardware and Software are subject to changes in design,
manufacture, and programming. All updates are as follows:
a) Hardware - The Hardware Device and all of the associated optional
parts, and the Computer are not subject to updates.
b) Software - All computer programs, authored by FARO, which are
used in conjunction with the FARO provided Hardware, will be
updated (maintenance upgrades) for the life of the Purchaser’s current
version. All enhancement and functionality upgrades must be
purchased.

D-1
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 2 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

c) 3rd Party Software - All computer programs not authored by FARO

will not be updated under the Plan. The purchaser is responsible for
the acquisition of all 3rd party software updates and warranty service
or claims.
1.07In the event that FARO replaces any product or replacement
product, FARO retains all right, title, and interest in and to all products
or portions of products that were replaced by FARO.
2.00 Definitions
2.01“FARO” means FARO Technologies, Inc.
2.02“Purchaser” means the party buying the Product and who is legally
obligated hereunder.
2.03“Software” means all computer programs, disk drive directory
organization and content, including the diskettes containing such
computer programs and disk drive directory organization and content,
sold pursuant to the Order.
2.04“Product” means the Hardware Device, the Software, operating
manuals and any other product or merchandise sold pursuant to the
Order. If the Purchaser is buying only the Hardware Device, or the
Software, Product will mean the product being purchased by the
Purchaser pursuant to the Order.
2.05“System” means a combination of the Hardware Device, the
Software, the Computer, and optional parts associated with the
Hardware Device.
2.06“Hardware” means the Hardware Device and all of the associated
optional parts, and the Computer if provided by FARO.
2.07“Software” means all computer programs, authored by FARO,
which are used in conjunction with the FARO provided Hardware.
The following is a layman’s definition of the coverage.

Standard Service Plans

All shipping times below are to destinations within the Continental
United States. Outside the Continental U.S., FARO will ship equipment
directly to the customs broker.
• Standard Service Plans are contracted at time of purchase or at any
time while a unit is covered by a FARO hardware service plan (as
described in more detail later).

D-2
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 3 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

• The Standard Service Plan covers the Hardware Device and controller
box.
• Shipping costs, including insurance from the Purchaser to FARO are
the responsibility of the Purchaser. FARO will be responsible for all
return shipping costs including insurance.
• All reasonable efforts will be made to keep the service repair time
within 7 (FaroArm) or 14 (Laser Tracker and Laser Scanner) working
days. The equipment will be returned via 2-Day air service, therefore,
total service repair time will vary due to return shipping location.
• Since the Hardware Device is designed to be used with many other
software packages not authored by FARO, this service plan can be
purchased in its entirety to cover only FARO produced or authored
products. For items not produced or authored by FARO, the customer
is responsible for securing their own separate warranty or service plan
coverage.

Hardware Coverage
Hardware Device
Covered
• All parts and labor for Hardware Devices failing under normal use as
described in Appendix B.
• Annual calibration and re-certification of the Hardware Device.
Not Covered
• Misuse
• Intentional damage
• Wear and tear of probes, ball bars, auxiliary hardware products such
as cables, wrenches, hex keys, screwdrivers, etc.
Computer
Covered
• FARO contracts with 3rd party service providers for this service for
up to 3 years. The terms and conditions of FARO’s contract with the
provider apply herein and are incorporated herein by reference.
• Typically, these services include repair of the computer, memory
cards, and video monitors.
Not Covered

D-3
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 4 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

• All exclusions contained in the 3rd party service providers policy

which is incorporated herein by reference.
• Software operating system installation.
• User intentional or unintentional removal of key software property or
files.

Software Coverage
Covered
• Periodically, FARO Technologies may release maintenance updates
of its proprietary software. This will be supported through the life of
the product version. All enhancement and functionality upgrades will
be available in the next full version for a fee.
Not Covered
• End users are responsible for the procurement and installation of 3rd
party authored or S/W updates as required to use with FARO authored
software products, unless FARO Technologies resold these packages
to the end user as an authorized reseller. Examples of 3rd party
authored S/W are: DOS, Windows, AutoCAD, AutoSurf, SurfCAM
and others.

Premium Service Plans

The Premium Service Plans additionally provide loaner Hardware
Devices and Computers when service is required. All equipment
shipping costs are paid for by FARO (both ways). FARO will make its
best effort to ship all loaner Hardware Devices within 24 hours of the
receipt of the purchasers request. Once the need for a service has been
verified by FARO, FARO will make its best effort to ship all loaner
computers within 72 hours of the receipt of the purchaser’s request.

D-4
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 1 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

Index
Symbols export 217
import 53, 224
+X/-X view 90 iterative 218
+Y/-Y view 91 recalculation 217
+Z/-Z view 91 set active 217
status 216
Numerics tab 215
three feature 222
2D line tube measurement 130
measure 122 alignments
3 plane coordinate system 228 edit 216
3 point coordinate system 229 file location 56
3-2-1 coordinate system 226, 228 manage 216
3D line maximum iterations 71
measure 135 preferences 71
angle 208
by key-in 176
A by selecting features 208
Acrobat Reader angle unit 60
help 27 angularity 237, 259
active survey 43 arm as mouse
actual and nominal features in constructions 183 user preference 65
adding arrange labels 93, 94
CAD part 52, 81 auto repeat measurement 64
nominals automatic
multiple nominals 163 construction 183
single nominal 162 dimension 208
typing 163 nominals 163
pictures probe compensation 152, 157
image creator 41 report list generation 77
readings 19 automatic feature recognition 154
adding features to a layer 158 Automation 109
adding nominals automation
automatic 163 shortcuts 117
dynamic nominals 163 auto-save preference 56
adding pictures 41
adding to QuickTools 41
aim
B
at a feature 105 basic service plans 2
at a reading 161 best fit examples 273
alignment bore coordinate system 230
clear 217 breakpoints 205
constrained iterative 220 tube
coordinate system 223 breakpoints 130
delete 217

Index - 1
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 2 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011

C measure 125
pick from CAD 178
CAD circularity 235, 260
creating nominals 177 clear
edit properties 79 alignment 217
export to XGL 54 readings 83
highlighting preference 59 saved CAD view 116
insert 52, 81 closed panels
measurement preference 69 view 88
measuring on CAD side 151 comments 150
preferences QuickTools 114
rendering quality 57 compensate axis point 141
show construction lines 57 compensation for the probe 152
surface stitching 73 concentricity 238, 263
properties 81 cone
properties panel 95 best fit example 273
selecting 35 construct 205
selecting side for measurement 149 key-in 171
shading 88 measure 131
show and hide 35 pick from CAD 180
translator 50 configuration
CAD part hardware 99
file location 56 constrained iterative alignment 220
CAD to Part alignment 215 construct
constrained iterative 220 circle 199
import 224 by best fit 199
iterative 218 by coaxial intersection 201
three feature 222 by offset 201
CAM2 Measure from cone 201
control panels plane intersect 200, 207
help 26 vectors 199
installing 5 cone 205
introduction 1 by best fit 205
ribbon coordinate system 224
screen layout 10 cylinder 203
starting 8 by best fit 203
center of rotation 25 ellipse 207
certification requirements 3 by best fit 207
change line 188
adapter in QuickTools 114 by axis best fit 188
the order of features 34 by best fit 188
to measure mode 70 by bisection 189
to measurement mode 70 by intersection of 2 planes 190
circle by offset 190
best fit example 273 by projection 192
construct 199 parallel 192
key in 169 perpendicular 193

Index - 2
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 3 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
plane 184 plane/line/point 226, 228
bisector 185 plane/line/point hold secondary 229
by 3 points and 3 offsets 184 plane/plane/plane 228
by best fit 185 point/point/point 229
by offset 186 types
parallel cartesian 17
See by offset cylindrical 17
perpendicular 187 spherical 17
point 194 coordinate systems 224
best fit 194 copy tolerances 85
by bisection 194 creating a layer 158
by intersection 195 cross-sections
by offset 197 See polyline group
by projection 198 custom zoom 92
midpoint cylinder
See by bisection best fit example 274
move IJK construct 203
See by offset key in 169
rectangular slot 206 measure 127
best fit pick from CAD 179
rectangular slot cylindricity 235, 265
construct 206
round slot
by best fit 206 D
sphere 202 datum 234
by best fit 202 default
by offset 202 compensation method 65
tab 183 measure mode 66
torus 204 plane preference 67
by best fit 204 delete
tube 204 a layer 159
from features 204 alignment 217
using actual and nominal features 183 device
constructed planes measurement mode setting 100
use as projection planes 67 move 102
construction multiple devices 100
automatic 183 position 102
preference 61 export and import device position 104
construction lines 57 moving 103
context menus moving device with survey 46
See shortcut menus save and load setup 104
coordinate format 17 device manager
coordinate system panel
advanced tab 226 preferences 63
alignment 223 startup preference 63
basic tab 225 use arm as mouse 65
by key-in 232 device positions
by offset 231 new 102
plane/line/line 230 device positions file location 56

Index - 3
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 4 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
device-controlled exit program 78
See arm as a mouse export 53
device-controlled mouse 65 CAD to XGL 54
devices device position 104
hardware configuration 99 measurement data
manage 101 CAD file 54
tab 99 text file 54
digital readout (DRO) 155 points 53
dimension 208 tolerances 54
angle 208 tube 54
by key-in 176 view 90
by selecting features 208
automatic 208
length 211 F
by key-in 176 FARO hardware
from features 211 not under maintenance/warranty 2
distance intervals 100 under maintenance/warranty 1
docking panels 22 FARO Laser Tracker
document header information 80 See Devices
documents file location 56 FARO software
DRO under maintenance/warranty 2
refresh rate 70 FaroArm
DRO options See Device
preference 63 feature
dynamic actual and nominal features in constructions 183
nominals 163 adding readings 19
zoom 92 alignment 222
automatic recognition 154
E CAD highlighting preference 59
creator panel 95
edit display preference 63
CAD part properties 81 editing 79, 149
clear readings 83 grouping 34
features and CAD part 79 labels 159
measured features 149 layers
report template 36 adding features 158
editing a layer 158 creating 158
electronic manual 27 deleting 159
ellipse editing 158
best fit example 274 viewing 159
construct 207 length in GD&T 234
key-in 175 naming 32
measure 134 naming multiple 32
pick from CAD 181 override length
e-mail in GD&T 234
report 40 properties 149
erasing readings 83 readings 97
exact length reordering 34
in GD&T 234 selecting 32

Index - 4
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 5 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
show and hide 33 G
show-hide 82
status indicator 32 GD&T
types defined 25 angularity 237, 259
unsolved 279 circularity 235, 260
whiskers concentricity 238, 263
scale 89 copy tolerances 75, 85
window 87 cylindricity 235, 265
window preference 63 datum 234
feature comments 150 flatness 236, 261
feature creator parallelism 239, 264
panel 23 paste tolerances 85
feature informatiom perpendicularity 239, 264
panel 95 position 241
feature information profile
panel 24, 162 line 237, 266
file surface 236, 266
CAD straightness 236, 262
translator 50 tolerances 233
export 53 panel 96
import 52 total runout 240, 267
locations 7 using exact feature length 234
new 50 geometric data 155
open 49 getting started 7
preferences 56 grid 90
alignments 71 group
device manager panel 63 feature 34
TrackArm 72 properties 34
Tracker 71
unit & decimal place 60
save 49
H
save as 49 hardware
tab 49 training 2
file location hardware configuration 99
alignments 56 hardware coverage 3
CAD part 56 header
device position 56 document 80
documents 56 help 55
measurement 56 Acrobat Reader 27
points 56 CAM2 Measure 26
tube 56 hide
fit scale 219, 222 all labels 94
flatness 236, 261 CAD 35
flip vector 83 feature 33, 82
front view 91 high point 138
full screen view 87 home in point 136
measurement panel 156 home in zone 136, 141
measuring points 137
zone size 69, 75

Index - 5
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 6 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
home tab 79 keyboard shortcuts 253
hot keys 253 key-in
circle 169
cone 171
I cylinder 169
image ellipse 175
measurement 155 line 167
image creator 41 paraboloid 175
adding pictures 41 plane 167
import 52 point 168
alignment 53, 224 rectangular slot 174
CAD 81 round slot 173
CATIA 50 sphere 169
device position 104 tab 167
IGES 50 torus 170
points 52 tube 171
ProE 50 vector point 168
QuickTools 53
STEP 50
tolerances 53
L
tube 53 labels 93
VDA 50 arrange 93
in report list 38 arrange all 94
include previously measured features 70 for features 159
industrial service policy 1 hide all 94
insert show all 94
CAD part 52, 81 smart naming preferences 62
inside compensation 152 laser probe measurement 153
inspect surface 165 Laser Tracker
inspect surface point 124 preferences 71
installing See Devices
CAM2 Measure 5 layers 89, 158
introduction adding features 158
CAM2 Measure 1 creating 158
isometric view deleting 159
NE 91 editing 158
NW 91 panel 96
SE 91 viewing 159
SW 91 learn files
iterative alignment 218 importing 111
fit scale 219, 222 length 211
material temperature 220, 222 by key-in 176
set weights 219, 221 from features 211
tolerance 71 override in GD&T 234
using exact in GD&T 234
length unit 61
K licensing 5
key in network 6
See key-in updating 6

Index - 6
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 7 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
line polyline group 144
best fit example 275 rectangular slot 133
construct 188 round slot 132
key in 167 scan mode 156
measure 122, 135 single point circle 147
pick from CAD 177 sphere 126
profile 237, 266 surface point 139, 140
line/line intersect coordinate system 230 tab 121
load device setup 104 torus 128
locking QuickTools programs 112, 113 tube 129
logo vector point 140
file location 78 measure all
in report template 37 include previously measured features 70
preference 78 measure mode
low point 138 QuickTools 117
measured features
editing 149
M measurement
maintenance/warranty automatic feature recognition 154
FARO hardware 1, 2 comments 150
FARO software 2 completion mode 66
manage devices 101 file location 56
material temperature 220, 222 geometric data 155
maximum iterations 71 image 155
measure measure mode preference 70
2D line 122 measurement mode preference 70
3D line 135 mode settings 100
add readings 19 panel 96, 155
circle 125 preference 63
compensate axis point 141 prompt 155
compensation preference 65 properties
cone 131 comments 150
cylinder 127 measure on CAD side 151
ellipse 134 select a plane 150
high point 138 sound preference 65
high/low point 138 measurement data
home in point 136 export
inspect surface 165 to CAD file 54
inspect surface point 124 to text file 54
low point 138 measuring
mode 18 on CAD side property 151
mode preference 66 with a laser probe 153
on CAD side 69, 149 menus
paraboloid 148 See ribbon
planar point 135 shortcut 256
plane 121 messages
point 123 panel 23, 97
point cloud 142 mirror nominal 83
polyline 143 move

Index - 7
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 8 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
device 102 feature information 24, 95, 162
panels 22 GD&T tolerances 96
moving device position with a survey 46 layers 96, 158, 159
multiple measurement 96, 155
devices 100 messages 23, 97
nominals 163 moving and docking 22
readings 24, 97, 160
reordering 22
N See control panels
naming view closed 88
feature 32 paraboloid
features automatically 62 best fit example 275
multiple features 32 key-in 175
navigation window 31 measure 148
network licensing 6 pick from CAD 181
new parallelism 239, 264
file 50 paste tolerances 85
in this version 28 perpendicular intersection coordinate system 229
nominal and actual features in constructions 183 perpendicularity 239, 264
nominals pick from CAD
adding to a feature 162 circle 178
clearing 162, 163 cone 180
from CAD cylinder 179
See pick from CAD ellipse 181
from keyboard line 177
See key-in paraboloid 181
mirroring 83 plane 177
not in report list 38 point 178
not used values rectangular slot 180
See set weights round slot 180
sphere 179
tab 177
O torus 179
offset vector point 178
a circle 201 picture
a coordinate system 231 creating for QuickTools 42
a line 190 image creator 41
a point pictures 41
on-screen labels 159 planar points
open file 49 measure 135
operational concepts 259 plane
outside compensation 152 best fit example 276
override length in GD&T 234 construct 184
key in 167
measure 121
P pick from CAD 177
select in measuring 150
panels 95
plane-lock scanning 152
CAD part properties 95
point
feature creator 23, 95

Index - 8
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 9 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
key in 168 device manager
pick from CAD 178 use arm as mouse 65
point cloud device manager panel 63
measure 142 display controls
preferences 68 CAD surface highlighting 59
See Inspect Surface DRO options 63
points feature window 63
best fit example 276 features 63
construct 194 measurement panel 63
export 53 file 56
high 138 alignments file location 56
home in 136 auto-save 56
import 52 CAD part file location 56
inspect surface 124 device position file location 56
low 138 documents file location 56
measure 123 measurement file location 56
surface point 139, 140 tube file location 56
vector point 140 length unit 61
points file location 56 measurement
polyline auto repeat measurement 64
measure 143 auto-switch to measure mode 70
polyline group change to measurement mode 70
measure 144 constructed actual planes 67
pop-up menus copy GD&T tolerances 75
See shortcut menus default compensation method 65
position 241 default plane 67
device DRO refresh rate 70
device position home in zone size 69, 75
new 102 include previously measured features 70
export and import device position 104 measure on CAD side 69
moving device 103 measure/template mode 66
moving device with survey 46 measurement completion mode 66
save and load device setup 104 measurement sound 65
post alignment format 77 point cloud 68
pre alignment format 77 show contrrol window 64
Preferences 80 use last plane 66
preferences 55 points file location 56
alignments 71 report 77
iterative alignment tolerance 71 automatic report list generation 77
maximum iterations 71 default format with alignment 77
angle unit 60 default format without alignment 77
CAD logo 78
rendering quality 57 smart naming 62
show construction lines 57 tolerance 74
surface stitching 73 TrackArm 72
construction 61 Tracker 71
decimal place unit
vector 61 angle 60
length 61

Index - 9
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 10 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
unit & decimal place 60 playing programs 111
premium service plans 4 preview saved CAD view 116
preset views 90 program commands 114
+X/-X 90 programs 109
+Y/-Y 91 recording programs 110
+Z/-Z 91 save CAD view 116
isometric NE 91 template mode 117
isometric NW 91 tools 113
isometric SE 91 view report 113
isometric SW 91
preview saved CAD view 116
printing R
a report 40 readings 160
features 162 adding 19
probe compensation 152 aim 161
automatic 152, 157 change probe 161
inside 152 clearing 83
none 152 delete 161
outside 152 edit probe settings 161
sampled end click 152 panel 24, 97, 160
profile removing 161
line 237, 266 report 161
See polyline viewing 97
surface 236, 266 recalculating an alignment 217
projection plane 150 rectangular slot
prompt best fit example 277
measurement 155 construct 206
properties 79 key-in 174
feature 149 measure 133
group 34 pick from CAD 180
purchase conditions 1 renaming features 32
rendering quality 57
Q reordering
feature 34
quick access toolbar 16 panels 22
quick launch toolbar 18 repeat
QuickTools last command 79
add comments 114 measurement 64
CAD view commands 116 report
change adapter 114 automatic report list generation 77
clear saved CAD view 116 default format 77
command properties 115 document information 80
creating pictures 42 email 40
deleting programs 113 interface 38
editing programs 111 logo 37
import 53 file location preference 78
importing learn files 111 preferences 77
locking programs 112, 113 printing 40
measure mode 117 QuickTools 113

Index - 10
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 11 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
readings 161 shading mode 88
report lists 38 sheet metal
saving 40 See CAD part properties
raw data 40 See measuring on the CAD side
selecting a template 40 shortcut menus 256
template 36 shortcuts 117
reports show
survey results 47 all labels 94
reset view 92 CAD 35
reset zoom 93 control window preference 64
ribbon feature 33, 82
right-click menus simultaneous measurement 100
See shortcut menus single nominal 162
right-hand rule 278 single point circle
rotate measure 147
a coordinate system 231 slots
center of rotation 25 best fit example 277
round slot construct 206
best fit example 277 measure 132, 133
construct 206 smart labeling 62
key-in 173 software
measure 132 training 2
pick from CAD 180 software coverage 4
runout 240 software license agreement 1
software training 2
sphere
S best fit example 278
sampled end click compensation 152 construct 202
save key in 169
auto-save preference 56 measure 126
save as 49 pick from CAD 179
save CAD view for step 116 standard service plans 2
saving starting
device setup 104 CAM2 Measure 8
files 49 status indicator 32
report 40 straightness 236, 262
report data 40 surface edge point 140
scan mode 156 surface point 139
scanning 156 surface profile 236, 266
screen layout 10 surface stitching 73
selecting survey
a plane 150 active survey 43
CAD 35 moving device position 46
features 25, 32 performing a survey 45
service policy 1 reporting survey results 47
set setup 44
weights 219, 221 types of survey 43
settings 55 system requirements 3
setup device 101 hardware 3

Index - 11
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 12 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
software 4 hardware and software 2
transfer of maintenance/warranty service plan
agreement 5
T translate CAD files 50
tabs tube
alignment 215 alignment 130
construct 183 construct 204
default 12 export 54
devices 99 file location 56
file 49 import 53
home 79 key-in 171
key-in 167 measure 129
measure 121 types of survey 43
pick from CAD 177 typing nominals 163
view 87
technical support 283
temperature
U
material 220, 222 unit of measure
template mode 18 preference 60
preference 66 unsolved feature 279
QuickTools 117 updating your license 6
three feature alignment 222 use last plane preference 66
time intervals 100 user
tolerances preferences 55
adding and editing 162
copy 85
copy preference 75 V
editing for a feature 164 vector
export 54 decimal place preferences 61
GD&T 233 flip 83
import 53 in constructed circles 199
iterative alignment 71 vector point 140
operational concepts 259 key in 168
paste 85 measuring points 141
preference 74 pick from CAD 178
tools view
QuickTools 113 arrange labels 93, 94
torus 128 closed panels 88
best fit example 278 controlling with mouse 24
construct 204 export as image 90
key in 170 feature readings 97
pick from CAD 179 features on a layer 159
total runout 240, 267 full screen 87
TrackArm grid 90
preferences 72 hide all labels 94
Tracker labels 93
preferences 71 layers 89
training panels 95
certification requirements 3

Index - 12
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 13 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

CAM2® Measure 10
September 2011
preset views 90 visibility of a feature 82
+X/-X 90
+Y/-Y 91
+Z/-Z 91 W
isometric NE 91 warranty. see also maintenance/warranty
isometric NW 91 what is new 28
isometric SE 91 whiskers
isometric SW 91 scale 89
reset view 92
show all labels 94
show feature window 87 Z
tab 87
zoom
whisker scale 89 in 93
zoom 92
in - fine 93
in 93
out 93
in - fine 93 out - fine 93
out 93
reset 93
out - fine 93
to area 92
reset 93

Index - 13
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 14 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 1 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM
08M53E00_CAM2_Measure.book Page 2 Friday, September 16, 2011 11:07 AM

FARO Technologies, Inc.

Hardware Device 10 250 Technology Park
September 2011 Lake Mary, FL 32746
800-736-2771 U.S. / +1 407-333-3182 Worldwide
E-Mail: [email protected]

FARO Europe GmbH & Co. KG

Lingwiesenstrasse 11/2
D-70825 Korntal-Münchingen, Germany
FREECALL +800 3276 7378 / +49 7150/9797-400
FREEFAX +800 3276 1737 / +49 7150/9797-9400
E-Mail: [email protected]

FARO Singapore Pte. Ltd.

3 Changi South Street 2
#01-01 Xilin Districentre Building B
SINGAPORE 486548
TEL: 1800 511 1360, +65 6511.1350
FAX: +65 6543.0111
E-Mail: [email protected]

FARO Japan Inc.

716 Kumada, Nagakute-Cho
Aichi-Gun, Aichi-Ken
480-1144 JAPAN
TEL: +800 6511 1360, +81 561 63 1411
FAX:+81 561 63 1412
E-Mail: [email protected]

FARO (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.

Floor 1, Building 29
No. 396 Guilin Road
Shanghai, 200233
CHINA
TEL: +800 6511 1360, +86 21.6191.7600
FAX: +86 21.6494.8670
E-Mail: [email protected]

FARO Business Technologies India Pvt. Ltd.

B-1, D-5, Mohan Cooperative
Industrial Estate, Mathura Road
New Delhi - 110 044
INDIA
TEL: 000800 650 1397, +91 11.4167.6330/1
FAX: +91 11.4167.6332
E-Mail: [email protected]

FARO and CAM2 are registered trademarks and trademarks of FARO Technologies, Inc.